r LIBRARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF 
 
 CALIFORNIA 
 SAN DIEOO 
 
 V


 
 THE TOVN OF NJVN50UL
 
 THE 
 
 HOLY WAR, 
 
 MADE BY 
 
 SIIADDAI UPON DIABOLUS, 
 
 FOR 
 
 ®Ju rrgnining nf tjjr 3Bitrnjraltfl of tjj? Wnxll; 
 
 OK, 
 
 THE LOSING AND TAKING AGAIN OF THE 
 TOW OF MANSOUL. 
 
 BY JOHN BUNYAN. 
 
 ■4 •+ » ♦■ *— 
 
 JtlUtilxa.U'b % Umigiafctegg, 
 
 « * • m 
 
 " I have used similitudes." — Hosea xii. 10. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY, 
 
 118 ARCH STREET.
 
 ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 The Pilgrim's Progress, as Dr. Johnson remarks, is one of the 
 few books, which we wish were longer. As if in prophetic antici- 
 pation of this feeling, Bunyan himself wrote two other volumes, 
 one as the counterpart, and the other as the companion, of his 
 Pilgrim, viz., The Sinners Progress and The Holt War. 
 Both these have been issued by the American Baptist Publication 
 Society, in corresponding size and type, and the three together 
 make up the series of BUNYAN'S ALLEGORICAL WORKS. 
 They are stamped with the impress of the same inimitable genius, 
 and in diiferent methods seek to accomplish the same great end 
 — the salvation of lost sinners by Jesus Christ. 
 
 The Society has also issued BUNYAN'S PRACTICAL WORKS, 
 classified and arranged in eight volumes, with original Introduc- 
 tions and Notes. The several volumes, according to the nature 
 of the subjects, are styled Awakening, Inviting, Devotional, 
 Directing, Searching, Consoling, Doctrinal, and Experi- 
 mental. These volumes contain forty distinct works of Bunyan, 
 and the whole together form a body of the richest and sound- 
 est practical divinity. Each volume is complete in itself, and 
 is sold separately for seventy-five cents. Bound in a beautiful uni- 
 form style, the whole eight volumes containing 3,474 pages, are 
 placed by the Society at the very low price of five dollars. What 
 Christian family will not wish to possess them ? 
 
 No writer has succeeded so well as Bunyan in presenting the 
 deepest and sublimest truths of the Gospel in a familiar and en- 
 gaging style. They have already been a blessing to thousands, 
 and will be yet to hundreds of millions. 
 
 J. N. B. 
 
 Philadelphia, September 28, 1852.
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In issuing a new edition of Bunyan's Holy War, in the 
 style, and as a companion to the Society's edition of the 
 Pilgrim's Progress, a short introductory notice is deemed 
 necessary. 
 
 John Bunvan was an extraordinary man. Born in ob- 
 scurity, reared in ignorance, a ragged urchin, boisterous, rough 
 and uncouth in his behaviour, and in his boyhood the very imp 
 of fun and mischief; who, that then saw him leaping hedges 
 and ditches, robbing orchards, and, as he says of himself, 
 "cursing, swearing and lying," could have supposed he was 
 destined for great and singular usefulness ? But, " the way 
 of man is not in himself; — it is not in man that walketh to 
 direct his steps." (Jer. x. 23.) Occasionally God has made 
 singular and extraordinary displays of his mercy. 
 
 Amidst all his early wickedness, Bunyan had seasons of 
 alarm and horror. The scenes of the last judgment, and the 
 retributions of eternity weTe the subjects of his dreams at 
 night. Ungodly as he describes himself, he read the Bible, 
 and had a most vivid perception of whatever was magnificent 
 and appalling in eternal things. 
 
 Of his own experience he says, " Even in my childhood, 
 ♦he Lord did scare and affrighten me with fearful dreams, and 
 did terrify me with frightful visions. For often, after I had 
 spent this and the other day in sin, I have in my bed been 
 greatly afflicted while asleep, with the apprehension of devils 
 and wicked spirits, who still, as I then thought, laboured to 
 draw me away with them ; of which I could never be rid." 
 
 He possessed an imagination singularly vivid and suscepti- 
 ble of such impressions. His mind was of a peculiar tempera- 
 ment, and well fitted for the part he performed in life. It made 
 him the Inimitable Dreamer. At the age of seventeen we 
 find him in the parliamentary army, and at the battle of Naseby 
 and in the siege of Leicester. As a soldier in the civil war of 
 that period, Bunyan gained that knowledge of military tactics, 
 which, in his creative imagination, has been so instructively 
 employed in his description of the wars of Shaddai for tho 
 conquest of Mansoul.
 
 IV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Raised by divine grace from a state of ignorance, vice and 
 obscurity, without any other education than the product of his 
 own indefatigable industry, he became a useful minister of the 
 gospel and an eminent writer. The motive that induced him 
 to write, was the benefit of his flock, while be was confined in 
 the prison of Bedford for preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ. 
 In all his imaginings he never dreamed of the popularity and 
 distinction to which he has attained, nor of the extent to which 
 his writings have circulated. 
 
 The Pilgrim's Progress, in one hundred and seventy-five 
 years, has been translated into more languages, and read by 
 more people, than any other book, save the Bible. The design 
 of that work is to exhibit, under the allegory of a journey, the 
 diversities of Christian experience. 
 
 In the Holy War, we have the same subject in a military 
 form. The last state of man by sin, and his recovery through 
 grace, are set forth by two remarkable revolutions in the town 
 of Mansoul. This manner of treating the subject is in accord- 
 ance with the figures of Holy Writ. Paul represents the course 
 of the Christian as a warfare, and his end as a conquest. Christ 
 is the great Captain of our salvation, the believer is a soldier 
 of Christ, the preaching of the gospel are weapons of warfare, 
 and the Christian virtues as the product of the Holy Spirit, are 
 parts of the heavenly armour. Bunyan had learnt by experience 
 the arts and hardships of war, and, with his peculiar turn of 
 mind, was singularly skilful in conducting this allegory. 
 
 In the Holy War the doctrine of grace, — the leading truths 
 of the gospel, occupy a prominent position. They stand out 
 in bold relief. Throughout the book the author displays accu- 
 rate knowledge of the Bible and its distinguishing truths, his 
 deep acquaintance with the heart of man, its desperate wick- 
 edness, the hostility of the carnal mind against the gospel, and 
 the indispensable agency of the Holy Spirit in renewing the 
 soul, and in inducing the sinner to repent of sin and believe in 
 the Lord Jesus Christ. The hope is indulged that this book 
 will prove equally acceptable to the churches as the Pilgrim's 
 Progress. J. M. P. 
 
 Philadelphia, July 25th, 1844.
 
 TO THE READER. 
 
 'T is strange to me, that they that loved to tell 
 Things done of old, yea, and that do excel 
 Their equals in historiology, 
 Speak not of Mansoul's wars, but let them lie 
 Dead, like old fables, or such worthless things, 
 That to the reader no advantage brings : 
 "When men, let them make what they will their cvvn, 
 Till they know this, are to themselves unknown. 
 
 Of stories, I well know, there's divers sorts, 
 Some foreign, some domestic ; and reports 
 Are thereof made as fancy leads the writers. 
 (By books a man may guess at the inditers.) 
 Some will again of that which never was, 
 Nor will be, feign (and that without a cause) 
 Such matter, raise such mountains, tell such things 
 Of men, of laws, of countries, and of kings ; 
 And in their story seem to be so sage, 
 And with such gravity clothe every page, 
 That though their frontispiece says all is vain, 
 Yet to their way disciples they obtain.
 
 VI TO THE READER. 
 
 But, readers, I have somewhat else to do, 
 Than with vain stories thus to trouble you ; 
 What here I say, some men do know so well, 
 They can with tears and joy the story tell. 
 
 The town of Mansoul is well known to many, 
 Nor are her troubles doubted of by any 
 That are acquainted with those Histories 
 That Mansoul and her wars anatomize. 
 
 Then lend thine ear to what I do relate, 
 Touching the town of Mansoul and her state : 
 How she was lost, took captive, made a slave; 
 And how against him set, that should her save; 
 Yea, how by hostile ways she did oppose 
 Her Lord, and with his enemy did close. 
 For they are true : he that will them deny, 
 Must needs the best of records vilify. 
 For my part, I myself was in the town, 
 Both when 'twas set up, and when pulling down, 
 I saw Diabolus in his possession, 
 And Mansoul also under his oppression. 
 Yea, I was there when she own'd him for lord, 
 And to him did submit with one accord. 
 When Mansoul trampled upon things dLvine, 
 And wallowed in filth as doth a swine; 
 When she betook herself unto her arms, 
 Fought her Emmanuel, despised his charms ; 
 Then I was there, and did rejoice to see 
 Diabolus and Mansoul so agree. 
 
 Let no men, then, count me a fable-maker, 
 Nor make my name or credit a partaker 
 Of their derision : what is here in view, 
 Of mine own knowledge, I dare say is true. 
 
 I saw the Prince's armed men come down 
 By troops, by thousands, to besiege the town ; 
 I saw the captains, heard the trumpets sound, 
 And how his forces covered all the ground. 
 Yea, how they set themselves in battle-'ray, 
 I shall remember to my dying day.
 
 TO THE READER. Vll 
 
 I saw the colours waving in the wind, 
 And they within to mischief how combined 
 To ruin Man soul, and to make away 
 Her primum mobile without delay. 
 
 I saw the mounts cast up against the town, 
 And how the slings were placed to beat it down ; 
 I heard the stones fly whizzing by mine ears, 
 (What longer kept in mind than got in fears ?) 
 I heard them fall, and saw what work they made, 
 And how old Mors did cover with his shade 
 The face of Mansoul ; and I heard her cry, 
 « Wo worth the day, in dying I shall die !" 
 
 I saw the battering-rams, and how they play'd 
 To beat ope Ear-gate ; and I was afraid 
 Not only Ear-gate, but the very town 
 Would by those battering-rams be beaten down. 
 I saw the fights, and heard the captains shout, 
 And in each battle saw who faced about; 
 I saw who wounded were, and who was slain ; 
 And who, when dead, would come to life again. 
 
 I heard the cries of those that wounded were, 
 (While others fought like men bereft of fear,) 
 And while the cry, " Kill, kill," was in mine ears, 
 The gutters ran, not so with blood as tears. 
 
 Indeed, the captains did not always fight, 
 But then they would molest us day and night; 
 Their cry, " Up, fall on, let us take the town." 
 Kept us from sleeping, or from lying down. 
 
 I was there when the gates were broken ope, 
 And saw how Mansoul then was stripp'd of hope; 
 I saw the captains march into the town, 
 How there they fought, and did their foes cut down. 
 I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go 
 Up to the castle, and their seize his foe ; 
 And saw him and his fellows bring him down, 
 In chains of great contempt quite through the town. 
 
 I saw Emmanuel, when he possess'd 
 His town of Mansoul ; and how greatly blest
 
 Vlll TO THE READER. 
 
 A town his gallant town of Mansoul was, 
 When she received his pardon, loved his laws. 
 
 When the Diabolonians were caught, 
 When tried, and when to execution brought, 
 Then I was there ; yea, I was standing by 
 When Mansoul did the rebels crucify. 
 
 I also saw Mansoul clad all in white, 
 And heard her Prince call her his heart's delight. 
 I saw him put upon her chains of gold, 
 And rings, and bracelets, goodly to behold. 
 
 What shall I say 1 I heard the people's cries, 
 And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul's eyes. 
 I heard the groans, and saw the joy of many : 
 Tell you of all, I neither will, nor can I. 
 But by what here I say, you well may see 
 That Mansoul's matchless wars no fables be. 
 
 Mansoul, the desire of both princes was: 
 One keep his gain would, t'other gain his loss. 
 Diabolus would cry, " The town is mine !" 
 Emmanuel would plead a right divine 
 Unto his Mansoul : then to blows they go, 
 And Mansoul cries, "These wars will me undo." 
 
 Mansoul ! her wars seem'd endless in her eyes : 
 She's lost by one, becomes another's prize ; 
 And he again that lost her last would swear, 
 " Have her I will, or her in pieces tear." 
 
 Mansoul ! it was the very seat of war ; 
 Wherefore her troubles greater were by far 
 Than only where the noise of war is heard, 
 Or where the shaking of a sword is fear'd ; 
 Or only where small skirmishes are fought, 
 Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought. 
 
 She saw the swords of fighting men made red, 
 And heard the cries of those with them wounded: 
 Must not her frights, then, be much more by far 
 Than theirs that to such doings strangers are 1 
 Or theirs that hear the beating of a drum, 
 But not made fly for fear from house and home 1
 
 TO THE READER. IX 
 
 Mansoul not only heard the trumpet's sound, 
 But saw her gallants gasping on the ground: 
 Wherefore we must not think that she could rest 
 With them whose greatest earnest is but jest : 
 Or where the blust'ring threat'ning of great wars 
 Do end in parleys, or in wording jars. 
 
 Mansoul ! her mighty wars, they did portend 
 Her weal or wo, and that world without end : 
 Wherefore she must be more concern'd than they 
 Whose fears begin, and end the selfsame day ; 
 Or where none other harm doth come to him 
 That is engaged, but loss of life or limb, 
 As all must needs confess that now do dwell 
 In Universe, and can this story tell. 
 
 Count me not, then, with them that, to amaze 
 The people, set them on the stars to gaze, 
 Insinuating with much confidence, 
 That each of them is now the residence 
 Of some brave creatures : yea, a world they will 
 Have in each star, though it be past their skill 
 To make it manifest to any man, 
 That reason hath, or tell his fingers can. 
 
 But I have too long held thee in the porch, 
 And kept thee from the sunshine with a torch. 
 Well, now go forward, step within the door, 
 And there behold five hundred times much more 
 Of all sorts of such inward rarities 
 As please the mind will, and will feed the eyes 
 With those, which, if a Christian, thou wilt see 
 Not small, but things of greatest-moment be. 
 
 Nor do thou go to work without my key; 
 (In mysteries men soon do loose their way ;) 
 And also turn it right, if thou wouldst know 
 My riddle, and wouldst with my heifer plough : 
 It lies there in the window. Fare thee well, 
 My next may be to ring thy passing-bell. 
 
 John Bcxyan
 
 AN ADVERTISEMENT 
 
 TO THE 
 
 READER, 
 
 Some say the " Pilgrim's Progress" i* not mine, 
 Insinuating as if I would shine 
 In name and fame by the worth of another, 
 Like some made rich by robbing of their brother. 
 Or that so fond I am of being sire, 
 I'll father bastards ; or, if need require, 
 I'll tell a lie in print to get applause. 
 I scorn it : John such dirt-heap never was, 
 Since God converted him. Let this suffice 
 To show why I my " Pilgrim" patronize. 
 
 It came from my own heart, so to my head, 
 And thence into my fingers trickled ; 
 Then to my pen, from whence immediately 
 On paper I did dribble it daintily. 
 
 Manner and matter, too, was all mine own ; 
 Nor was it unto any mortal known, 
 Till I had done it; nor did any then 
 By books, by wits, by tongues, or hand, or pen, 
 Add five words to it, or wrote half a line 
 Thereof: the whole, and every whit is mine. 
 
 xi
 
 XW ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 Also for -mis, thine eye is now upon, 
 The matter in this manner came from none 
 But the same heart, and head, fingers, and pen, 
 As did the other. Witness all good men ; 
 For none in all the world, without a lie, 
 Can say that this is mine, excepting I. 
 
 I write not this of any ostentation, 
 Nor cause I seek of men their commendation; 
 I do it to keep them from such surmise, 
 As tempt them will my name to scandalise 
 Witness my name, if anagram'd to thee, 
 The letters make — " Nu hony in a B." 
 
 John Bunyati.
 
 A RELATION 
 
 OP 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 In my travels, as I walked through many regions and 
 countries, it was my chance to happen into that famous con- 
 tinent of Universe. A very large and spacious country it is : 
 it lieth between the two poles, and just amidst the four points 
 of the heavens. It is a place well watered, and ricldy adorned 
 with lulls and valleys, bravely situate, and for the most part, 
 at least where I was, very fruitful, also well peopled, and a 
 very sweet air. 
 
 The people are not all of one complexion, nor yet of one 
 language, mode, or way of religion, but differ as much as, it 
 is said, do the planets themselves. Some are right, and 
 some are wrong, even as it happeneth to be in lesser regions. 
 
 In this country, as I said, it was my lot to travel ; and 
 there travel I did, and that so long, even till I learned much 
 of their mother tongue, together with the customs and man- 
 ners of them among whom I was. And, to speak truth, I 
 was much delighted to see and hear many things which I 
 saw and heard among them ; yea, I had, to be sure, even 
 lived and died a native among them, (so was I taken with 
 them and their doings,) had not my master sent for me home 
 to his house, there to do business for him, and to oversee 
 business done. 
 2
 
 14 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now, there is in this gallant country of Universe a fair 
 anil delicate town, a corporation called Mansoul ; a town for 
 its building so curious, for its situation so commodious, for 
 its privileges so advantageous, (I mean with reference to its 
 origin,) that I may say of it, as was said before of the conti- 
 nent in which it is placed, There is not its equal under tne 
 whole heaven. 
 
 As to the situation of this town, it lieth just between the 
 two worlds ; and the first founder and builder of it, so far as 
 by the best and most authentic records I can gather, was one 
 ■ SHADDAI ; and he built it for his own delight. He made 
 it the mirror and glory of all that he made, even the top-piece, 
 beyond anything else that he did in that country. Yea, so 
 goodly a town was Mansoul when first built, that it is said 
 by some, the gods, at the setting up thereof, came down to 
 see it, and sang for joy. And as he made it goodly to behold, 
 so also mighty to have dominion over all the country round 
 about. Yea, all were commanded to acknowledge Mansoul 
 for their metropolitan, all were enjoined to do homage to it. 
 Aye, the town itself had positive commission and power from 
 her King to demand service of all, and also to subdue any 
 that anyways denied to do it. 
 
 There was reared up in the midst of this town a most 
 Yimous and stately palace ; for strength, it might be called a 
 castle ; for pleasantness, a paradise ; for largeness, a place so 
 copious as to contain all the world. This place the King 
 Shaddai intended but for himself alone, and not another with 
 him ; partly because of his own delights, and partly because 
 lie would not that the terror of strangers should be upon the 
 town. This place Shaddai made also a garrison of, but 
 committed the keeping of it only to the men of the town. 
 
 The walls of the town were well built, yea, so fast and 
 
 • The Hebrew word translated Almighty in the Old Testament.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 15 
 
 firm were they knit and compact together, that, had it not 
 been for the townsmen themselves, they could not have been 
 shaken or broken for ever. For here lay the excellent wisdom 
 of him that builded Mansoul, that the walls could never be 
 broken down nor hurt by the most mighty adverse potentate, 
 unless the townsmen gave consent thereto. 
 
 This famous town of Mansoul had five gates, in at which 
 to come, out at which to go ; and these were made likewise 
 answerable to the walls, to wit, impregnable, and such as 
 could never be opened nor forced but by the will and leave 
 of those within. The names of the gates were these : Ear- 
 gate, Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and Feel-gate. 
 
 Other things there were that belonged to the town of Man- 
 soul, which if you adjoin to these, will yet give farther de- 
 monstration to all, of the glory and strength of the place. It 
 had always a sufficiency of provision within its walls ; it had 
 the best, most wholesome, and excellent law, that then was 
 extant in the world. There was not a rascal, rogue, or 
 traitorous person then within its walls : they were all true 
 men, and fast joined together ; and this, you know, is a great 
 matter. And to all these, it had always, (so long as it had 
 the goodness to keep true to Shaddai the King,) his counte- 
 nance, his protection, and it was his delight. 
 
 Well, upon a time, there was one Diabolus, a mighty giant, 
 made an assault upon this famous town of Mansoul, to take 
 it, and make it his own habitation. This giant was king of 
 the blacks, and a most raving prince he was. We will, if 
 you please, first discourse of the origin of this Diabolus, and 
 then of his taking of this famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 This Diabolus is indeed a great and mighty prince, and 
 yet both poor and beggarly. As to his origin, he was at first 
 one of the servants of King Shaddai, made, and taken, and 
 put by liim into most high and mighty place ; yea, was put
 
 1G THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 into such principalities as belonged to the best of his terri- 
 tories and dominions. This Diabolus was made "son of 
 the morning," and a brave place he had of it : it brought him 
 much glory, and gave him much brightness, an income that 
 might have contented his Luciferian heart, had it not been 
 insatiable, and enlarged as hell itself. 
 
 Well, he seeing himself thus exalted to greatness and 
 honour, and raging in his mind for higher state and degree, 
 what doth he, but begins to think with himself how he might 
 be set up as lord over all, and have the sole power under 
 Shaddai. (Now that did the King reserve for his Son, yea, 
 and had already bestowed it upon him.) Wherefore he 
 first consults with himself what had best to be done ; and 
 then breaks his mind to some other of his companions, to 
 the which they also agreed. So, in fine, they came to this 
 issue, that they should make an attempt upon the King's 
 Son to destroy him, that the inheritance might be theirs. 
 Well, to be short, the treason, as I said, was concluded, the 
 time appointed, the word given, the rebels rendezvoused, 
 and the assault attempted. Now the King and his Son 
 being all and always eye, could not but discern all passages 
 in his dominions ; and he, having always love for his Son as 
 for himself, could not, at what he saw, but be greatly pro- 
 voked and offended : wherefore what does he, but takes 
 them in the very nick and first trip that they made towards 
 their design, convicts them of the treason, horrid rebellion, 
 and conspiracy that they had devised, and now attempted to 
 put into practice, and casts them altogether out of all place 
 of trust, benefit, honour, and preferment. This done, he 
 banishes them the court, turns them down into the horrible 
 pits, as fist bound in chains, never more to expect the least 
 favour from his hands, but to abide the judgment that he had 
 appointed, and that for ever.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 17 
 
 Now they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit, 
 and honour, and also knowing that they had lost their prince's 
 favour for ever, (being banished his court, and cast down to 
 the horrible pits,) you may be sure they would now add to 
 their former pride, what malice and rage against Shaddai, 
 and against his Son, they could. Wherefore, roving and 
 ranging in much fury from place to place, if, perhaps, they 
 might find something that was the King's, by spoiling of that 
 to revenge themselves on him ; at last they happened into 
 this spacious country of Universe, and steer their course 
 towards the town of Mansoul ; and considering that that 
 town was one of the chief works and delights of King 
 Shaddai, what do they but, after counsel taken, make an 
 assault upon that. I say, they knew that Mansoul belonged 
 unto Shaddai ; for they were there when he built it and 
 beautified it for himself. So, when they had found the place, 
 they shouted horribly for joy, and roared on it as a lion upon 
 the prey, saying, " Now we have found the prize, and how 
 to be revenged on King Shaddai, for what he hath done to 
 us." So they sat clown and called a council of war, and 
 considered with themselves what ways and methods they 
 had best eno-age in for the winning to themselves this famous 
 town of Mansoul, and these four things were then propound- 
 ed to be considered of. 
 
 First. Whether they had best all of them to show them- 
 selves in this design to the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down 
 against Mansoul in their now ragged and beggarly guise. 
 
 Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their 
 intentions, and what design they came about, or whether to 
 assault it with words and ways of deceit. 
 
 Fourthly. Whether they had not best to some of their 
 "ompanions to give out private orders to take the advantage, 
 2*
 
 19 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 if they see one or more of the principal townsmen, to shoot 
 them, if thereby they shall judge their cause and design 
 will the better be promoted. 
 
 1. It was answered to the first of these proposals in the 
 negative, to wit, that it would not be best that all should 
 show themselves before the town, because the appearance 
 of many of them might alarm and frighten the town ; 
 whereas a few or but one of them was not so likely to do 
 it. And to enforce this advice to take place, it was added 
 further, that if Mansoul was frightened, or did take the 
 alarm, " It is impossible," said Diabolus, (for he spake 
 now,) " that we should take the town : for that none can 
 enter into it without its own consent. Let, therefore, but 
 few, or but one, assault Mansoul ; and in mine opinion," 
 said Diabolus, " let me be he." Wherefore to this they all 
 agreed. 
 
 2. And then to the second proposal they came, namely, 
 whether they had best to go and sit down before Mansoul 
 in their now ragged and beggarly guise. To which it was 
 answered also in the negative, By no means ; and that be- 
 cause, though the town of Mansoul had been made to know, 
 and to have to do, before now, with things that are invisible, 
 they did never as yet see any of their fellow-creatures in so 
 sad and rascally condition as they ; and this was the advice 
 of that fierce Alecto. Then said Apollyon, "The advice is 
 pertinent ; for even one of us appearing to them as we are 
 now, must needs both beget and multiply such thoughts in 
 them as will both put them into a consternation of spirit, 
 and necessitate them to put themselves upon their guard. 
 And if so," said he " then, as my Lord Diabolus said but 
 now, it is in vain for us to think of taking the town." Then 
 said that mighty giant Beelzebub, " The advice that already 
 is given is safe ; for though the men of Mansoul have seen
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 19 
 
 such things as we once were, yet hitherto they did never 
 behold such things as we now are ; and it is best, in mine 
 opinion, to come upon them hi such a guise as is common 
 to, and most familiar among them." To this when they had 
 consented, the next thing to be considered was, hi what 
 shape, hue, or guise Diabolus had best to show himself 
 when he went about to make Mansoul his own. Then one 
 said one thing, and another the contrary. At last Lucifer 
 answered, that, in his opinion, it was best that his lordship 
 should assume the body of some of those creatures that 
 they of the town had dominion over ; " for," quoth he, 
 " these are not only familiar to them, but being under them, 
 they will never imagine that an attempt should by them be 
 made upon the town ; and to blind all, let him assume the 
 body of one of those beasts that Mansoul deems to be wiser 
 than any of the rest." This advice was applauded of all : 
 so it was determined that the giant Diabolus should assume 
 the dragon, for that he was in those days as familiar with 
 the town of Mansoul, as now is the bird with the boy ; for 
 nothing that was in its primitive state was at all amazing to 
 them. Then they proceeded to the third thing, which 
 was, 
 
 3. Whether they had best to show their intentions, or 
 the design of his coming to Mansoul, or no. This also was 
 answered in the negative, because of the weight that was 
 in the fonner reasons, to wit, for that Mansoul were a strong 
 people, a strong people in a strong town, whose wall and 
 gates were impregnable, (to say nothing of their castle,) nor 
 can they by any means be won but by their own consent. 
 " Besides," said Legion, (for he gave answer to this,) " a 
 discovery of our intentions may make them send to their 
 king for aid ; and if that be done, I know quickly what time 
 of day it will be with us. Therefore let us assault them in
 
 20 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 all pretended fairness, covering our intentions with all m;>n 
 ner of lies, flatteries, delusive words ; feigning things that 
 never will be, and promising that to them that they shall 
 never find. This is the way to win Mansoul, and to make 
 them of themselves open their gates to us ; yea, and to de- 
 sire us too to come in to them. And the reason why I think 
 that this project will do is, because the people of Mansoul 
 now are, every one, simple and innocent, all honest and 
 true ; nor do they as yet know what it is to be assaulted 
 with fraud, guile, and hypocrisy. They are strangers to 
 lying and dissembling lips ; wherefore we cannot, if thus 
 we be disguised, by them at all be discerned ; our lies shall 
 go for true sayings, and our dissimulations for upright deal- 
 ings. What we promise them, they will in that believe us, 
 especially if, in all our lies and feigned words, we pretend 
 great love to them, and that our design is only their advan- 
 tage and honour." Now there was not one bit of a reply 
 against this ; this went as current down as doth the water 
 down a steep descent. Wherefore they go to consider of 
 the last proposal, which was, 
 
 4. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some 
 of their company, to shoot some one or more of the prin- 
 cipal of the townsmen, if they judge that their cause may 
 be promoted thereby. This was carried in the affirmative, 
 and the man that was designed by this stratagem to be de- 
 stroyed, was one Mr. Resistance, otherwise called Captain 
 Resistance. And a great man in Mansoul this Captain 
 Resistance was, and a man that the giant Diabolus and his 
 band more feared than they feared the whole town of Man- 
 soul besides. Now who should be the actor to do the mur- 
 der ? That was the next, and they appointed one Tisiphone, 
 a fury of the lake, to do it. 
 
 They thus having ended their council of war, rose up
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 21 
 
 and essayed to do as they had determined ; they marched 
 towards Mansoul, but all in a manner invisible, save one, 
 only one ; nor did he approach the town in his own likeness, 
 but under the shade, and in the body of the dragon. 
 
 So they drew up, and sat down before Eargate, for that 
 was the place of hearing for all without the town, as Eye- 
 gate was the place of perspection. So, as I said, he came 
 up with his train to the gate, and laid his ambuscade for 
 Captain Resistance- within bow-shot of the town. This 
 done, the giant ascended up close to the gate, and called to 
 the town of Mansoul for audience. Nor took he any with 
 him but one Ill-pause, who was his orator in all difficult 
 matters. Now, as I said, he being come up to the gate, (as 
 the mamier of those times was,) sounded his trumpet for 
 audience ; at which the chief of the town of Mansoul, such 
 as my Lord Innocent, my Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor, 
 Mr. Recorder, and Captain' Resistance, came down to the 
 wall to see who was there, and what was the matter. And 
 my Lord Willbewill, when he had looked over and saw who 
 stood at the gate, demanded what he was, wherefore he was 
 come, and why he roused the town of Mansoul with so 
 unusual a sound. 
 
 Diabolus, then, as if he had been a lamb, began his ora- 
 tion, and said, " Gentlemen of the famous town of Mansoul, 
 I am, as you may perceive, no far dweller from you, but 
 near, and one that is bound by the king to do you my 
 homage and what service I can ; wherefore, that I may be 
 faithful to myself, and to you, I have somewhat of concern 
 to impart unto you. Wherefore, grant me your audience, 
 and hear me patiently. And first, I will assure you, it is 
 not myself, but you — not mine, but your advantage that I 
 seek by what I now do, as will full well be made manifest, 
 by that I have opened my mind unto you. For, gentlemen,
 
 23 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 I am (to tell you the truth) come to show you how you may 
 obtain great and ample deliverance from a bondage that, 
 unawares to yourselves, you are captivated and enslaved 
 under." At this the town of Mansoul began to prick up its 
 ears. And " What is it ? Pray what is it ?" thought they. 
 And he said, " I have somewhat to say to you concerning 
 your king, concerning his law, and also touching yourselves 
 Touching your king, I know he is great and potent ; but ye' 
 all that he hath said to you is neither true nor yet for youi 
 advantage. 1. It is not true, for that wherewith he hath 
 hitherto awed you, shall not come to pass, nor be fulfilled, 
 though you do the thing that he hath forbidden. But if 
 there was danger, what a slavery is it to live always in feai 
 of the greatest of punishments, for doing so small and trivial 
 a thing as eating of a little fruit is. 2. Touching his laws, 
 this I say further, they are both unreasonable, intricate, and 
 intolerable. Unreasonable, as was hinted before ; for that 
 the punishment is not proportioned to the offence : there is 
 great difference and disproportion betwixt the life and an 
 apple ; yet the one must go for the other, by the law of your 
 Shaddai. But it is also intricate, in that he saith, first, you 
 may eat of all ; and yet after, forbids the eating of one. 
 And then, in the last place, it must needs be intolerable ; for- 
 asmuch as that fruit, which you are forbidden to eat of (if 
 you are forbidden any) is that, and that alone, which is able, 
 by your eating, to minister to you a good, as yet unknown 
 by you. This is manifest by the very name of the tree ; it 
 is called the ' the tree of knowledge of good and evil ;' and 
 have you that knowledge as yet ? No, no ; nor can you con- 
 ceive how good, how pleasant, and how much to be desired 
 to make one wise it is, so long as you stand by your king's 
 commandment. Why should you be holden in ignorance 
 and blindness? Why should you not be eidarged in know-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 23 
 
 ledge and understanding ? And now, O ye inhabitants of the 
 famous town of Mansoul, to speak more particularly to your- 
 selves, you are not a free people ! You are kept both in 
 bondage and slavery, and that by a grievous threat ; no rea- 
 son being annexed but, ' So I will have it ; so it shall be.' 
 And is it not grievous to think on, that that very thing which 
 you are forbidden to do, might you but do it, would yield 
 you both wisdom and honour ? for then your eyes will be 
 opened, and you shall be as gods. Now, since this is thus," 
 quoth he, " can you be kept by any prince in more slavery 
 and in greater bondage than you are under this day ? You 
 are made underlings, and are wrapped up in inconveniences, 
 as I have well made appear. For what bondage greater 
 than to be kept in blindness ? Will not reason tell you, that 
 it is better to have eyes than to be without them ? and so to 
 be at liberty, to be better than to be shut up in a dark and 
 stinking cave ?" 
 
 And just now while Diabolus was speaking these words, 
 to Mansoul, Tisiphone shot at Captain Resistance, where he 
 stood on the gate, and mortally wounded him in the head ; 
 so that he, to the amazement of the townsmen, and the en- 
 couragement of Diabolus, fell down dead, quite over the 
 wall. Now when Captain Resistance was dead, (and ho 
 was the only man of war in the town,) poor Mansoul was 
 wholly left naked of courage, nor had she now any heart to 
 resist. But this was as the devil would have it. Then 
 stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, that Diabolus brought with 
 him, who was his orator ; and he addressed himself to speak 
 to the town of Mansoul ; the tenor of whose speech here 
 follows : — 
 
 " Gentlemen," quoth he, " it is my master's happiness thai 
 he has this day a quiet and teachable auditory ; and it is 
 hoped by us that we shall prevail with you not to cast off
 
 24 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 good advice. My master has a very great love tor you ; 
 and although, as he ve.y well knows, that he runs the hazard 
 of the anger of King Shaddai, yet love to you will make him 
 do more than that. Nor doth there need that a word more 
 should be spoken to confirm for truth what he hath said ; 
 there is not a word but carries with it self-evidence in its 
 bowels ; the very name of the tree may put an end to all 
 controversy in this matter. I therefore, at this time, shall 
 only add this advice to you, under and by the leave of my 
 lord," (and with that he made Diabolus a very low congee ;) 
 " consider his words, look on the tree and the promising fruit 
 thereof; remember also that yet you know but little, and 
 that this is the way to know more : and if your reason be 
 not conquered to accept of such good counsel, you are not 
 the men that I took you to be." 
 
 But when the townsfolk saw that the tree was god for 
 food, and that it was pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be 
 desired to make one wise, they did as old Ill-pause advised \ 
 they took and did eat thereof. Now this I should have toH 
 you before, that even then, when this Ill-pause was making 
 his speech to the townsmen, my Lord Innocency (whether 
 by a shot from the camp of the giant, or from some sinking 
 qualm that suddenly took him, or whether by the stinking 
 breath of that treacherous villain old Ill-pause, for so I am 
 most apt to think) sunk down in the place where he stood, 
 nor could he be brought to life again. Thus these two brave 
 men died ; brave men, I call them ; for they were the beauty 
 and glory of Mansoul, so long as they lived therein : nor did 
 there now remain any more a noble spirit in Mansoul ; they 
 all fell down and yielded obedience to Diabolus, and became 
 his slaves and vassals, as you shall hear. 
 
 Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk, 
 but, as men that had found ?. fool's paradise, they presently,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 25 
 
 as afoie was hinted, fall to prove the truth of the giant's 
 words. And, first, they did as Ill-pause had taught them ; 
 they looked, they considered, they were taken with the 
 forbidden fruit : they took thereof, and did eat ; and having 
 eaten, they became immediately drunken therewith. So 
 they opened the gate, both Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let 
 in Diabolus with all his bands, quite forgetting their good 
 Shaddai, his law, and the judgment that he had annexed, 
 with solemn threatening, to the breach thereof. 
 
 Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the gates of 
 the town, marches up to the middle thereof, to make his 
 conquest as sure as he could ; and finding, by this time, the 
 affections of the people warmly inclining to him, he, as think- 
 ing it was best striking while the iron is hot, made this further 
 deceivable speech unto them, saying, " Alas ! my poor Man- 
 soul ! I have done thee indeed this service, as to promote 
 thee to honour, and to greaten thy liberty ; but, alas ! alas ! 
 poor Mansoul, thou wantest now one to defend thee ; for 
 assure thyself that when Shaddai shall hear what is done, 
 he will come ; for sorry will he be that thou hast broken 
 his bonds, and cast his cords away from thee. What wilt 
 thou do ? Wilt thou, after enlargement, suffer thy privileges 
 to be invaded and taken away ? or what wdt resolve with 
 thyself?" 
 
 Then they all with one consent said to this bramble, " Do 
 thou reign over us." So he accepted the motion, and 
 became the king of the town of Mansoul. This being done, 
 the next thing was, to give him possession of the castle, and 
 so of the whole strength of the town. Wherefore, into the 
 castle he goes : it was that which Shaddai built in Mansoul 
 for his own delight and pleasure ; this now was become a 
 den and hold for the giant Diabolus 
 
 Now, having got possession of this stitely palace or castle, 
 3
 
 26 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 what doth he, but makes it a garrison for himself, and 
 strengthens and fortifies it with all sorts of provisions, against 
 the Kitig Shaddai, or those that should endeavour the regain- 
 ing of it to him and his obedience again. 
 
 This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in 
 the next place he bethinks himself of new modelling the 
 town ; and so he does, setting up one, and pulling down 
 another at pleasure. Wherefore my Lord Mayor, whose 
 name was my Lord Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose 
 name was Mr. Conscience, these he put out of place and 
 power. 
 
 As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding 
 man, and one too that had complied with the rest of the town 
 of Mansoul in admitting the giant into the town ; yet Diabo- 
 lus thought not fit to let him abide in His former lustre and 
 glory, because he was a seeing man. Wherefore he darken- 
 ed him, not only by taking from him his office and power, 
 but by building an high and strong tower, just between the 
 sun's reflections and the windows of my lord's palace ; by 
 which means his house and all, and the whole of his habita- 
 tion, were made as dark as darkness itself. And thus, being 
 alienated from the light, he became as one that was born 
 blind. To this his house, my lord was confined as to a 
 prison ; nor might he, upon his parole, go farther than 
 within his own bounds. And now, had he had an heart, to 
 do for Mansoul, what could he do for it, or wherein could 
 he be profitable to her ? So then, so long as Mansoul was 
 under the power and government of Diabolus, (and so long 
 it was under him, as it was obedient to him, which was even 
 until by a war it was rescued out of his hand,) so long my 
 Lord Mayor was rather an impediment in, than an advantage 
 to the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 As for Mr. Recorder, before the town was taken he was
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 27 
 
 a man well read in the laws of his king, and also a man of 
 courage and faithfulness to speak truth at every occasion : 
 and he had a tongue as bravely hung, as he had a head filled 
 with judgment. Now, this man Diabolus could by no means 
 abide, because, though he gave his consent to his coming into 
 the town, yet he could not, by all the wiles, trials, stratagems, 
 and devices that he could use, make him wholly his own. 
 True, he was much degenerated from his former king, and 
 also much pleased with many of the giant's laws and service ; 
 but all this would not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly 
 his. He would now and then think upon Shaddai, and have 
 dread of his law upon him, and then he would speak against 
 Diabolus with a voice as great as when a lion roareth. Yea, 
 and would also at certain times, when his fits were upon him. 
 (for you must know that sometimes he had terrible fits,) 
 make the whole town of Mansoul shake with his voice : and 
 therefore the new king of Mansoul could not abide him. -.;< 
 Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any 
 that was left alive in the town of Mansoul, because, as I said, 
 his words did shake the whole town ; they were like the 
 rattling thunder, and also like thunder-claps. Since, there- 
 fore, the giant could not make him wholly his own, what 
 doth he do, but studies all that he could to debauch the old 
 gentleman, and by debauchery to stupify his mind, and more 
 harden his heart in the ways of vanity. And as he attempted, 
 so he accomplished his design : he debauched the man, and 
 by little and little, so drew him into sin and wickedness, that 
 at last, he was not only debauched, as at first, and so by 
 consequence defiled, but was almost (at last, I say) past all 
 conscience of sin. And this was the farthest Diabolus could 
 go. Wherefore he bethinks him of another project, and that 
 was, to persuade the men of the town that Mr. Recorder was 
 mad, and so not to be regarded. And for this he urged his
 
 '_'S THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 fits, and said, " If he be himself, why doth he not do thus 
 always ! But," quoth he, " as all mad folks have their fits, 
 ami in them their raving language, so hath this old and 
 doating gentleman." 
 
 Tims, by one means or another, he quickly got Mansoul 
 to slight, neglect, ami despise whatever Mr. Recorder could 
 say. For, besides what already you have hoard, Diabolus 
 had a way to make the old gentleman, when he was merry, 
 unsay and deny what he, in his fits, had affirmed. And, 
 indeed, this was the next way to make himself ridiculous, 
 and to cause that no man should regard him. Also now he 
 never spake freely for King Shaddai, but always by force 
 and constraint. Besides, lie would at one time be hot against 
 that, at which, at another, he would hold his peace; so un- 
 even was he now in his doings. Sometimes he would be 
 as if fast asleep, and again sometimes as dead, even then 
 when the whole town oi' Mansoul was in her career after 
 vanity, and in her dance after the oiant's pipe. 
 
 Wherefore, sometimes when Mansoul did use to be frighted 
 with the thundering voice ol' the Recorder that was, and 
 when they did tell Diabolus ol' it, he would answer, that 
 what the old gentleman said was neither of love to him nor 
 pity to them, but ol' a foolish fondness that he had, to be 
 prating : and so would hush, still, and put all to quiet again. 
 \ml that he might leave no argument unurged that might 
 tend to make them secure, he said, and said it often, " (> 
 Mansoul ! consider that, notwithstanding the old gentleman's 
 rage, and the rattle ol' his high and thundering words, you 
 hear nothing ol' Shaddai himself;" when, liar and deceiver 
 that he was. every outcry of Mr. Recorder against the sin 
 o( Mansoul was the voice ol God in him to them. But he 
 goes on, and says, "You see that he values not the loss, 
 nor rebellion ol' the town ol Mansoul. nor will he trouble
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 29 
 
 himself with calling his town to a reckoning, for their giving 
 ihemselves to me. He knows that though you were his, 
 now you are lawfully mine ; so leaving us one to another, 
 lie now hath shaken his hands of us. 
 
 " Moreover, O Mansoul !" quoth he, " consider how I 
 have served you, even to the uttermost of my power ; and 
 that with the best that I have, could get, or procure for you 
 in all the world : besides, I dare say, that the laws and cus- 
 toms that you now are under, and by which you do homage 
 to me, do yield you more solace and content than did thi 
 paradise that at first you possessed. Your liberty, also, as 
 yourselves do very well know, has been greatly widened 
 and enlarged by me ; whereas I found you a penned-up 
 people. I have not laid any restraint upon you ; you have 
 no law, statute, or judgment of mine to fright you ; I call 
 none of you to account for your doings, except the madman 
 —you know who I mean ; I have granted you to live, each 
 man like a prince in his own, even with as little control 
 from me as I myself have from you." 
 
 And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of 
 Mansoul, when the Recorder that was, did at times molest 
 tbem : yea, and with such cursed orations as these, would 
 set the whole town in a rage and fury against the old gen- 
 tleman. Yea, the rascal crew, at sometimes, would be for 
 destroying him. They have often wished, in my hearing, 
 that he had lived a thousand miles off from them : his com- 
 pany, his words, yea, the sight of him, and especially when 
 they remembered how in old times he did use to threaten 
 and condemn them, (for all he was now so debauched,) did 
 terrify and afflict them sore. 
 
 But all wishes were vain, for I do not know how, unless 
 by the power of Shaddai and his wisdom, he was preserved 
 in being amongst them. Besides, his house was as strong 
 
 3*
 
 30 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 as a castle, and stood hard by a stronghold of the town , 
 moreover, if at any time any of the crew or rabble attempted 
 to make him away, he could pull up the sluices, and let in 
 such floods as would drown all round about him. 
 
 But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord WiU- 
 bcwill, another of the gentry of the famous town of Mansoul. 
 This Willbewill was as high born as any man in Mansoul, 
 and was as much, if not more, a freeholder than many of 
 them were ; besides, if I remember my tale aright, he had 
 some privileges peculiar to himself in the famous town of 
 Mansoul. Now, together with these, he was a man of great 
 strength, resolution, and courage, nor in his occasion could 
 any turn him away. But I say, whether he was proud of 
 his estate, privileges, strength, or what, (but sure it was 
 through pride of something,) he scorns now to be a slave in 
 Mansoul ; and therefore resolves to bear office under Diabo- 
 lus, that he might (such an one as he was) be a petty ruler 
 and governor in Mansoul. And, headstrong man that he 
 was ! thus he began betimes ; for this man, when Diabolus 
 did make his oration at Ear-gate, was one of the first that 
 was for consenting to his words, and for accepting his coun- 
 sel as wholesome, and that was for the opening of the gate, 
 and for letting him into the town ; wherefore Diabolus had a 
 kindness for him, and therefore he designed for him a place. 
 And perceiving the valour and stoutness of the man, he 
 coveted to have him for one of his great ones, to act and do 
 in matters of the highest concern. 
 
 So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret 
 matter that lay in his breast, but there needed not much 
 persuasion in the case. For, as at first, he was willing that 
 Diabolus should be let into the town, so now he was as 
 willing to serve him there. When the tyrant, therefore, 
 perceived the willingness of my lord to serve him, and that
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 31 
 
 his mind stood bending that way, he forthwith made him 
 the captain of the casde, governor of the wall, and keeper of 
 the gates of Mansoul ; yea, there was a clause in his com- 
 mission, that nothing without him should be done in all the 
 town of Mansoul. So that now, next to Diabolus himself, 
 who, but my Lord "Willbewill, in all the town of Mansoul ! 
 Nor could anything now be done, but at his will and pleasure, 
 throughout the town of Mansoul. He had also one Mr. Mind 
 for his clerk, a man to speak on, every way like his master : 
 for he and his lord were in principle one : and in practice not 
 far asunder. And now was Mansoul brought under to pur- 
 pose, and made to fulfd the lusts of the will and of the mind. 
 
 But it will not out of my thoughts, what a desperate 
 one this Willbewill was, when power was put into his hand. 
 First, he flatly denied that he owed any suit or service to his 
 former prince and liege lord. This done, in the next place 
 he took an oath, and sAvore fidelity to his great Master 
 Diabolus, and then, being stated and settled in his places, 
 offices, advancements, and preferments, oh ! you cannot 
 think, unless you had seen it, the strange work that this 
 workman made in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death ; he would 
 neither endure to see him, nor to hear the words of his 
 mouth ; he would shut his eyes when he saw him, and stop 
 his ears when he heard him speak. Also he could not 
 endure that so much as a fragment of the law of Shaddai 
 should be anywhere seen in the town. For example, his 
 clerk, Mr. Mind, had some old, rent, and torn parchments of 
 the law of good Shaddai in his house, but when Willbewill 
 saw them, he cast them behind his back. True, Mr. Re- 
 corder had some of the laws in his study ; but my lord could 
 by no means come at them. He also thought and said , that 
 the windows oi' my old Lord Mayor's house were always
 
 32 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 too light for the profit of the town of Mansoul. The light 
 of a candle he could not endure. Now nothing at all pleased 
 "Willbewill, but what pleased Diabolus his lord. 
 
 There was none like him to trumpet about the streets the 
 brave nature, the wise conduct, and great glory of the King 
 Diabolus. lie Avould range and rove throughout all the streets 
 of Mansoul to cry up his illustrious lord, and would make 
 himself even as an abject, among the base and rascal crew, to 
 cry up his valiant prince. And, I say, when and whereso- 
 ever he found these vassals, he would even make himself as 
 one of them. In all ill courses, he would act without 
 bidding, and do mischief without commandment. 
 
 The Lord Willbewill also had a deputy under him, and 
 his name was Mr. Affection, one that was also greatly 
 debauched in his principles, and answerable thereto in his 
 life : he was wholly given to the flesh, and therefore they 
 called him Vile-Affection. Now there was he and one Car- 
 nal lust, the daughter of Mr. Mind, (like to like,) that fell in 
 love, and made a match, and were married ; and, as I take 
 it, they had several children, as Impudent, Blackmouth, and 
 Hate-Reproof. And besides these they had three daughters, 
 as Scorn-Truth, and Slight-God, and the name of the youngest 
 was Revenge. These were all married in the town, and 
 also begot and yielded many bad brats, too many to be here 
 inserted. But, to pass by this. 
 
 When the giant had thus engarrisoned himself in the town 
 of Mansoul, and had put down and set up whom he thought 
 good, he betakes himself to defacing: Now there was in the 
 market-place in Mansoul, and also upon the gates of the 
 casde, an image of the blessed King Shaddai. This image 
 was so exactly engraven, (and it was engraven in gold,) that 
 it did the most resemble Shaddai himself of anything that 
 then was extant in the Avorld. This he basely commanded
 
 THE HOI/tf WAR. 33 
 
 to be defaced, and it was as basely done by the hand of Mr. 
 No-Truth. Now you must know that, as Diabolus had 
 commanded, and that by the hand of Mr. No-Truth the 
 image of Shaddai was defaced, he likewise gave order that 
 the same Mr. No-Truth should set up in its stead the horrid 
 and formidable image of Diabolus, to the great contempt of 
 the former King, and debasing of his town of Mansoul. 
 
 Moreover, Diabolus made havoc of all remains of the laws 
 and statutes of Shaddai that could be found in the town of 
 Mansoul ; to wit, such as contained either the doctrines or 
 morals, with all civil and natural documents. Also relative 
 severities he sought to extinguish. To be short, there was 
 nothing of the remains of good in Mansoul which he and 
 Willbewill sought not to destroy ; for their designs was to 
 turn Mansoul into a brute, and to make it like to the sensual 
 sow, by the hand of Mr. No-Truth. 
 
 When he had destroyed what law and good orders he 
 could, then further to effect his design, namely, to alienate 
 Mansoul from Shaddai her king, he commands, and they set 
 up his own vain edicts, statutes and commandments, in all 
 places of resort or concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as 
 gave liberty to the lusts of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes, 
 and the pride of life, which are not of Shaddai, but of the 
 world. He encouraged, countenanced, and promoted lasci- 
 viousness and all ungodliness there. Yea, much more did 
 Diabolus to encourage wickedness in the town of Mansoul ; 
 he promised them peace, content, joy, and bliss, in doing his 
 commands, and that they should never be called to an account 
 for their not doing the contrary. And let this serve to give 
 a taste to them that love to hear tell of what is done, beyond 
 their knowledge, afar off in other countries. 
 
 Now, Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought 
 wholly to his bow, nothing was heard or seen therein, but 
 that which tended to set up him.
 
 31 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 But now he having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr. 
 Recorder from bearing of office in Mansoul, and seeing that 
 the town, before , he came to it, was the most ancient of 
 corporations in the world ; and fearing, if he did not main- 
 tain greatness, they at any time should object that he had 
 clone them an injury ; therefore, I say, (that they might see 
 that he did not intend to lessen their grandeur, or to take 
 from them any of their advantageous things,) he did choose 
 for them a Lord Mayor and a Recorder himself, and such as 
 contented them at the heart, and such also as pleased him 
 wondrous well. 
 
 The name of the Mayor, that was of Diabolus' making, 
 was the Lord Lustings, a man that had neither eyes nor 
 ears. All that he did, whether as a man or an officer, he 
 did it naturally, as doth the beast. And that which made 
 him yet the more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, yet to 
 them that beheld and were grieved for its ruin, was, that he 
 never could favour good, but evil. 
 
 The Recorder was one whose name was Forget-Good, 
 and a very sorry fellow he was. He could remember nothing 
 but mischief, and to do it with delight. He was naturally 
 prone to do things that were hurtful, even hurtful to the town 
 of Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. These two, there- 
 fore, by their power and practice, examples and smiles upon 
 evil, did much more ground and settle the common people 
 in hurtful ways. For who doth not perceive, that when 
 those that sit aloft are vile and corrupt themselves, they 
 corrupt the whole region and country where they are ? 
 
 Besides these, Diabolus made several burgesses and alder- 
 men in Mansoul, out of whom, the town when it needed, 
 might choose them officers, governors, and magistrates. And 
 these are the names of the chief of them : Mr. Incredulity, 
 Mr. Haughty, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Lewd, Mr. Hard-Heart, 
 Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Fury, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Stand-to-Lies,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 35 
 
 Mr. False-Peace, Mr. Drunkenness, Mr. Cheating, Mr. Athe- 
 ism — thirteen in all. Mr. Incredulity is the eldest, and Mr. 
 Atheism the youngest of the company. 
 
 There was also an election of common council-men and 
 others, as bailiffs, Serjeants, constables, and others ; but all of 
 them like to those aforenamed, being either fathers, brothers, 
 cousins, or nephews to them, whose names, for brevity's 
 sake, 1 omit to mention. 
 
 When the giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in the 
 next place, he betook him to build some strongholds in the 
 town, and he built three that seemed to be impregnable. The 
 first he called the Hold of Defiance, because it was made to 
 command the whole town, and to keep it from the knowledge 
 of its ancient King. The second he called Midnight Hold, 
 because it was built on purpose to keep Mansoul from the 
 true knowledge of itself. The third was called Sweet-Sin 
 Hold, because by that he fortified Mansoul against all desires 
 of good. The first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate, 
 that, as much as might be, light might be darkened there ; 
 the second was built hard by the old castle, to the end that 
 that might be made more blind, if possible ; and the third 
 stood in the market-place. 
 
 He that Diabolus made governor over the first of these, was 
 one Spite-God, a most blasphemous wretch : he came with 
 the whole rabble of them that came against Mansoul at 
 first, and was himself one of themselves. He that was made 
 the governor of Midnight Hold, was one Love no Light : he 
 was also of them that came first against the town. And 
 he that was made the governor of the hold, called Sweet-Sin 
 Hold, was one whose name was Love-Flesh : he was also 
 a very lewd fellow, but not of that country where the others 
 are bound. This fellow could find more sweetness when he 
 stood sucking of a lust, than he did in all the paradise of God.
 
 30 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 And now Diabolus thought himself safe. He had taker 
 Mansoul, he had engarrisoned himself therein ; lie had put 
 down the old officers, and had set up new ones ; he had 
 defaced the image of Shaddai, and had set up his own ; he 
 had spoiled the old law books and had promoted his own 
 vain lies ; he had made him new magistrates and set up new 
 aldermen ; he had budded him new holds and had manned 
 them for himself: and all this he did to make himself secure, 
 in case the good Shaddai, or his Son, should come to make 
 an incursion upon him. 
 
 Now you may well think, that long before this time, 
 word, by some or other, could not but be carried to the 
 good King Shaddai, how his Mansoul, in the continent of 
 Universe, was lost ; and that the runagate giant Diabolus, 
 once one of his Majesty's servants, had, in rebellion against 
 the King, made sure thereof for himself. Yea, tidings were 
 carried and brought to the King thereof, and that to a very 
 circumstance. 
 
 As, first, how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being 
 a simple people and innocent) with craft, subdety, lies, and 
 guile. Item, that he had treacherously slain the right noble 
 and valiant captain, their Captain Resistance, as he stood 
 upon the gate with the rest of the townsmen. Item, how 
 my brave Lord Innocent fell down dead (with grief, some 
 say, or with being poisoned with the stinking breath of one 
 Ill-Pause, as say others) at the hearing of his just lord and 
 rightful prince Shaddai, so abused by the mouth of so filthy 
 a Diabolian as that varlet Ill-Pause was. The messenger 
 further told, that after this Ill-Pause had made a short oration 
 to the townsmen in behalf of Diabolus, his master, the sim- 
 ple town, believing that what was said was true, with one 
 consent did open Ear-gate, the chief gate of the corporation, 
 and did let him, with his crew, into a possession of the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 37 
 
 famous town of Mansoul. He further showed how Diabo- 
 lus had served the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder, to wit, 
 that he had put them from all place of power and trust. 
 Item, he showed also that my Lord Willbewill was turned a 
 very rebel and runagate, and that so was one Mr. Mind, his 
 clerk ; and that they two did range and revel it all the town 
 over, and teach the wicked ones their ways. He said, 
 moreover, that this Willbewill was put into great trust, and 
 particularly, that Diabolus had put into Willbewill' s hand all 
 the strong places in Mansoul ; and that Mr. Affection was 
 made my Lord Willbewill's deputy, in his most rebellious 
 affairs. " Yea," said the messenger, " this monster, Lord 
 Willbewill, has openly disavowed his King Shaddai, and 
 hath horribly given his faith and plighted his troth to 
 Diabolus. 
 
 "Also," said the messenger, "besides all this, the new 
 king, or rather rebellious tyrant, over the once famous, but 
 now perishing town of Mansoul, has set up a Lord Mayor 
 and a Recorder of his own. For Mayor, he has set up one 
 Mr. Lustings ; and for Recorder, Mr. Forget-Good ; two of 
 the vilest of all the town of Mansoul." This faithful mes- 
 senger also proceeded, and told what a sort of new burgesses 
 Diabolus had made ; also that he had built several strong 
 forts, towers, and strong holds in Mansoul. He told, too, 
 the which I had almost forgot, how Diabolus had put the 
 town of Mansoul into arms, the better to capacitate them, 
 on his behalf, to make resistance against Shaddai their King, 
 should he come to reduce them to their former obedience. 
 
 Now, this tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of 
 things in private, but in open court ; the King and his Son, 
 high lords, chief captains, and nobles, being all there present 
 to bear. But by that they had heard the whole of the story, 
 it would have amazed one to have seen, had he been there 
 
 4
 
 38 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to behold it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction of 
 spirit, there was among all sorts, to think that famous Man- 
 soul was now taken : only the King and his Son foresaw 
 all this, long before, yea, and sufficiently provided for the 
 relief of Mansoul, though they told not every body thereof. 
 Yet, because they also would have their share in condoling 
 of the misery of Mansoul, therefore they also did, and that 
 at a rate of the highest degree, bewail the losing of Mansoul. 
 The King said plainly, that it grieved him at the heart, and 
 you may be sure that his Son was not a whit behind him. 
 Thus gave they conviction to all about them, that they had 
 love and compassion for the famous town of Mansoul. 
 Well, when the King and his Son were retired into the 
 privy chamber, there they again consulted about what they 
 had desisnied before, to wit, that as Mansoul should in time 
 be suffered to be lost, so as certainly it should be recovered 
 again ; recovered, I say, in such a way, as that both the 
 Kinor an d his Son would get themselves eternal fame and 
 glory thereby. Wherefore, after this consult, the Son of 
 Shaddai, (a sweet and comely Person, and one that had 
 always great affection for those that were in affliction, but 
 one that had mortal enmity in his heart against Diabolus, 
 because he was designed for it, and because he sought his 
 crown and dignity) — this Son of Shaddai, I say, having 
 stricken hands with his Father, and promised that he would 
 be his servant to recover his Mansoul again, stood by his 
 resolution, nor would he repent of the same. The purport 
 of which agreement was this : to wit, that at a certain time, 
 prefixed by both, the King's Son should take a journey into 
 the country of Universe, and there, in a way of justice and 
 equity, by making amends for the follies of Mansoul, he 
 should lay a foundation of her perfect deliverance from Dia- 
 bolus and from his tyranny.
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 39 
 
 Moreover, Emmanuel resolved to make, at a time con- 
 venient, a war upon the giant Diabolus, even while he was 
 possessed of the town of Mansoul ; and that he would 
 fairly, by strength of hand, drive him out of his hold, his 
 nest, and take it to himself to be his habitation. 
 
 This now being resolved upon, order was given to the 
 Lord Chief Secretary, to draw up a fair record of what was 
 determined, and to cause that it should be published in all 
 the corners of the kingdom of Universe. A short breviat 
 of the contents thereof you may, if you please, take here 
 as follows : 
 
 " Let all men know, who are concerned, that the Son of 
 Shaddai, the grea't King, is engaged by covenant to his 
 Father to bring Mansoul to him again ; yea, and to put 
 Mansoul, through the power of his matchless love, into a 
 far better and more happy condition, than it was in before it 
 was taken by Diabolus." 
 
 These papers, therefore, were published in several places, 
 to the no litde molestation of the tyrant Diabolus ; " for 
 now," thought he, " I shall be molested, and my habitation 
 will be taken from me." 
 
 But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King 
 and his Son, did at first take air at court, who can tell how 
 the high lords, chief captains, and noble princes that were 
 there, were taken with the business ! First, they whispered 
 it to one another, and after that it began to ring out through 
 the King's palace, all wondering at the glorious design that 
 between the King and his Son, was on foot for the miserable 
 town of Mansoul. Yea, the courtiers could scarce do any- 
 thing either for the King or kingdom, but they would mix, 
 with the doing thereof, a noise of the love of the King and 
 his Son, that they had for the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Nor could tlie.se lords, high captains, and princes be con-
 
 40 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 tent to keep this news at court ; yea, before the records 
 thereof were perfected, themselves came down and told it 
 in Universe. At last it came to the ears, as I said, of 
 Diabolus, to his no little discontent ; for you must think it 
 would perplex him, to hear of such a design against him. 
 Well, but after a few casts in his mind, he concluded upon 
 these four things. 
 
 First, That this news, these good tidings, (if possible,) 
 should be kept from the ears of the town of Mansoul ; 
 " for," said he, " if they should once come to the know- 
 ledge that Shaddai, their former King, and Emmanuel his 
 Son, are contriving good for the town of Mansoul, what can 
 be expected by me, but that Mansoul will make a revolt from 
 under my hand and government, and return again to him ?" 
 
 Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery 
 with my Lord Willbewill, and also gives him strict charge 
 and command, that he should keep watch, by day and by 
 night, at all the gates of the town, especially Ear-gate and 
 Eye-gate ; " for I hear of a design," quoth he, " a design to 
 make us all traitors, and that Mansoul must be reduced to its 
 first bondage again. I hope they are but flying stories," 
 quoth he ; " however, let no such news by any means be 
 let into Mansoul, lest the people be dejected thereat. I think, 
 my lord, it can be no welcome news lo you ; I am sure it is 
 none to me : and I think that, at this time, it should be all 
 our wisdom and care to nip the head of all such rumours, as 
 shall tend to trouble our people. Wherefore I desire, my 
 lord, that you will, in this matter, do as I say. Let there 
 b^ strong guards daily kept at every gate of the town. Stop 
 also and examine from whence such come, that you perceive 
 do from far come hither to trade, nor let them by any means 
 be admitted into Mansoul, unless you shall plainly perceive 
 ♦hat they are favourers of our excellent government. I com-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 41 
 
 mand, moreover," said Diabolus, " that there be spies con- 
 tinually walking up and down the town of Mansoul, and ltt 
 them have power to suppress and destroy any that they 
 shall perceive to be plotting against us, or that shah prate of 
 what by Shaddai and Emmanuel is intended." 
 
 This, therefore, was accordingly done ; my Lord Willbe- 
 will hearkened to his Lord and master, went willingly after 
 the commandment, and, with all the diligence he could, kept 
 any that would, from going out abroad, or that sought to 
 bring these tidings to Mansoul, from coming into the town. 
 
 Secondly, this done, in the next place, Diabolus, that he 
 micht make Mansoul as sure as he could, frames and im- 
 poses a new oath and horrible covenant upon the townsfolk : 
 — To wit, that they should never desert him nor his gov- 
 ernment, nor yet betray him nor seek to alter his laws ; but 
 that they should own, confess, stand by, and acknowledge 
 him for their rightful king, in defiance to any that do or here- 
 after shall, by any pretence, law, or title whatever, lay claim 
 to the town of Mansoul ; thinking, belike, that Shaddai had 
 not power to absolve them from this covenant with death and 
 agreement with hell. Nor did the silly Mansoul stick or 
 boggle at all at this most monstrous engagement ; but, as if 
 it had been a sprat in the mouth of a whale, they swallowed 
 it without any chewing. Were they troubled at it ? Nay, 
 they rather bragged and boasted of their so brave fidelity to 
 the tyrant, their pretended king, swearing that they would 
 never be chans<-elin<rs, nor forsake their old lord for a new. 
 Thus did Diabolus tie poor Mansoul fast. 
 
 Thirdly, jealousy, that never thinks itself strong enough, 
 put him, in the next place, upon another exploit, which was 
 yet more, if possible, to debauch this town of Mansoul. 
 Wherefore he caused, by the hand of one Mr. Filth, an 
 odious, nasty, lascivious piece of beastliness to be drawn up 
 
 4*
 
 42 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 in writing, and to be set upon the castle gates ; whereby he 
 granted and gave license to all his true and trusty sons in 
 Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites prompted 
 them to do ; and that no man was to let, hinder, or control 
 them, upon pain of incurring the displeasure of their prince. 
 Now, this he did for these reasons : 
 
 1. That the town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker 
 and weaker, and so more unable, should tidings come, that 
 their redemption was designed, to believe, hope, or consent 
 to the truth thereof; for reason says, The bigger the sinner, 
 the less grounds of hopes of mercy. 
 
 2. The second reason was, if perhaps Emmanuel, the 
 Son of Shaddai their King, by seeing the horrible and pro- 
 fane doings of the town of Mansoul, might repent (though 
 entered into a covenant of redeeming them) of pursuing that 
 covenant of their redemption ; for he knew that Shaddai 
 was holy, and that his Son Emmanuel was holy ; yea, he 
 knew it by woful experience, for, for his iniquity and sin, 
 was Diabolus cast from the highest orbs. Wherefore what 
 more rational than for him to conclude that thus, for sin, it 
 might fare with Mansoul ? But fearing also lest this knot 
 should break, he bethinks himself of another, to wit : 
 
 Fourthly, to endeavour to possess all hearts in the town 
 of Mansoul, that Shaddai was raising an army, to come to 
 overthrow and utterly to destroy this town of Mansoul. 
 And this he did to forestall any tidings that might come to 
 their ears of their deliverance ; " for," thought he, " if I first 
 bruit this, the tidings that shall come after, will all be swal- 
 lowed up of this ; for what else will Mansoul say, when 
 they shall hear that they must be delivered, but that the true 
 meaning is, Shaddai intends to destroy them?" Wherefore 
 he summons the whole town into the market-place, and there, 
 with deceitful tongue, thus he addresses himself unto them :
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 43 
 
 " Gentlemen, and my very good friends, yon are all, as you 
 know, my legal subjects, and men of the famous town of 
 Mansoul. You know how, from the first day that I have 
 been with you, until now, I have behaved myself among you, 
 and what liberty and great privileges you have enjoyed under 
 my government, I hope to your honour and mine, and also 
 to your content and delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, a 
 noise of trouble there is abroad, of trouble to the town of 
 Mansoul ; sorry I am thereof for your sakes : for I received 
 but now, by the post from my Lord Lucifer, (and he useth to 
 have good intelligence,) that your old King Shaddai is raising 
 an army to come against you, to destroy you root and branch ; 
 and this, O Mansoul, is now the cause, that at this time, I 
 have called you together ; namely, to advise what, in this 
 juncture, is best to be done. For my part, I am but one, and 
 can with ease shift for myself, did I list to seek my own ease, 
 and to leave my Mansoul in all the danger ; but my heart is 
 so firmly united to you, and so unwilling am I to leave you, 
 that I am willing to stand and fall with you, to the utmost 
 hazard that shall befall me. What say you, O my Mansoul 1 
 Will you now desert your old friend, or do you think of 
 standing by me ?" Then, as one man, with one mouth, 
 they cried out together, " Let him die the death that will 
 not." 
 
 Then said Diabolus again," it is in vain for us to hope for 
 quarter, for this king knows not how to show it. True, 
 perhaps, he, at his first sitting down before us, will talk of 
 and pretend to mercy, that thereby with the more ease, and 
 less trouble, he may again make himself the master of Man- 
 soul. Whatever, therefore, he shall say, believe not one 
 syllable or tittle of it ; for all such language is but to over- 
 come us, and to make us, while we Avallow in our blood, the 
 trophies of his merciless victory. My mind is, therefore,
 
 44 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that we resolve, to the last man, to resist him, and not to 
 believe him upon any terms ; for in at that door will come 
 our danger. But shall we be flattered out of our lives ? I 
 hope you know more of the rudiments of politics, than to 
 sutler yourselves so pitifully to be served. 
 
 " But suppose he should, if he get us to yield, save some 
 of our lives, or the lives of some of them that are underlings 
 in Mansoul, what help will that be to you that are the chief 
 of the town, especially you, whom I have set up, and whose 
 greatness has been procured by you through your faithful 
 sticking to me 1 And suppose, again, that he should give 
 quarter to every one of you, be sure he will bring you into 
 that bondage, under which you were captivated before, or a 
 worse, and then what good will your lives do you ? Shall 
 you with him live in pleasure, as you do now ? No, no ; 
 you must be bound by laws that will pinch you, and be made 
 to do that which at present is hateful to you. I am for you, 
 if you are for me ; and it is better to die valiantly than to 
 live like pitiful slaves. But, I say the life of a slave will be 
 counted a life too good for Mansoul now. Blood, blood, 
 nothing but blood, is in every blast of Shaddai's trumpet 
 against poor Mansoul now. Pray, be concerned ; I hear he 
 is coming. Up, and stand to your arms, that now while you 
 have any leisure, I may teach you some feats of war. Aimour 
 for you I have, and by me it is ; yea, and it is surficient for 
 Mansoul from top to toe ; nor can you be hurt by what his 
 force can do, if you shall keep it well girt and fastened about 
 you. Come, therefore, to my castle, and welcome, and 
 harnass yourselves for the war. There is helmet, breast- 
 plate, sword, and shield, and what not that will make you 
 fi^ht like men. 
 
 1 . " My helmet, otherwise called an head-piece, is hope 
 of doing well at last, what lives soever you live. This is
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 45 
 
 that which they had who said, that they should have peace, 
 though thev walked in the wickedness of their heart, to add 
 drunkeness to thirst. A piece of approved armour this is, 
 and whoever has it, and can hold it, so long no arrow, dart, 
 sword, or shield can hurt him. This, therefore keep on, and 
 thou wilt keep off many a blow, my Mansoul. 
 
 " 2. My breastplate is a breastplate of iron. I had it forged 
 in mine own country, and all my soldiers are armed there- 
 with. In plain language, it is a hard heart, a heart as hard 
 as iron, and as much past feeling as a stone ; the which if you 
 get and keep, neither mercy shall win you, nor judgment 
 fright you. This, therefore, is a piece of armour, most 
 necessary for all to put on, that hate Shaddai, and that would 
 fight against him under my banner. 
 
 " 3. My sword is a tongue that is set on fire of hell, and 
 that can bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his 
 ways, and people. Use this ; it has been tried a thousand 
 times twice told. Whoever hath it, keeps it, and makes that 
 use of it as I would have him, can never be conquered by 
 mine enemy. 
 
 " 4. My shield is unbelief, or calling into question the 
 truth of the word, or all the sayings that speak of the judg- 
 ment that Shaddai has appointed for wicked men. Use this 
 shield : many attempts he has made upon it, and sometimes, 
 it is true, it has been bruised ; but they that have writ of the 
 wars of Emanuel against my servants, have testified that he 
 could do no mighty work there, because of their unbelief. 
 Now, to handle this weapon of mine aright, it is not to be- 
 lieve things, because they are true, of what sort or by whom- 
 soever asserted. If he speaks of judgment, care not for it; 
 if he speaks of mercy, care not for it ; if he promises, if he 
 swears that he would do to Mansoul, if it turns, no hurt, but 
 good, regard not what is said, question the truth of all, for it
 
 46 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 is to wield the shield of unbelief aright, and as my servants 
 ought and do ; and he that doth otherwise, loves me not, nor 
 do I count him but an enemy to me. 
 
 " 5. Another part or piece," said Diabolus, " of mine 
 excellent armour, is a dumb, and prayerless spirit, a spirit 
 that scorns to cry for mercy : wherefore be you, my Man- 
 soul, sure that you make use of this. What ! cry for quarter ! 
 Never do that, if you would be mine. I .know you are stout 
 men, and am sure that I have clad you with that which is 
 armour of proof. Wherefore, to cry to Shaddai for mercy, let 
 that be far from you. Besides all this, I have a maul, fire- 
 brands, arrows, and death, all good hand-weapons, and such 
 as will do execution." 
 
 After he had thus furnished his men with armour and 
 arms, he addressed himself to them in such like words as 
 these : — " Remember," quoth he, " that I am your rightful 
 king, and that you have taken an oath and entered into cove- 
 nant to be true to me and my cause : I say, remember this, 
 and show yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul. 
 Remember also the kindness that I have always showed to 
 you, and that, without your petition, I have granted to you 
 external things ; wherefore the privileges, grants, immu- 
 nities, profits, and honours wherewith I have endowed you, 
 do call for, at your hands, returns of loyalty, my lion-like 
 men of Mansoul : and when so fit a time to show it, as when 
 another shall seek to take my dominion over you into his 
 own hands ? One word more, and I have done. Can we 
 but stand, and overcome this one shock or brunt, I doubt not, 
 but in little time, all the world will be ours ; and when that 
 day comes, my true hearts, I will make you kings, princes, 
 and captains, and what brave days shall we have then !•" 
 
 Diabolus, having thus armed and forearmed his servants 
 and vassals in Mansoul against their good and lawful King
 
 HE HOLY WAR. 47 
 
 "Shaddai, in the next place, he doubleth his guards at the 
 gates of the town, and lie takes himself to the castle, which 
 was his stronghold. His vassals also, to show their wills, 
 and supposed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise themselves in 
 their arms every day, and teach one another feats of war : 
 they also defied their enemies, and sang up the praises of 
 their tyrant : they threatened also, what men they would be, 
 if ever things should rise so high as a war between Shaddai 
 and their king. 
 
 Now, all this time, the good King, the King Shaddai, was 
 preparing to send an army to recover the town of Mansoul 
 again, from under the tyranny of their pretended King, Dia- 
 bolus ; but he thought good at first not to send them by the 
 hand and conduct of brave Emmanuel, his Son, but under 
 the hand of some of his servants, to see first, by them, the 
 temper of Mansoul, and whether by them they would be 
 won to the obedience of their King. The army consisted 
 of above forty thousand, all true men, for they came from 
 the King's own court, and were those of his own choosing. 
 
 They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout 
 generals, each man being a captain of ten thousand men, and 
 these are their names and their ensigns. The name of the 
 first was Boanerges, the name of the second was Captain 
 Conviction, the name of the third was Captain Judgment, 
 and the name of the fourth was Captain Execution. These 
 w,ere the captains that Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul. 
 
 These four captains, as was said, the King thought fit, in 
 the first place, to send to Mansoul, to make an attempt upon 
 it ; for indeed generally, in all his wars, he did use to send 
 these four captains in the van, for they were very stout and 
 rough-hewn men, men that were fit to break the ice, and to 
 make their way by dint of sword, and their men were liko 
 themselves.
 
 48 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 To each of these captains the King gave a banner, that it 
 might be displayed, because of the goodness of his cause, 
 and because of the right that he had to Mansoul. 
 
 First, to Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to him, 
 I say, were given ten thousand men. His ensign was Mr. 
 Thunder ; he bare the black colours, and his scutcheon 
 was, the three burning thunderbolts. 
 
 The second captain, was Captain Conviction ; to him also 
 were given ten thousand men. His ensign's name was Mr. 
 Sorrow ; he did bear the pale colours, and his scutcheon 
 was the book of the law wide open, from whence issued a 
 flame of fire. 
 
 The third captain, was Captain Judgment ; to him were 
 given ten thousand men. His ensign's name was Mr. 
 Terror ; he bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a 
 burning fiery furnace. 
 
 The fourth captain, was Captain Execution ; to him were 
 given ten thousand men. His ensign was one Mr. Justice ; 
 he also bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a fruit- 
 less tree, with an axe lying at the root thereof. 
 
 These four captains, as I said, had every one of them, 
 under his command, ten thousand men, all of good fidelity 
 to the King, and stout at their military actions. 
 
 Well, the captains and their forces, their men and under 
 officers, being had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and 
 there called all over bv their names, were then and there 
 put into such harness as became their degree, and that 
 service which now they were going about for their King. 
 
 Now, when the King had mustered his forces, (for it is 
 he that mustereth the host to the battle,) he gave unto the 
 captains their several commissions, with charge and com- 
 mandment, in the audience of all the soldiers, that they 
 should take heed faithfully and courageously to do and
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 49 
 
 execute the same. Their commissions were, for the sub- 
 stance of them, the same in form, though, as to name, title, 
 place, and degree of the captains, there might be some, but 
 very small variation. And here let me give you an account 
 of the matter and sum contained in their commission. 
 
 A Commission from the great Shaddai, King of Man- 
 soul, to his trusty and noble Captain, the Captain 
 Boanerges, for his making War upon the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 "O, thou Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering 
 captains over one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful 
 servants, go thou in my name, with this thy force, to the 
 miserable town of Mansoul ; and when thou comest thither, 
 offer them first conditions of peace ; and command them 
 that, casting off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Dia- 
 bolus, they return to me, their rightful Prince and Lord. 
 Command them also, that they cleanse themselves from all 
 that is his in the town of Mansoul, and look to thyself, that 
 thou hast good satisfaction touching the truth of their obe- 
 dience. Thus, when thou hast commanded them, (if they 
 in truth submit thereto,) then do thou, to the uttermost of 
 thy power, what in thee lies to set up for me a garrison in 
 the famous town of Mansoul : nor do thou hurt the least 
 native that moveth or breatheth therein, if they will submit 
 themselves to me, but treat thou such as if they were thy 
 friends or brothers ; for all such I love, and they shall lie 
 dear unto me ; and tell them, that I will take a time to come 
 unto them, and to let them know that I am merciful. 
 
 " But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons and the 
 producing of thy authority, resist, stand out against thee, 
 and rebel, then do I command thee to make use of all thy 
 5
 
 50 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 cunning power, might and force, to bring them under by 
 strength of hand. Farewell." 
 
 Thus you see the sum of their commissions ; for, as I 
 said before, for the substance of them, they were the same 
 that the rest of the noble captains had. 
 
 Wherefore they, having received each commander his 
 authority at the hand of their King, the day being appointed, 
 and the place of their rendezvous prefixed, each commander 
 appeared in such gallantry as became his cause and calling. 
 So, after new entertainment from Shaddai, with flying 
 colours, they set forward to march towards the famous 
 town of Mansoul. Captain Boanerges led the van, Captain 
 Conviction and Captain Judgment made up the main body, 
 and Captain Execution brought up the rear. They then, 
 having a great way to go, (for the town of Mansoul was far 
 off from the court of Shaddai,) marched through the regions 
 and countries of many people, not hurting or abusing any, 
 but blessing wherever they came. They also lived upon 
 the King's cost, in all the way they went. 
 
 Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came 
 within sight of Mansoul ; the which when they saw, the 
 captains could, for their hearts, do no less, than for a while 
 bewail the condition of the town ; for they quickly saw, 
 how that it was prostrate to the will of Diabolus, and to his 
 ways and designs. 
 
 Well, to be short, the captains come up before the town, 
 march up to Ear-gate, sit down there, (for that was the place 
 of hearing.) So, when they had pitched their tents and en- 
 trenched themselves, they addressed themselves to make 
 their assault. 
 
 Now the townsfolk at first, beholding so gallant a com- 
 pany, so bravely accoutred, and so excellently disciplined,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 51 
 
 having on their glittering armour, and displaying their flying 
 colours, could not but come out of their houses and gaze. 
 But the cunning fox Diabolus, fearing that the people, after 
 this sight, should, on a sudden summons, open the gates to 
 the captains, came down with all haste from the castle, and 
 made them retire into the body of the town ; who, when he 
 had them there, made this lying and deceivable speech unto 
 them. 
 
 " Gentlemen," quoth he, " although you are my trusty 
 and well beloved friends, yet I cannot but a little chide you 
 for your late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on 
 that great and mighty force that but yesterday sat down 
 before, and have now entrenched themselves, in order to the 
 maintaining of a siege against the famous town of Mansoul. 
 Do you know who they are, whence they come, and what 
 is their purpose in sitting down before the town of Mansoul I 
 They are they, of whom I have told you long ago, that they 
 would come to destroy this town, and against whom I have 
 been at the cost to arm you with a cap-a-pie for your body, 
 besides great fortifications for your mind. Wherefore, then, 
 did you not rather, even at the first appearance of them, cry 
 oat, fire the beacons, and give the whole town an alarm 
 concerning them, that we might all have been in a posture 
 of defence, and been ready to have received them with the 
 highest acts of defiance ? Then had you showed yourselves 
 men to my liking ; whereas, by what you have done, you 
 have made me half afraid — I say, half afraid — that when 
 they and we shall come to push a pike, I shall find you 
 want courage to stand it out any longer. Wherefore have 
 I commanded a watch, and that you should double your 
 guards at the gates ? Wherefore have I endeavoured to 
 make you as hard as iron, and your hearts as a piece of 
 the nether millstone ? Was it, think you, that you might
 
 52 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 show yourselves women, and that you might go out like a 
 company of innocents to gaze on your mortal foes ? Fie, fie ! 
 put yourselves into a posture of defence, beat up the drum, 
 gather together in warlike manner, that our foes may know, 
 that before they shall conquer this corporation, there are 
 valiant men in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 " I will leave off now to chide, and will not further rebuke 
 you ; but I charge you, that henceforwards you let me see 
 no more such actions. Let not henceforward a man of you, 
 without order first obtained from me, so much as show his 
 head over the wall of the town of Mansoul. You have now 
 heard me ; do as I have commanded, and you shall cause 
 me, that I dwell securely with you, and that I take care, as 
 for myself, so for your safety and honour also. Farewell." 
 
 IN ow were the townsmen strangely altered ; they were 
 as men stricken with a panic fear ; they ran to and fro 
 through the streets of the town of Mansoul, crying out, 
 " Help, help ! the men that turn the world upside down are 
 come hither also." Nor could any of them be quiet after ; 
 but still, as men bereft of wit, they cried out, " The de- 
 stroyers of our peace and people are come." This went 
 down with Diabolus: " Ay," quoth he to himself, " this 
 I like well : now it is as I would have it : now you show 
 your obedience to your prince. Hold you but here, and 
 then let them take the town if they can." 
 
 Well, before the King's forces had sat before Mansoul 
 three days, Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to 
 go down to Ear-gate, and there, in the name of the great 
 Shaddai, to summon Mansoul to give audience to the message 
 that he, in his Master's name, was to them commanded to 
 deliver. So the trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed- 
 what-you-hear, went up, as he was commanded, to Ear-gate, 
 -md there sounded his trumpet for a hearing ; but there was
 
 
 5 
 
 THE TB.UOT-ETER.S SUMMONS TO TOE TOWN
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 53 
 
 none that appeared that gave answer or regard, for so had 
 Diabolus commanded. So the trumpeter returned to his 
 captain, and told him what he had done, and also how he 
 had sped ; whereat the captain was grieved, but bid the 
 trumpeter go to his tent. 
 
 Again Captain Boanerges sendeth his trumpeter to Ear- 
 gate, to sound as before for a hearing ; but they again kept 
 close, came not out, nor would they give him an answer ; 
 so observant were they of the command of Diabolus their 
 king. 
 
 Then the captains and other field-officers called a council 
 of war, to consider what further was to be done for the 
 gaining of the town of Mansoul ; and after some close and 
 thorough debate upon the contents of their commissions, 
 they concluded yet to give to the town, by the hand of the 
 forenamed trumpeter, another summons to hear; but if that 
 shall be refused, said they, and that the town shall stand it 
 out still, then they determined, and bid the trumpeter tell 
 them so, that they would endeavour, by what means they 
 could, to compel them by force to the obedience of their 
 King. 
 
 So Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go 
 up to Ear-gate again, and, in the name of the great King 
 Shaddai, to give it a very loud summons to come down 
 without delay to Ear-gate, there to give audience to the 
 King's most noble captains. So the trumpeter went, and 
 did as he was commanded ; he went up to Ear-gate, and 
 sounded his trumpet, and gave a third summons to Mansoul. 
 lie said, moreover, that if this they should still refuse to do, 
 ♦he captains of his prince would with might come down 
 upon them, and endeavour to reduce them to obedience by 
 Corce. 
 
 Then stood up my Lord Willbewill, who was the gov- 
 
 5 4
 
 54 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ernor of the town, (this Willbewill was that apostate of 
 whom mention was made before,) and the keeper of the 
 gates of Mansoul. He therefore, with big and ruffling 
 words, demanded of the trumpeter who he was, whence he 
 came, and what was the cause of his making so hideous a 
 noise at the gate, and speaking such insufferable words 
 against the town of Mansoul. 
 
 The trumpeter answered, "I am servant to the most 
 noble captain, Captain Boanerges, general of the forces of 
 the great King Shaddai, against whom both thyself, with 
 the whole town of Mansoul, have rebelled, and lift up the 
 heel ; and my master, the captain, hath a special message to 
 this town, and to thee as a member thereof; the which, if 
 you of Mansoul shall peacably hear, well ; and if not, you 
 must take what follows." 
 
 Then said the Lord Willbewill, " I will carry thy words 
 to my lord, and will know what he will say." 
 
 But the trumpeter soon replied, saying, " Our message is 
 not to the giant Diabolus, but to the miserable town of 
 Mansoul; nor shall we at all regard what answer by him 
 is made, nor yet by any for him. We are sent to this town, 
 to recover it from under his cruel tyranny, and to persuade 
 it to submit, as in former times it did, to the most excellent 
 King Shaddai." 
 
 Then said the Lord Willbewill, " I will do your errand 
 to the town." 
 
 The trumpeter then replied, " Sir, do not deceive us, lest 
 in so doing, you deceive yourselves much more." He 
 added, moreover, "For we are resolved, if hi peaceable 
 manner you do not submit yourselves, then to make a war 
 upon you, and to bring you under by force. And of the 
 truth of what I now say, this shall be a sign unto you, — 
 you shall see the black flag, with its hot, burning thunder-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 55 
 
 bolts, set upon the mount to-morrow, as a token of defiance 
 against your prince, and of our resolutions to reduce you to 
 your Lord and rightful King." 
 
 So the said Lord Willbewiil returned from off the wall, 
 and the trumpeter came into the camp. When the trum- 
 peter was come into the camp, the captains and officers of 
 the mighty King Shaddai came together, to know if he had 
 obtained a hearing, and what was the effect of his errand. 
 So the trumpeter told, saying, " When I had sounded my 
 trumpet, and had called aloud to the town for hearing, my 
 Lord Willbewiil, the governor of the town, and he that hath 
 charge of the gates, came up when he heard me sound, and, 
 looking over the wall, he asked me what I was, whence I 
 came, and what was the cause of my making this noise. 
 So I told him my errand, and by whose authority I brought 
 it. ' Then,' said he, ' I will tell it to the governor and to 
 Mansoul ;' and then I returned to my lords." 
 
 Then said the brave Boanerges, " Let us yet for a while 
 ,ie still in our trenches, and see what these rebels will do." 
 
 Now, when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul, 
 must be given to the brave Boanerges and his companions, 
 it was commanded that all the men of war, throughout the 
 whole camp of Shaddai, should as one man stand to their 
 arms, and make themselves ready, if the town of Mansoul 
 shall hear, to receive it forthwith to mercy ; but if not, to 
 force a subjection. So the day being come, the trumpeters 
 sounded, and that throughout the whole camp, that the men 
 of war might be in readiness for that which then should be 
 the work of the day. But when they that were in the town 
 of Mansoul heard the sound of the trumpets throughout the 
 camp of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must be 
 in order to storm the corporation, they at first were put to 
 great consternation of spirit ; but after they a little were
 
 50 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 settled again, they also made what preparation they could 
 for a war, if they did storm ; else, to secure themselves. 
 
 Well, when the utmost time was come, Boanerges was 
 resolved to hear their answer; wherefore he sent out his 
 trumpeter again to summons Mansoul to a hearing of the 
 message that they had brought from Shaddai. So he went 
 and sounded, and the townsmen came up, but made Ear- 
 gate as sure as they could. Now, when they were come 
 up to the top of the wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see 
 the Lord Mayor ; but my Lord Incredulity was then Lord 
 Mayor, for he came in the room of my Lord Lustings. So 
 Incredulity came up and showed himself over the wall ; but 
 when the Captain Boanerges had set his eyes upon him, lie 
 cried out aloud, " This is not he : where is my Lord Un- 
 derstanding, the ancient Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul? 
 for to him I would deliver my message." 
 
 Then said the giant (for Diabolus was also come down) 
 to the captain, " Mr. Captain, you have by your boldness 
 given to Mansoul at least four summonses to subject herself 
 to your King, by whose authority I know not, nor will I 
 dispute that now. I ask, therefore, what is the reason of 
 all this ado, or what would you be at, if you knew your- 
 selves ?" 
 
 Then Captain Boanerges, whose were the black colours, 
 and whose scutcheon was the three burning thunderbolts, 
 taking no notice of the giant, or of his speech, thus addressed 
 himself to the town of Mansoul : " Be it known unto you, 
 O unhappy and rebellious Mansoul, that the most gracious 
 King, the great King Shaddai, my Master, hath sent me 
 unto you with commission" (and so he showed to the town 
 nis broad seal) " to reduce you to his obedience : and he 
 hath commanded me, in case you yield upon my summons, 
 to carry it to you, as if you were my friends or brethren ;
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 57 
 
 but he also hath bid, that if, after summons to submit, you 
 still stand out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you 
 by force." 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said, (his were 
 the pale colours, and for a scutcheon he had the book of 
 the law wide open, etc.): " Hear, Mansoul ! Thou, O 
 Mansoul, was once famous for innocency, but now thou art 
 degenerated into lies and deceit. Thou hast heard what my 
 brother, the Captain Boanerges, hath said : and it is your 
 wisdom, and will be your happiness, to stoop to, and accept 
 of conditions of peace and mercy when offered, specially 
 when offered by one against whom thou hast rebelled, and 
 one who is of power to tear thee in pieces, for so is Shaddai, 
 our King; nor, when he is angry, can anything stand before 
 him. If you say you have not sinned, or acted rebellion 
 against our King, the whole of your doings, since the day 
 that you cast off his service, (and there was the beginning 
 of your sin,) will sufficiently testify against you. What 
 else means your hearkening to the tyrant, and your receiving 
 him for your king? .What means else your rejecting of the 
 laws of Shaddai, and your obeying of Diabolus ? Yea, what 
 means this your taking up arms against, and the shutting of 
 your gates upon us, the faithful servants of your King ? Be 
 ruled, then, and accept of my brother's invitation, and over- 
 stand not the time of mercy, but agree with thine adversary 
 quickly. Ah, Mansoul, suffer not thystlf to be kept from 
 mercy, and to be run into a thousand miseries, by the 
 nattering wiles of Diabolus. Perhaps that piece of deceit 
 may attempt to make you believe that we seek our own 
 profit in this our service ; but know it is obedience to our 
 King, and love to your happiness, that is the cause of this 
 undertaking of ours. 
 
 " Again I say to thee, O Mansoul, consider if it bo not
 
 58 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 amazing grace, that Shaddai should so humble himself as 
 he doth : now he, by us, reasons with you, in a way of 
 entreaty and sweet persuasions, that you would subject 
 yourselves to him. Has he that need of you, that we are 
 sure you have of him ? No, no ; but he is merciful, and 
 will not that Mansoul should die, but turn to him and live." 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Judgment, whose were the red 
 colours, and for a scutcheon he had the burning fiery furnace, 
 and he said, " O ye, the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, 
 that have lived so long in rebellion and acts of treason against 
 the King Shaddai, know that we come not to-day to this 
 place, in this manner, with our message of our own minds, 
 or to revenge our own quarrel ; it is the King, my Master, 
 that hath sent us to reduce you to your obedience to him ; the 
 which if you refuse in a peaceable way to yield, we have 
 commission to compel you thereto. And never think of 
 yourselves, nor yet suffer the tyrant Diabolus to persuade 
 you to think, that our King, by his power, is not able to 
 bring you down, and to lay you under his feet ; for he is 
 the former of all things, and if he touches the mountains, 
 .hey smoke. Nor will the gate of the King's clemency 
 stand always open ; for the day that shall burn like an oven 
 is before him ; yea, it hasteth greatly, it slumbereth not. 
 
 " O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes that our King doth 
 offer thee mercy, and that after so many provocations ? 
 Yea, he still holdeth out his golden sceptre to thee, and 
 will not yet suffer his gate to be shut against thee : wilt 
 thou provoke him to do it ? If so, consider of what I say : 
 to thee it is opened no more for ever. If thou sayest thou 
 shalt not see him, yet judgment is before him ; therefore 
 trust thou in him. Yea, because there is wrath, beware 
 lest he take thee away with his stroke ; then a great ransom 
 cannot deliver thee. Will he esteem thy riches? No, not
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 59 
 
 gold, nor all the forces of strength. He hath prepared his 
 throne for judgment, for he will come with fire, and with his 
 chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury and 
 his rebukes with flames of fire. Therefore, O Mansoul, 
 take heed, lest, after thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the 
 wicked, justice and judgment should take hold of thee." 
 
 Now, while the Captain Judgment was making this oration 
 to the town of Mansoul, it was observed by some that Dia- 
 bolus trembled ; but he proceeded in his parable and said, 
 " O thou woful town of Mansoul, wilt thou not yet set open 
 thy gate to receive us, the deputies of thy King, and those 
 that would rejoice to see thee five ? Can thine heart endure, 
 or can thy hands be strong in the day that he shall deal in 
 judgment with thee ? I say, canst thou endure to be forced 
 to drink, as one would drink sweet wine, the sea of wrath 
 that our King has prepared for Diabolus and his angels ? 
 Consider, betimes, consider." 
 
 Then stood forth, the fourth captain, the noble Captain 
 Execution, and said, " O town of Mansoul, once famous, but 
 now like the fruitless bough, once the delight of the high 
 ones, but now a den for Diabolus, hearken also to me, and 
 to the words that I shall speak to thee in the name of the 
 great Shaddai. Behold, the axe is laid to the root of the 
 trees : every tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good 
 fruit, is hewn down and cast into the fire. 
 
 " Thou, O town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this fruit- 
 less tree ; thou bearest nought but thorns and briers. Thy 
 evil fruit bespeaks thee not to be a good tree ; thy grapes 
 are grapes of gall, thy clusters are bitter. Thou hast rebelled 
 against thy King ; and, lo ! Ave, the power and force of 
 Shaddai, are the axe that is laid to thy roots. What sayest 
 tliou ? Wilt thou turn ? I say again, tell me, before the first 
 blow is given, wilt thou turn ? Our axe must first be laid to
 
 60 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 thy root before it be laid at thy root : it must first be laid to 
 thy root in a way of threatening, before it is laid at thy root 
 by way of execution ; and between these two is required 
 thy repentance, and this is all the time that thou hast. What 
 wilt thou do ? Wilt thou turn, or shall I smite ? If I fetch 
 my blow, Mansoul, down you go ; for I have commission 
 to lay my axe at, as well as to thy roots, nor will any thing 
 but yielding to our King prevent doing of execution. What 
 art thou fit for, O Mansoul, if mercy preventeth not, but to 
 be hewn down, and cast into the fire and burned ? 
 
 " O Mansoul, patience and forbearance do not act for 
 ever : a year, or two, or three, they may ; but if thou pro- 
 voke by a three years' rebellion, (and thou hast already done 
 more than this,) then what follows but, " Cut it down ?" 
 nay, " After that, thou shalt cut it down." And dost thou 
 think that these are but threatening, or that our Kin£ has 
 not power to execute his words ? Mansoul, thou will find 
 that in the words of our King, when they are by sinners 
 made little or light of, there is not only threatening, but 
 burnino* coals of fire. 
 
 " Thou hast been a cumber-ground long already, and wilt 
 thou continue so still ? Thy sin has brought this army to 
 thy walls, and shall it bring it in judgment to do execution 
 into thy town ? Thou hast heard what the captains have 
 said, but as yet thou shuttest thy gates. Speak out, Man- 
 soul ; wilt thou do so still, or wilt thou accept of conditions 
 of peace ?" 
 
 These brave speeches of these four noble captains, the 
 town of Mansoul refused to hear ; yet a sound thereof did 
 beat against Ear-gate, though the force thereof could not 
 break it open. In fine, the town desired a time to prepare 
 their answer to these demands. The captains then told 
 them, that if they would throw out to them one Ill-Pause,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 61 
 
 that was in the town, that they might reward him according 
 to his works, then they would give them time to consider ; 
 but, if they would not cast him to them over the wall of 
 Mansoul, then they would give them none ; " for," said 
 they, " we know that, so long as Ill-Pause draws breath 
 in Mansoul, all good consideration will be confounded, and 
 nothing but mischief will come thereon." 
 
 Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loth to lose 
 his Ill-Pause, because he was his orator, (and yet be sure 
 he had, could the captains have laid their ringers on him,) 
 was resolved at this instant to give them answer by himself ; 
 but then changing his mind, he commanded the then Lord 
 Mayor, the Lord Incredulity, to do it, saying, " My lord, do 
 you give these runagates an answer, and speak out, that 
 Mansoul may hear and understand you." 
 
 So Incredulity, at Diabolus' command, began and said, 
 " Gentlemen, you have here, as we do behold, to the dis- 
 turbance of our prince and the molestation of the town of 
 Mansoul, campsd against it : but from whence you come, 
 we will not know ; and what you are, we will not believe. 
 Indeed, you tell us, in your terrible speech, that you have 
 this authority from Shaddai ; but by what right he commands 
 you to do it, of that we shah yet be ignorant. 
 
 " You have also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned 
 this town to desert her lord, and, for protection, to yield up 
 herself to the great Shaddai, your King ; flatteringly telling 
 her, that if she will do it, he will pass by and not charge 
 her with her past offences. 
 
 " Further, you have also, to the terror of the town of 
 Mansoul, threatened with great and sore destructions to 
 punish this corporation, if she consents not to do as your 
 wills would have her. 
 
 6
 
 62 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Now, captains, from whence soever you come, and 
 though your designs be ever so right, yet know ye that 
 neither my Lord Diabolus, nor I, his servant Incredulity, 
 nor yet our brave Mansoul, doth regard either your persons, 
 message, or the King that you say hath sent you. His 
 power, his greatness, his vengeance we fear not; nor will 
 we yield at all to your summons. 
 
 " As for the war that you threaten to make upon us, we 
 must therein defend ourselves as well as we can ; and know 
 ye, that we are not without wherewithal to bid defiance to 
 you ; and, in short, (for I will not be tedious,) I tell you, 
 that we take you to be some vagabond runagate crew, that 
 having shaken off all obedience to your king, have gotten 
 together in tumultuous manner, and are ranging from place 
 to place, to see if, through the flatteries you are skilled to 
 make on the one side, and threats wherewith you think to 
 fright on the other, to make some silly town, city, or coun- 
 try, desert their place, and leave it to you ; but Mansoul is 
 none of them. 
 
 " To conclude : we dread you not, we fear you not, nor 
 will we obey your summons. Our gates we keep sbut 
 upon you, our place we will keep you out of. Nor will 
 we long thus suffer you to sit down before us : our people 
 must live in quiet: your appearance dcth disturb them. 
 Wherefore arise with bag and baggage, end begone, or we 
 will let fly from the walls against you." 
 
 This oration, made by old Incredulity, was seconded by 
 desperate Willbewill, in words to this effect: — " Gentlemen, 
 we have heard your demands, and the noise of your threats, 
 and have heard the sound of your summons ; but we fear 
 not your force, we regard not your threats, but will still 
 abide as you found us. And we command you, that in
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 63 
 
 three days' time you cease to appear in these parts, or you 
 shall know what it is once to dare offer to rouse the lion 
 Diabolus when asleep in his town of Mansoul." 
 
 The Recorder, whose name was Forget-good, he also 
 added as followeth : — " Gentlemen, my lords, as you see, 
 have with mild and gentle words answered your rough and 
 angry speeches ; they have moreover, in my hearing, given 
 you leave quietly to depart as you came : wherefore, take 
 their kindness and be gone. We might have come out with 
 force upon you, and have caused you to feel the dint of our 
 swords ; but as we love ease and quiet ourselves, so we love 
 not to hurt or molest others." 
 
 Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy, as if by 
 Diabolus and his crew some great advantage had been gotten 
 of the captains. They also rang the bells, and made merry, 
 and danced upon the walls. 
 
 Diabolus also returned to the castle, and the Lord Mayor 
 and Recorder to their place ; but the Lord Willbewill took 
 special care that the gates should be secured with double 
 guards, double bolts, and double locks and bars ; and that 
 Ear-gate especially might the better be looked to, for that 
 was the gate in at which the King's forces sought most to 
 enter, the Lord Willbewill made one old Mr. Prejudice, 
 an angry and ill-conditioned fellow, captain of the ward at 
 that gate, and put under his power sixty men, called deaf 
 men ; men advantageous for that service, forasmuch as they 
 mattered no words of the captains, nor of the soldiers. 
 
 Now when the captains saw the answer of the great ones, 
 and that they could not get a hearing from the old natives 
 of the town, and that Mansoul was resolved to give the 
 King's army battle, they prepared themselves to receive 
 them, and to try it out by the power of the arm. And, first, 
 they made their force more formidable against Ear-gate; for
 
 G4 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 they knew that, unless they could penetrate that, no good 
 could be done upon the town. This done, they put the res 4 
 of their men in their places ; after which, they gave out the 
 word, which was, " Ye must be born again." Then they 
 sounded the trumpet ; then they in the town made them 
 answer, with shout against shout, charge against charge, and 
 so the battle began. Now they in the town had planted upon 
 the tower over Ear-gate two great guns, the one called High- 
 mind, and the other Heady. Unto these two guns they 
 trusted much: they were cast in the castle by Diabolus' 
 founder, whose name was Mr. Puff-up, and mischievous 
 pieces they were. But so vigilant and watchful, when the 
 captains saw them, were they, that though sometimes their 
 shot would go by their ears with a whiz, yet they did them 
 no harm. By these two guns the townsfolk made no ques- 
 tion but greatly to annoy the camp of Shaddai, and well 
 enough to secure the gate ; but they had not much cause to 
 boast of what execution they did, as by what follows will be 
 gathered. 
 
 The famous Mansoul had also some other small pieces in 
 it, of the which they made use against the camp of Shaddai. 
 They from the camp also did as stoutly, and with as much 
 of that as may in truth be called valour, let fly as fast at the 
 town and at Ear-gate ; for they saw that, unless they could 
 break open Ear-gate, it would be but in vain to batter the wall. 
 Now the King's captains had brought with them several 
 slings, and two or three battering-rams ; with their slings, 
 therefore, they battered the houses and people of the town, 
 and with their rams they sought to break Ear-gate open. 
 
 The camp and the town had several skirmishes and brisk 
 encounters, while the captains with their engines made many 
 brave attempts to break open or beat down the tower that 
 was over Ear-gate, and at the said gate to make their entrance ;
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 65 
 
 but Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through the rage of 
 Diabolus, the valour of the Lord Willbewill, and the conduct 
 of old Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-Good, the 
 Recorder, that the charge and expense of that summer's 
 wars, on the King's side, seemed to be almost quite lost, and 
 the advantage to return to Mansoul. But when the captains 
 saw how it was, they made a fair retreat, and entrenched 
 themselves in their winter quarters. Now in this war, you 
 must needs think there was much loss on both sides, of which 
 be pleased to accept of this brief account folio whig. 
 
 The King's captains, when they marched from the court 
 to come up against Mansoul to war, as they came crossing 
 over the country, they happened to light upon three young 
 fellows that had a mind to go for soldiers : proper men they 
 were, and men of courage and skill, to appearance. Their 
 names were Mr. Tradition, Mr. Human-Wisdom, and Mr. 
 Man's-Invention. So they came up to the captains and 
 proffered their services to Shaddai. The captains then told 
 them of their design, and bid them not to be rash in their 
 offers ; but the young men told them they had considered 
 the thing before, and that hearing they were upon their 
 march for such a design, came hither on purpose to meet 
 them, that they might be listed under their excellencies. 
 Then Captain Boanerges, for that they were men of courage, 
 listed them into his company, and so away they went to the 
 war. 
 
 Now, when the war was begun, in one of the briskest 
 skirmishes, so it was, that a company of the Lord Willbe- 
 will's men sallied out at the sally port or postern of the 
 town, and fell in upon the rear of Captain Boanerges' men, 
 where these three ellows happened to be ; so they took 
 them prisoners, and away they carried them into the town, 
 where they had not lain long in durance, but it began to be 
 
 (i
 
 (' "i THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 noised about the streets of the town what three notable pri- 
 soners the Lord Willbewill's men had taken, and brought in 
 prisoners out of the camp of Shaddai. At length tidings 
 thereof were carried to Diabolus to the castle, to wit, what 
 my Lord Willbewill's men had done, and whom they had 
 taken prisoners. 
 
 Then Diabolus called for Willbewill, to know the certainty 
 of this matter. So he asked him, and he told him. Then 
 did the giant send for the prisoners, and, when they were 
 come, demanded of them who they were, whence they 
 came, and what they did in the camp of Shaddai ; and they 
 told him. Then he sent them to ward again. Not many 
 days after, he sent for them to him again, and then asked 
 them if they would be willing to serve him against their 
 r ormer captains. They then told him that they did not so 
 .nuch live by religion as by the fates of fortune ; and that 
 since his lordship was willing to entertain them, they should 
 be willing to serve him. Now while things were thus in 
 hand, there was one Captain Anything, a great doer, in the 
 town of Mansoul ; and to this Captain Anything did Diabolus 
 send these men, with a note under his hand, to receive them 
 into his company ; the contents of which letter were thus : 
 
 " Anything, my darling, — The three men that are the 
 bearers of this letter have a desire to serve me in the war : 
 nor know I better to whose conduct to commit them than to 
 thine. Receive them, therefore, in my name, and, as need 
 shall require, make use of them against Shaddai and his men. 
 Farewell." 
 
 So they came, and he received them ; and he made two 
 of them Serjeants ; but he made Mr. Man's-Invention his 
 armour-bearer. But thus much for this, and now to return 
 to the camp. 
 
 They of the camp did also some execution upon the town ;
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 67 
 
 for they did beat down the roof of the Lord Mayor's house, 
 and so laid him more open than he was before. They had 
 almost, with a sling, slain my Lord Willbewill outright ; but 
 he made a shift to recover again. But they made a notable 
 slaughter among the aldermen, for with one only shot they 
 cut off six of them ; to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Lewd, 
 Mr. Fury, Mr. Stand-to-Lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and Mr. 
 Cheating. 
 
 They also dismounted the two guns that stood upon the 
 tower over Ear-gate, and laid them flat in the dirt. I told 
 you before that the King's noble captains had drawn off to 
 their winter quarters, and had there entrenched themselves 
 and their carriages, so as with the best advantage to their 
 King, and the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might 
 give seasonable and warm alarms to the town of Mansoul. 
 And this design of them did so hit, that I may say they did 
 almost what they would to the molestation of the corporation. 
 For now could not Mansoul sleep securely as before, nor 
 could they now go to their debaucheries with that quietness 
 as in times past ; for they had from the camp of Shaddai 
 such frequent, warm, and terrifying alarms, yea, alarms upon 
 alarms, first at one gate and then at another, and again at all 
 the gates at once, that they were broken as to former peace. 
 Yea, they had their alarms so frequently, and that when the 
 nights were at longest, the weather coldest, and so conse- 
 quendy the season most unseasonable, that that winter was 
 to the town of Mansoul a winter by itself. Sometimes the 
 trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings would whirl 
 the stones into the town. Sometimes ten thousand of the 
 King's soldiers would be running round the walls of Mansoul 
 at midnight, shouting and lifting up the voice for the battle. 
 Sometimes, again, some of them in the town would be
 
 08 THE HOLY MAR. 
 
 wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice would be 
 heard, to the great molestation of the now languishing town 
 of Mansoul. Yea, so distressed with tbose that laid siege 
 against them were they, that I dare say, Diabolus, their king, 
 had in these days his rest much broken. 
 
 In these days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and 
 thoughts that began to run counter one to another, began to 
 possess the minds of the men of the town of Mansoul. Some 
 would say, " There is no living thus." Others would then 
 reply, " This will be over shortly." Then would a third 
 stand up and answer, " Let us turn to the King Shaddai, 
 and so put an end to these troubles." And a fourth would 
 come in with fear, saying, " I doubt he will not. receive us." 
 The old gentleman too, the Recorder, that was so before 
 Diabolus took Mansoul, he also began to talk aloud, and his 
 words were now to the town of Mansoul as if thev were 
 great claps of thunder. No noise now so terrible to Mansoul 
 as was his, with the noise of the soldiers and shoutings of 
 the captains. 
 
 Also things began to grow scarce in Mansoul ; now the 
 things that her soul lusted after were departing from her. 
 Upon all her pleasant things there was a blast, and burning 
 instead of beauty. Wrinkles now, and some shows of the 
 shadow of death, were upon the inhabitants of Mansoul. 
 And now, O how glad would Mansoul have been to have 
 enjoyed quietness and satisfaction of mind, though joined 
 with the meanest condition of the world ! 
 
 The captains also, in the deep of this winter, did send by 
 the mouth of Boanerges' trumpeter a summons to Mansoul 
 to yield up herself to the King, the great King Shaddai. 
 They sent it once, and twice, and thrice ; not knowing but 
 that at some times there might be in Mansoul some willing-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 69 
 
 ness to surrender up themselves unto them, might they have 
 but the colour of an invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as 
 I could gather, the town had been surrendered up to them 
 before now, had it not been for the opposition cf old Incre- 
 dulity, and the fickleness of the thoughts of my Lord Will- 
 bewill. Diabolus also began to rave ; wherefore Mansoul, 
 as to yielding, was not yet all of one mind ; therefore they 
 still lay distressed under these perplexing fears. 
 
 I told you but now that they of the King's army had this 
 winter sent three times to Mansoul to submit herself. 
 
 The first time the trumpeter went, he went with words 
 of peace, telling them that the captains, the noble captains 
 of Shaddai, did pity and bewail the misery of the now 
 perishing town of Mansoul, and were troubled to see them 
 so much to stand in the way of their own deliverance. He 
 said moreover, that the captains bid him tell them, that if 
 now poor Mansoul would humble herself and turn, her 
 former rebellious and most notorious treasons should, by 
 their merciful King, be forgiven them, yea, and forgotten 
 too. And having bid them beware that they stood not in 
 their own way, that they opposed not themselves, nor made 
 themselves their own losers, he returned again into the camp. 
 
 The second time the trumpeter went, he did treat them a 
 little more roughly ; for after sound of trumpet, he told them, 
 that their continuing in their rebellion did but chafe and heat 
 the spirit of the captains, and that they were resolved to 
 make a conquest of Mansoul, or to lay their bones before 
 the town walls. 
 
 He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet 
 more roughly ; telling the:n, that now, since they had been 
 so horribly profane, he did not know, not certainly know, 
 whether the captains were inclining to mercy or judgment. 
 " Only," said he, " they commanded me to give you a sum-
 
 70 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 mons to open the gates unto them." So he returned, and 
 went into the camp. 
 
 These three summonses, and especially the last two, did 
 so distress the town, that they presently call a consultation, 
 the result of which was this, — That my Lord Willbewill 
 should go up to Ear-gate, and there, with sound of trumpet, 
 call to the captains of the camp for a parley. Well, the 
 Lord Willbewill sounded upon the wall , so the captains 
 came up in their harness, with their ten thousands at their 
 feet. The townsmen then told the captains that they had. 
 heard and considered their summons, and would come to an 
 agreement with them, and with their King Shaddai, upon 
 such certain terms, articles, and propositions as, with and by 
 the order of their prince, they to them were appointed to 
 propound ; to wit, they would agree upon these grounds to 
 be one people with them. 
 
 1. If that those of their own company, as the now Lord 
 Mayor and their Mr. Forget-Good, with their brave Lord 
 Willbewill, might under Shaddai, be still the governors of 
 the town, castle, and gates of Mansoul. 
 
 2. Provided that no man that now serveth under their 
 great giant Diabolus be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbour, 
 or the freedom that he hath hitherto enjoyed in the famous 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 3. That it shall be granted them, that they of the town 
 of Mansoul shall enjoy certain of their rights and privileges ; 
 to wit, such as have formerly been granted them, and that 
 they have long lived in the enjoyment of, under the reign 
 of their king Diabolus, that now is, and long has been their 
 only lord and great defender. 
 
 4. That no new law, officer, or executioner of law or 
 office, shall have any power over them, without their own 
 choice and consent.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 71 
 
 ** These be our propositions, or conditions of peace ; and 
 upon these terms," said they, " we will submit to your 
 King." 
 
 But when the captains had heard this weak and feeble 
 offer of the town of Mansoul, and their high and bold 
 demands, they made to them again, by their noble captain, 
 the captain Boanerges, this speech following : 
 
 " O ye inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, when I heard 
 your/trumpet sound for a parley with us, I can truly say I 
 was glad ; but when you said you were willing to submit 
 yourselves to our King and Lord, then I was yet more glad ; 
 but when, by your silly provisos and foolish cavils, you laid 
 the stumbling-block of your iniquity before your own faces, 
 then was my gladness turned into sorrows, and my hopeful 
 beginning of your return into languishing fainting fears. 
 
 " I count that old Ill-pause, the ancient enemy of Man- 
 soul, did draw up those proposals that now you present us 
 with as terms of an agreement ; but they deserve not to be 
 admitted to sound in the ear of any man that pretends to 
 have service for Shaddai. We do therefore jointly, and 
 that with the highest disdain, refuse and reject such things, 
 as the greatest of iniquities. 
 
 " But, O Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our 
 hands, or rather into the hands of our King, and will trust 
 him to make such terms with and for you as shall seem 
 good in his eyes, (and I dare say they shall be such as you 
 shall find to be most profitable to you,) then we will receive 
 you, and be at peace with you; but if you like not to trust 
 yourselves in the arms of Shaddai our King, then things 
 are but where they were before, and we know also what 
 we have to do." 
 
 Then cried out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said, 
 '•' And who, being out of the bauds of their enemies, as ye
 
 72 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 see we are now, will be so foolish as to put the staff out 
 of their own hands into the hands of they know not who ? 
 I, for my part, will neve-r yield to so unlimited a proposi- 
 tion. Do we know the manner and temper of their King ? 
 It is said by some that he will be angry with his subjects 
 if but the breadth of an hair they chance to step out of the 
 way ; and by others, that he requireth of them much more 
 than they can perform. Wherefore, it seems, O Mansoul, 
 to be thy wisdom to take good heed what thou dost in this 
 matter ; for if you once yield, you give up yourselves to 
 another, and so you are no more your own. Wherefore, 
 to give up yourselves to an unlimited power, is the greatest 
 folly in the world ; for now you indeed may repent* but 
 can never justly complain. But do you indeed know, 
 when you are his, which of you he will kill, and which of 
 you he will save alive ; or whether he will not cut off 
 every one of us, and send out of his own country another 
 new people, and cause them to inhabit this town ?" 
 
 This speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat 
 to the ground their hopes of an accord. Wherefore the 
 captains returned to their trenches, to their tents, and to 
 their men, as they were ; and the Mayor to the castle and 
 to his Kinff. 
 
 Now Diabolus had Avaited for his return, for he had 
 heard that they had been at their points. So, when he 
 was come into the chamber of state, Diabolus saluted him 
 with — " Welcome, my lord. How went matters betwixt 
 you to-day ?" So the Lord Incredulity, with a low congee, 
 told him the whole of the matter, saying, " Thus and thus 
 said the captains of Shaddai, and thus and thus said I." 
 The which when it was told to Diabolus, he was very glad 
 to hear it, and said, " My Lord Mayor, my faithful Incredu- 
 lity, I have proved thy fidelity above ton times already, but
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 73 
 
 never yet found thee false. I do promise thee , if we rub 
 over this brunt, to prefer thee to a place of honour, a place 
 far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul. I will make 
 thee my universal deputy, and thou shalt, next to me, have 
 all nations under thy hand ; yea, and thou shalt lay bands 
 upon them, that they may not resist thee ; nor shall any of 
 our vassals walk more at liberty, but those that shall be 
 content to walk in thy fetters." 
 
 Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he 
 had obtained a favour indeed. Wherefore to his habitation 
 he goes in great state, and thinks to feed himself well 
 enough with hopes, until the time came that his greatness 
 should be enlarged. 
 
 But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus 
 well agree, yet this repulse to the brave captains put Man- 
 soul into a mutiny. For while old Incredulity went into 
 the castle to congratulate his lord with what had passed, 
 the old Lord Mayor, that was so before Diabolus came to 
 the town, to wit, my Lord Understanding, and the old 
 Recorder, Mr. Conscience, getting intelligence of what had 
 passed at Ear-gate, (for you must know that they might 
 not be suffered to be at that debate, lest they should then 
 have mutinied for the captains ; but, I say, they got intelli- 
 gence of what had passed there, and were much concerned 
 therewith,) wherefore they, getting some of the town 
 together, began to possess them with the reasonableness of 
 the noble captain's demands, and with the bad consequences 
 that would follow upon the speech of old Incredulity, the 
 Lord Mayor ; to wit, how little reverence he showed therein 
 either to the captains or to their King; also how he impli- 
 citly charged them with unfaithfulness and treachery. " For 
 what less," quoth they, " could be made of his words, 
 when he said he would not yield to their proposition, and
 
 74 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 added, moreover, a supposition that he would destroy us, 
 when before he had sent us word that he would show us 
 mercy?" The multitude, being now possessed with the 
 conviction of the evil that old Incredulity had done, began 
 to run together by companies in all places, and in every 
 corner of the streets of Mansoul ; and first they began to 
 mutter, then to talk openly, and after that they run to and 
 'fro, and cried as they run, " Oh the brave captains of 
 Shaddai ! would we were under the government of the 
 captains, and of Shaddai their King !" When the Lord 
 Mayor had intelligence that Mansoul was in an uproar, 
 down he comes to appease the people, and thought to have 
 quashed their heat with the bigness and the show of his 
 countenance ; but when they saw him, they came running 
 upon him, and had doubtless done him a mischief, had he 
 not betaken himself to house. However, they strongly 
 assaulted the house where he was, to have pulled it down 
 about his ears ; but the place was too strong, so they failed 
 of that. So he, taking some courage, addressed himself, 
 out at a window, to the people in this manner : 
 
 " Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is here such 
 an uproar to-day ?" 
 
 Then answered my Lord Understanding, " It is even 
 because that thou and thy master have carried it not rightly, 
 and as you should, to the captains of Shaddai ; for in three 
 tilings you are faulty. First, in that you would not let Mr. 
 Conscience and myself be at the hearing of your discourse. 
 Secondly, in that you propounded such terms of peace to 
 the captains that by no means could be granted, unless they 
 had intended that their Shaddai should have been only a 
 titular prince, and that Mansoul should still have had power 
 by law to have lived in all lewdness and vanity before him, 
 and so by consequence Diabolus should still here be king
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 75 
 
 in power, and the other only king in name. Thirdly, for 
 that thou didst thyself, after the captains had showed us 
 upon what conditions they would have received us to mercy, 
 even undo all again with thy unsavoury, unseasonable, and 
 ungodly speech." 
 
 When old Incredulity had heard this speech, he cried out, 
 " Treason ! treason ! To your arms ! to your arms ! ye, 
 the trusty friends of Diabolus in Mansoul !" 
 
 Unci. — " Sir, you may put upon my words what meaning 
 you please ; but I am sure that the captains of such an high 
 lord as theirs is, deserved a better treatment at your hands." 
 
 Then said old Incredulity, " This is but little better. But, 
 sir," quoth he, " what I spake I spake for my prince, for 
 his government, and the quieting of the people, whom by 
 your unlawful actions you have this day set to mutiny 
 against us." 
 
 Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was Mr. 
 Conscience, and said, " Sir, you ought not thus to retort 
 upon what my Lord Understanding hath said. It is evident 
 enough that he hath spoken the truth, and that you are an 
 enemy to Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the evil of your 
 saucy and malapert language, and of the grief that you have 
 put the captains to ; yea, and of the damages that you have 
 done to Mansoul thereby. Had you accepted of the condi- 
 tions, the sound of the trumpet and the alarm of war had 
 now ceased about the town of Mansoul ; but that dreadful 
 sound abides, and your want of wisdom in your speech has 
 been the cause of it." 
 
 Then said old Incredulity, " Sir, if I live, I will do your 
 errand to Diabolus, and there you shall have an answer to 
 your words. Meanwhile Ave will seek the good of the town, 
 and not ask counsel of you." 
 
 Und. — " Sir, your prince and you are botli foreigners to
 
 76 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mansoul, and not the natives thereof; and who can tell bat 
 that, when you have brought us into greater straits, (when 
 vou also shall see that yourselves can be safe by no other 
 means than by flight,) you may leave us and shift for your- 
 selves, or set us on fire, and go away in the smoke, or by 
 the light of our burning, and so leave us in our ruins?" 
 
 Incred. — " Sir, you forget that you are under a governor, 
 and that you ought to demean yourself like a subject ; and 
 know ye, when my lord the king shall hear of this day's 
 work, he will give you but little thanks for your labour." 
 
 Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding 
 words, down came from the walls and gates of the town the 
 IiOrd Willbewill, Mr. Prejudice, old Ill-Pause, and several 
 of the new-made aldermen and burgesses, and they asked 
 the reason of the hubbub and tumult ; and with that every 
 man began to tell his own tale, so that nothing could be 
 heard distinctly. Then was a silence commanded, and the 
 old fox Incredulity began to speak. " My lord," quoth he, 
 " here are a couple of peevish gentlemen, that have, as the 
 fruit of their bad dispositions, and, as I fear, through the 
 advice of one Mr. Discontent, tumultuously gathered this 
 company against me this day, and also attempted to run the 
 town into acts of rebellion against our prince." 
 
 Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present, 
 and affirmed these things to be true. 
 
 Now when they that took part with my Lord Under- 
 standing and with Mr. Conscience perceived that they were 
 like to come to the worst, for that force and power was 
 on the other side, they came in for their help and relief; so 
 a great company was on both sides. Then they on Incre- 
 dulity's side would have had the two old gentlemen pre- 
 sently away to prison ; but they on the other side said they 
 should not. Then they began to cry up parties again-.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 77 
 
 the Diabolonians cried up old Incredulity, Forget-Good, the 
 new aldermen, and their great one Diabolus ; and the other 
 party, they as fast cried up Shaddai, the captains, his laws, 
 their mercifulness, and applauded their conditions and ways. 
 
 Thus the bickerment went awhile ; at last they passed 
 from words to blows, and now there were knocks on both 
 sides. The good old gentleman, Mr. Conscience, was 
 knocked down twice by one of the Diabolonians, whose 
 name was Mr. Benumbing ; and my Lord Understanding 
 had like to have been slain with an arquebus, but that he 
 that shot did not take his aim aright. Nor did the other 
 side wholly escape ; for there was one Mr. Rashhead, a 
 Diabolonian, that had his brains beaten out by Mr. Mind, 
 the Lord Willbewill's servant; and it made me laugh to see 
 how old Mr. Prejudice was kicked and tumbled about in the 
 dirt ; for though, a while since, he was made captain of a 
 company of the Diabolonians, to the hurt and damage of the 
 town, yet now they had got him under their feet, and, I'll 
 assure you, he had, by some of the Lord Understanding's 
 party, his crown cracked to boot. Mr. Anything also, he 
 became a brisk man in the broil ; but both sides were against 
 him, because he was true to none. Yet he had, for his 
 malapertness, one of his legs broken, and he that did it 
 wished it had been his neck. Much more harm was done 
 on both sides, but this must not be forgotten ; it was now 
 a wonder to see my Lord Willbewill so indifferent as he 
 was ; he did not seem to take one side more than another, 
 only it was perceived that he smiled to see how old Preju- 
 dice was tumbled up and down in the dirt. Also, when 
 Captain Anything came halting up before him, he seemed 
 to take but little notice of him. 
 
 Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my 
 Lord Understanding and Mr. Conscience, and claps them 
 
 7*
 
 78 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 both up in prison as the ringleaders and managers of this 
 most heavy, riotous rout in Mansoul. So now the town 
 began to be quiet again, and the prisoners were used hardly ; 
 yea, he thought to have made them away, but that the present 
 juncture did not serve for that purpose, for that war was in 
 all their gates. 
 
 But let us return again to our story. The captains, when 
 they were gone back from the gate, and were come into the 
 camp again, called a council of war, to consult what was 
 further for them to do. Now, some said, " Let us go up pre- 
 sently, and fall upon the town ;" but the greatest part thought 
 rather better it would be to give them another summons to 
 yield ; and the reason why they thought this to be the best 
 was, because that, so far as could be perceived, the town of 
 Mansoul now was more inclinable than heretofore. " And 
 if," said they, while some of them are in a way of inclina- 
 tion, we should by ruggedness give them distaste, we may 
 set them farther from closing with our summons than we 
 would be willing they should." 
 
 Wherefore to this advice they agreed, and called a trum- 
 peter, put words into his mouth, set him his time, and bid 
 him God speed. Well, many hours were not expired 
 before the trumpeter addressed himself to his journey. 
 Wherefore, coming up to the wall of the town, he steereth 
 his course to Ear-gate, and there sounded, as he was com- 
 manded. They then that were within came out to see what 
 was the matter, and the trumpeter made them this speech 
 following : 
 
 " O hard-hearted and deplorable town of Mansoul, how 
 long wilt thou love thy sinful, sinful simplicity ? and, ye 
 fools, delight in your scorning ? As yet despise you the 
 offers of peace and deliverance ? As yet will ye refuse the 
 golden offers of Shaddai, and trust to the lies and falsehoods
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 79 
 
 of Diabolus ? Think you, when Shacldai shall have con- 
 quered you, that the remembrance of these your carriages 
 towards him will yield you peace and comfort, or that, by 
 ruffling language, you can make him afraid as a grasshopper ? 
 Doth he entreat you for fear of you ? Do you think that 
 you are stronger than he ? Look to the heavens, and be- 
 hold and consider the stars, how high are they. Can you 
 stop the sun from running his course, and hinder the moon 
 from giving her light ? Can you count the number of the 
 stars, or stay the bottles of heaven ? Can you call for the 
 waters of the sea, and cause them to cover the face of the 
 ground ? Can you behold every one that is proud, and 
 abase him, and bind their faces in secret ? Yet these are 
 some of the works of our King, in whose name this day we 
 come up unto you, that you may be brought under his au- 
 thority. In his name, therefore, I summon you again to 
 yield up yourselves to his captains." 
 
 At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at hand, 
 and knew not what answer to make. Wherefore Diabolus 
 forthwith appeared, and took upon him to do it himself; 
 and thus he begins/but turns his speech to them of Mansoul. 
 
 " Gentlemen," quoth he, " and my faithful subjects, if it 
 is true what this summoner hath said concerning the great- 
 ness of their King, by his terror you will always be kept in 
 bondage, and so be made to sneak. Yea, how can you now, 
 though he is at a distance, endure to think of such a mighty 
 one ? And if not to think of him while at a distance, how 
 can you endure to be in his presence ? I, your prince, am 
 familiar with you, and you may play with me as you would 
 with a grasshopper. Consider, therefore, what is for your 
 profit, and remember the immunities that I have granted 
 you. 
 
 " Father, if all be true that this man hath said, how comes
 
 80 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 it to pass that the subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in all 
 places where they come ? None in the universe so unhappy 
 as they, none so trampled upon as they. 
 
 " Consider, my Mansoul : would thou wert as loath to 
 leave me as I am loath to leave thee. But consider, I say, 
 the ball is yet at thy foot ; liberty you have, if you know 
 how to use it ; yea, a king you have too, if you can tell how 
 to love and obey him." 
 
 Upon this speech, the town of Mansoul did again harden 
 their hearts yet more against the captains of Shaddai. The 
 thoughts of his greatness did not quite quash them, and the 
 thoughts of his holiness sunk them in despair. Wherefore, 
 after a short consult, they (of the Diabolonian party they 
 were) sent back this word by the trumpeter, That, for their 
 parts, they were resolved to stick to their king, but never to 
 yield to Shaddai ; so it was but in vain to give them any 
 further summons, for they had rather die upon the place 
 than yield. And now things seemed to be gone quite back, 
 and Mansoul to be out of reach or call ; yet the captains, 
 who knew what their Lord could do, would not yet be beat 
 out of heart; they therefore sent them • another summons, 
 more sharp and severe than the last ; but the oftener they 
 were sent to, to reconcile to Shaddai, the further off they 
 were. " As they called them, so they went from them — 
 yea, though they called them to the Most High." 
 
 So they ceased that way to deal with them' any more, and 
 inclined to think of another way. The captains, therefore, 
 did gather themselves together, to have free conference among 
 themselves, to know what was yet to be done to gain the 
 town, and to deliver it from the tyranny of Diabolus ; and 
 one said after this manner, and another after that, Then 
 stood up the right noble the Captain Conviction, and said, 
 " My brethren, mine opinion is this :
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 81 
 
 " First, that we continually play our slings into the town, 
 and keep it in a continual alarm, molesting them day and 
 ni°ht By thus doing we shall stop the growth of their 
 rampant spirit ; for a lion may be tamed by continual mo- 
 lestation. 
 
 " Secondly, this done, I advise that, in the next place, we 
 with one consent draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai, 
 by which, after we have showed our King the condition of 
 Mansoul and of affairs here, and have begged his pardon for 
 our no better success, we will earnestly implore Ins Majesty's 
 help, and that he will please to send us more force and power, 
 and some gallant and well spoken commander to head them, 
 that so his Majesty may lose the benefit of these his good 
 beginnings, but may complete his conquest upon the town 
 of Mansoul." 
 
 To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as 
 one man consented, and agreed that a petition should forth- 
 with be drawn up, and sent by a fit man away to Shaddai 
 with speed. The contents of the petition were thus : 
 
 " Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best 
 world, and the builder of the town of Mansoul, we have, 
 dread Sovereign, at thy commandment, put our lives in 
 jeopardy, and at thy bidding made a war upon the famous 
 town of Mansoul. When we went up against it, we did, 
 according to our commission, first offer conditions of peace 
 unto it. But they, great King, set light by our counsel, and 
 would none of our reproof. They were for shutting their 
 gates, and for keeping us out of the town. They also 
 mounted their guns, they sallied out upon us, and have done 
 us what damage they could ; but we pursued them with 
 alarm upon alarm, requiting them with such retribution as 
 was meet, and have done some execution upon the town. 
 " Diabolus, Incredulity, and Willbewill are the great doers
 
 82 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 against us : now we are in our winter quarters, but so, as 
 that we do yet with an high hand, molest and distress the 
 town. 
 
 " Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial friend 
 in the town, such as would but have seconded the sound of 
 our summons as they ought, the people might have yielded 
 themselves ; but there were none but enemies there, nor any 
 to speak in behalf of our Lord to the town. Wherefore, 
 though we have done as we could, yet Mansoul abides in a 
 state of rebellion against thee. 
 
 " Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the 
 unsuccessfulness of thy servants, who have been no more 
 advantageous in so desirable a work as the conquering of 
 Mansoul is. And send, Lord, as we now desire, more forces 
 to Mansoul, that it may be subdued ; and a man to head them, 
 that the town may both love and fear. 
 
 " We do not thus speak because we are willing to re- 
 linquish the wars, (for we are for laying of our bones against 
 the place,) but that the town of Mansoul may be won for 
 thy Majesty. We also pray thy Majesty for expedition in 
 this matter, that, after their conquest, we may be at liberty 
 to be sent about other thy gracious designs. Amen." 
 
 The petition thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to 
 the King by the hand of that good man, Mr. Love-to-Man- 
 soul. 
 
 When this petition was come to the palace of the King, 
 who should it be delivered to, but to the King's Son ? So 
 he took it and read it, and because the contents of it pleased 
 him well, he mended, and also in some things added to the 
 petition himself. So, after he had made such amendments 
 and additions as he thought convenient with his own hand, 
 he carried it in to the King; to whom when he had with 
 obeisance delivered it, he put on authority, and spake to it 
 himself.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 83 
 
 Now the King, at the sight of the petition, was glad ; but 
 how much more, think you, when it was seconded by his 
 Son ? It pleased him also to hear that his servants who 
 camped against Mansoul were so hearty in the work, and so 
 steadfast in their resolves, and that they had already got 
 some ground upon the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore the King called to him Emmanuel, his Son, 
 who said, " Here am I, my Father." Then said the King, 
 " Thou knowest, as I do myself, the condition of the town 
 of Mansoul, and what we have purposed, and what thou 
 hast done to redeem it. Come now, therefore, my Son, and 
 prepare thyself for the war, for thou shalt go to my camp at 
 Mansoul. Thou shalt also there prosper and prevail, and 
 conquer the town of Mansoul." 
 
 Then said the King's Son, " Thy law is within my heart : 
 I delight to do thy will. This is the day that I have longed 
 for, and the work that I have waited for all this while. Grant 
 me, therefore, what force thou shalt in thy wisdom think 
 meet; and I will go and will deliver from Diabolus, and 
 from his power, thy perishing town of Mansoul. My heart 
 has been often pained within me for the miserable town of 
 Mansoul ; but now it is rejoiced, but now it is glad." And 
 with that he leaped for joy, saying, " I have not in my heart, 
 thought anything too dear for Mansoul : the day of vengeance 
 is in mine heart for thee, my Mansoul ; and glad am I that 
 thou, my father, hast made me the Captain of their salvation. 
 And I will now begin to plague all those that have been a 
 plague to my town of Mansoul, and will deliver it from their 
 hand." 
 
 When the King's son had said thus to his Father, it pre- 
 sently flew like lightning round about at court ; yea, it there 
 became the only talk what Emmanuel was to go to do for 
 the famous town of Mansoul. But you cannot think how
 
 84 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the courtiers too, were taken with this design of the Prince ; 
 yea, so affected were they with this work, and with the just- 
 ness of the war, that the highest lord and greatest peer of 
 the kingdom did covet to have commission under Emmanuel, 
 to go to help to recover again to Shaddai the miserable town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Then was it concluded that some should go and carry 
 tidings to the camp, that Emmanuel was to come to recover 
 Mansoul, and that he would bring along with him so mighty, 
 so impregnable a force, that he could not be resisted. But, 
 oh ! how ready were the high ones at court to run to carry 
 these tidings to the camp that was at Mansoul. Now, when 
 the captains perceived that the King would send Emmanuel 
 his Son, and that it also delighted the Son to be sent on this 
 errand by the great Shaddai his Father, they also, to show 
 how they were pleased at the thoughts of his coming, gave 
 a shout that made the earth rend at the sound thereof. Yea, 
 the mountains did answer again by echo, and Diabolus him- 
 self did totter and shake. 
 
 For you must know, that though the town of Mansoul 
 itself was not much, if at all concerned with the project, (for, 
 alas for them ! they were wofully besotted, for they chiefly 
 regarded their pleasure and their lusts,) yet Diabolus their 
 governor was ; for he had his spies continually abroad, who 
 brought him intelligence of all things, and they told him what 
 was doing at court against him, and that Emmanuel would 
 shortly certainly come with a power to invade him. Nor 
 was there any man at court, nor peer, of the kingdom, that 
 Diabolus so feared as he feared this Prince ; for if you re- 
 member, I showed you before, that Diabolus had felt the 
 weight of his hand already ; so that, since it was he that 
 was to come, this made him the more afraid. 
 
 Well, you see how I have told you that the King's Son
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 85 
 
 was engaged to come from the court to save Mansoul, and 
 that his Father had made him the Captain of the forces. 
 The time, therefore, of his setting forth being now expired, 
 he addressed himself for his march, and taketh with him for 
 his power, five noble captains and their forces. 
 
 1. The first was that famous captain, the noble Captain 
 Credence. His were the red colours, and Mr. Promise 
 bare them ; and for a scutcheon he had the holy lamb and 
 golden shield ; and he had ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 2. The second was that famous captain, the Captain Good- 
 Hope. His were the blue colours ; his standard-bearer was 
 Mr. Expectation, and for a scutcheon he had the three golden 
 anchors ; and he had ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 3. The third was that valiant captain, the Captain Charity. 
 His standard bearer was Mr. Pitiful : his were the green 
 colours, and for his scutcheon he had three naked orphans 
 embraced in the bosom ; and he had ten thousand men at 
 his feet. 
 
 4. The fourth was that gallant commander, the Captain 
 Innocent. His standard bearer was Mr. Harmless : his 
 were the white colours, and for his scutcheon he had the 
 three golden doves. 
 
 5. The fifth was the truly loyal and well beloved captain, 
 the Captain Patience. His standard bearer was Mr. Suffer- 
 Long : his were the black colours, and for a scutcheon he 
 had three arrows through the golden heart. 
 
 These were Emmanuel's captains , these their standard 
 bearers, their colours, and their scutcheons ; and these the 
 men under their command. So, as was said, the brave 
 Prince took his march to go to the town of Mansoul. Cap- 
 tain Credence led the van, and Captain Patience brought up 
 the rear ; so the other three, with their men, made up the 
 8
 
 80 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 main body, the Prince himself riding in his chariot at the 
 head of them. 
 
 But when they set out for their march, oh, how the trum- 
 pets sounded, their armour glittered, and how their colours 
 waved in the wind ! The Prince's armour was all of gold, 
 and it shone like the sun in the firmament ; the captains' 
 armour was of proof, and was in appearance like the glitter- 
 ing stars. There were also some from the court that rode 
 reformades* for the love that they had to the King Shaddai, 
 and for the happy deliverance of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Emmanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to 
 recover the town of Mansoul, took with him, at the com- 
 mandment of his Father, fifty -four battering rams, and twelve 
 slings to whirl stones withal. Every one of these was made 
 of pure gold, and these they carried with them, in the heart 
 and body of their army, all along as they went to Mansoul. 
 
 So they marched till they came within less than a league 
 of the town, and there they lay till the first four captains' 
 came thither to acquaint them with matters. Then they 
 took their journey to go to the town of Mansoul, and unto 
 Mansoul they came ; but when the old soldiers that were in 
 the camp saw that they had new forces to join with, they 
 again gave such a shout before the walls of the town of 
 Mansoul, that it put Diabolus into another fright. So they 
 sat down before the town, not now as the other four captains 
 did, to wit, against the gates of Mansoul only ; but they 
 environed it round on every side, and beset it behind and 
 before; so that now, let Mansoul look which way it will, it 
 saw force and power he in siege against it. Besides, there 
 were mounts cast up against it. The Mount Gracious was 
 on the one side, and Mount Justice was on the other. 
 Further, there were several small banks and advance 
 * Volunteer officers.
 
 r 
 
 THE. W HlT h ZLA.G OS MDtDSrX GKA.C3DTJS
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 87 
 
 grounds, as Plain-Truth Hill and No-Sin Banks, where 
 many of the slings were placed against the town. Upon 
 Mount Gracious were planted four, and upon Mount Justice 
 were placed as many, and the rest were conveniently placed 
 in several parts round about the town. Five of the best 
 battering-rams, that is, of the biggest of them, were placed 
 upon Mount Hearken, a mount cast up hard by Ear-gate, 
 with intent to break that open. 
 
 Now when the men of the town saw the multitude of 
 the soldiers that were come up against the place, and the 
 rams and slings, and the mounts on which they were planted, 
 together with the glittering of the armour and the waving 
 of their colours, they were forced to shift, and shift, and 
 again to shift their thoughts ; but they hardly changed for 
 thoughts more stout, but rather for thoughts more faint ; for 
 though before, they thought themselves sufficiently guarded, 
 yet now they began to think that no man knew what would 
 be their hap or lot. 
 
 When the good Prince Emmanuel had thus beleaguered 
 Mansoul, in the first place he hangs out the white flag, 
 which he caused to be set up among the golden slings that 
 were planted upon Mount Gracious. And this he did for 
 two reasons: 1. To give notice to Mansoul that he could 
 and would yet be gracious if they turned to him. 2. And 
 that he might leave them the more without excuse, should 
 he destroy them, they continuing in their rebellion. 
 
 So the white flag, with the three golden doves in it, was 
 hung out for two days together, to give them time and space 
 to consider ; but they, as was hinted before, as if they were 
 unconcerned, made no reply to the favourable signal of the 
 Prince. 
 
 Then he commanded, and they set the red fla^ upon that 
 mount called .Mount Justice. It was the rt'd flag of Cap-
 
 88 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 tain Judgment, whose scutcheon was the burning fiery 
 furnace ; and this also stood waving before, them in the 
 wind for several days together. But look how they carried 
 it under the white flag, when that was hung out, so did they 
 also when the red one was ; and yet he took no advantage 
 of them. 
 
 Then he commanded affain that his servants should hanff 
 out the black flag of defiance against them, whose scutcheon 
 was the three burning thunderbolts ; but as unconcerned 
 was Mansoul at this as at those that went before. But when 
 the Prince saw that neither mercy nor judgment, nor exe- 
 cution of judgment, would or could come near the heart of 
 Mansoul, he was touched with much compunction, and said, 
 " Surely this strange carriage of the town of Mansoul doth 
 rather arise from ignorance of the manner and feats of war, 
 than from a secret defiance of us, and abhorrence of their 
 own lives ; or if they know the manner of the war of their 
 own, yet not the rites and ceremonies of the wars in which 
 Ave are concerned, when I make wars upon mine enemy 
 Diabolus." 
 
 Therefore he sent to the town of Mansoul, to let them 
 know what he meant by those signs and ceremonies of the 
 flag; and also to know of them which of the things they 
 would choose, whether grace and mercy, or judgment and 
 the execution of judgment. All this while, they kept their 
 gates shut with locks, bolts, and bars, as fast as they could. 
 Their guards also were doubled, and their watch made as 
 strong as they could. Diabolus also did pluck up what 
 heart he could, to encourage the town to make resistance. 
 
 The townsmen also made answer to the Prince's messen- 
 ger, in substance according to that which follows : 
 
 " Great Sir, — As to what, by your messenger, you have 
 signified to us, whether we will accept of your mercy, or
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 89 
 
 fall by your justice, we are bound by the law and custom 
 of this- place, and can give you no positive answer ; for it is 
 against the law, government, and the prerogative royal of 
 our king, to make either peace or war without him. But 
 this we will do, — we will petition that our prince will come 
 down to the wall, and there give you such treatment as he 
 shall think fit and profitable for us." 
 
 When the good Prince Emmanuel heard this answer, 
 and saw the slavery and bondage of the people, and how 
 much content they were to abide in the chains of the tyrant 
 Diabolus, it grieved him at the heart ; and, indeed, when at 
 any time he perceived that any were contented under the 
 slavery of the giant, he would be affected Avith it. 
 
 But to return again to our purpose. After the town had 
 carried this news to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover 
 that the Prince, that lay in the leaguer without the wall, 
 waited upon them for an answer, he refused, and huffed as 
 well as he could ; but in heart he was afraid. 
 
 Then said he, " I will go down to the gates myself, and 
 give him such an answer as I think fit." So he went down 
 to Mouth-gate, and there addressed himself to speak to 
 Emmanuel, (but in such language as die town understood 
 not,) the contents whereof were as follow : 
 
 " O thou great Emmanuel, Lord of all the world, I know 
 thee, that thou art the Son of the great Shaddai ! Where- 
 fore art thou come to torment me, and to cast me out of my 
 possession ? This town of Mansoul, as thou very well 
 knowest, is mine, and that by a twofold right. 1. It is mine 
 by right of conquest ; I won it in the open field : and shall 
 the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive be 
 delivered ? 2. This town of Mansoul is mine also by their 
 subjection. They have opened the gates of their town unto 
 me ; they have sworn fidelity to me, and have openly chosen
 
 90 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 mo to be their 'king ; they have also given their castle into 
 my hands ; yea, they have put the whole strength of Man- 
 soul under me. 
 
 " Moreover, this town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee ; 
 yea, they have cast thy law, thy name, thy image, and ad 
 that is thine, behind their back, and have accepted and set 
 up in their room my law, my name, my image, and all that 
 ever is mine. Ask else thy captains, and they will tell thee 
 that Mansoul hath, in answer to all their summonses, shown 
 love and loyalty to me, but always disdain, despite, con- 
 tempt, and scorn to thee and thine. Now, thou art the Just 
 One and the Holy, and shouldest do no iniquity. Depart, 
 then, I pray thee, therefore, from me, and leave me to my 
 just inheritance peaceably." 
 
 This oration was made in the language of Diabolus him- 
 self; for although he can, to every man, speak in their own 
 language, (else he could not tempt them all as he does,) yet 
 he has a language proper to himself, and it is the language 
 of the infernal cave, or black pit. 
 
 Wherefore the town of Mansoul (poor hearts !) under- 
 stood him not ; nor did they see how he crouched and 
 cringed while he stood before Emmanuel, their Prince. 
 
 Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power 
 and force that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore, 
 while he was thus entreating that he might have yet his 
 residence there, and that Emmanuel would not take it from 
 him by force, the inhabitants boasted even of his valor, 
 saying, " Who is able to make war with him ?" 
 
 Well, when this pretended king had made an end of what 
 he would say, Emmanuel, the golden Prince, stood up and 
 spake ; the contents of whose words follow. 
 
 " Thou deceiving one," said he, " I have, in my Father's 
 name, in mine own name, and on the behalf and for tha
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 91 
 
 good of this wretched town of Mansoul, somewhat to say 
 unto thee. Thou pretendest a right, a lawful right, to the 
 deplorable town of Mansoul, when it is most apparent to 
 all my Father's court that the entrance which thou hast 
 obtained in at the gates of Mansoul was through thy lie and 
 falsehood ; thou beliedst my Father, thou beliedst his law, 
 and so deceivedst the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest 
 that the people have accepted thee for their king, their cap- 
 tain, and right liege lord ; but that also was by the exercise 
 of deceit and guile. Now, if lying, wiliness, sinful craft, 
 and all manner of horrible hypocrisy, will go in my Fa- 
 ther's court (in which court thou must be tried) for equity 
 and right, then will I confess unto thee that thou hast made 
 a lawful conquest. But, alas ! what thief, what tyrant, what 
 devil is there that may not conquer after this sort ? But I 
 can make it appear, O Diabolus, that thou, in all thy pre- 
 tences to a conquest of Mansoul, hast nothing of truth to 
 say. Thinkest thou this to be right, that thou didst put the 
 lie upon my Father, and madest him (to Mansoul) the 
 greatest deluder in the world ? And what sayest thou to 
 thy perverting knowingly the right purport and intent of 
 the law ? Was it good also that thou madest a prey of the 
 innocency and simplicity of the now miserable town of 
 Mansoul? Yea, thou didst overcome Mansoul by promis- 
 ing to them happiness in their transgressions against my 
 Father's law, when thou knowest, and couldest not but 
 know, hadst thou consulted nothing but thine own experi- 
 ence, that that was the way to undo them. Thou hast also 
 thyself, O thou master of enmity, of spite defaced my Fa- 
 ther's image in Mansoul, and set up thy own in its place, 
 to the great contempt of my Father, the heightening of thy 
 sin, and to the into! srable damage of the perishing town of 
 Mansoul.
 
 92 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Thou hast, moreover, (as if all these were but little 
 things with thee,) not only deluded and undone this place, 
 but, by thy lies and fraudulent carriage, hast set them against 
 their own deliverance. How hast thou stirred them up 
 against my Father's captains, and made them to fight 
 against those that were sent of him to deliver them from 
 their bondage ! All these things, and very many more, thou 
 hast done against thy light, and in contempt of my Father 
 and of his law, yea, and with design to bring under his 
 displeasure for ever, the miserable town of Mansoul. I am 
 therefore come to avenge the wrong that thou hast done to 
 my Father, and to deal with thee for the blasphemies 
 wherewith thou hast made poor Mansoul blaspheme his 
 name. Yea, upon thy head, thou prince of the infernal 
 cave, will I requite it. 
 
 " As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by 
 lawful power, and to take, by strength of hand, this town 
 of Mansoul out of thy burning fingers ; for this town of 
 Mansoul is mine, Diabolus, and that by undoubted right, 
 as all shall see that will diligently search the most ancient 
 and most authentic records, and I will plead my tide to it, 
 to the confusion of thy face. 
 
 " First, for the town of Mansoul, my Father built and 
 did fashion it with his hand. The palace also that is in the 
 midst of that town, he built it for his own delight. This 
 town of Mansoul, therefore, is my Father's, and that by 
 the best of titles, and he that gainsays the truth of this must 
 lie against his soul. 
 
 " Secondly, O thou master of the lie, this town of Man- 
 soul is mine. 
 
 " 1. For that I am my Father's heir, his first-born, and 
 the only delight of his heart. I am therefore come up 
 against thee in mine own right, even to recover mine own 
 inheritance out of thine hand.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 93 
 
 " 2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul 
 by being my Father's heir, so I have also by my Father's 
 donation. His it was, and he gave it me ; nor have I at 
 any time offended my Father, that he should take it from 
 me, and give it to thee. Nor have I been forced, by play- 
 ing the bankrupt, to sell or set to sale to thee my beloved 
 town of Mansoul. Mansoul is my desire, my delight, and 
 the joy of my heart. But, 
 
 " 3. Mansoul is mine by right of purchase. I have 
 bought it, Diabolus, I have bought it to myself. Now, 
 since it was my Father's, and mine, as I was his heir, and 
 since also I have made it mine by virtue of a great purchase, 
 it followeth that, by all lawful right, the town of Mansoul 
 is mine, and that thou art an usurper, a tyrant, and traitor, 
 in thy holding possession thereof. Now, the cause of my 
 purchasing of it was this : Mansoul had trespassed against 
 my Father ; now my Father had said, that in the day that 
 they broke his law they should die. Now, it is more pos- 
 sible for heaven and earth to pass away than for my Father 
 to break his word. Wherefore, when Mansoul had sinned 
 indeed by hearkening to thy lie, I put in and became a 
 surety to my Father, body for body, and soul for soul, that 
 I would make amends for Mansoul's transgressions, and my 
 Father did accept thereof. So, when the time appointed 
 was come, I gave body for body, soul for soul, life for life, 
 blood for blood, and so redeemed my beloved Mansoul. 
 
 " 4. Nor did I do this by halves : my Father's law and 
 justice, that were both concerned in the threatening upon 
 transgression, are both now satisfied, and very well content 
 that Mansoul should be delivered. 
 
 " 5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by com- 
 mandment of my Father ; it was he that said unto me, ' Go 
 down and deliver Mansoul.'
 
 91 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Wherefore be it known unto thee, O thou fountain of 
 deceit, and be it also known to the foolish town of Man- 
 soul, that I am not come against thee this day without my 
 Father. 
 
 " And now," said the golden-headed Prince, " I have a 
 word to the town of Mansoul." But so soon as mention 
 was made that he had a word to speak to the besotted town 
 of Mansoul, the gates were double-guarded, and all men 
 commanded not to give him audience. So he proceeded 
 and said, " unhappy town of Mansoul, I cannot but be 
 touched with pity and compassion for thee. Thou hast 
 accepted of Diabolus for thy king, and art become a nurse 
 and minister of Diabolonians against thy sovereign Lord. 
 Thy gates thou hast opened to him, but hast shut them fast 
 against me ; thou hast given him a hearing, but hast stopped 
 thine ears to my cry. He brought to thee thy destruction, 
 and thou didst receive both him and it : I am come to thee 
 bringing salvation, but thou regardest me not. Besides, 
 thou hast, as with sacrilegious hands, taken thyself, with 
 all that was mine in thee, and hast given all to my foe, and 
 to the greatest enemy my Father has. You have bowed 
 and subjected yourselves to him, you have vowed and sworn 
 yourselves to be his. Poor Mansoul ! what shall I do unto 
 thee ? Shall I save thee ? — shall I destroy thee ? "What 
 shall I do unto thee ? Shall I fall upon thee, and grind thee 
 to powder, or make thee a monument of the richest grace ? 
 What shall I do unto thee ? Hearken, therefore, thou town 
 of Mansoul, hearken to my word, and thou shalt live. 1 
 am merciful, Mansoul, and thou shalt find me so : shut me 
 not out of thy gates. 
 
 " O Mansoul, neither is my commission nor inclination 
 at all to do thee hurt. Why fliest thou so fast from thy 
 friend, and stickest so close to thine enemy ? Indeed, I would
 
 TILE HOLY WAR. 95 
 
 have thee, because it becomes thee, to be sorry for thy sin ; 
 but do not despair of life; this great force is not to hurt 
 thee, but to deliver thee from thy bondage, and to reduce 
 thee to thy obedience. 
 
 " My commission, indeed, is to make a war upon Diabo- 
 lus thy king, and upon all Diabolonians with him ; for he is 
 the strong man armed that keeps the house, and I will have 
 him out : his spoils I must divide, his armour I must take 
 from him, his hold I must cast him out of, and must make 
 it a habitation for myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall 
 Diabolus know when he shall be made to follow me in 
 chains, and when Mansoul shall rejoice to see it so. 
 
 " I could, would I now put forlh my might, cause that 
 forthwith he should leave you and depart; but I have it in 
 my heart so to deal with him, as that the justice of the war 
 that I shall make upon him may be seen and acknowledged 
 by all. He hath taken Mansoul by fraud, and keeps it by 
 violence and deceit, and I will make him bare and naked in 
 the eyes of all observers. 
 
 " All my words are true. I am mighty to save, and will 
 deliver my Manful out of his hand." 
 
 This speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Man- 
 soul would not have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear- 
 gate, they barricaded it up, they kept it locked and bolted, 
 they set a guard thereat, and commanded that no Mansoul- 
 onian should go out to him, nor that any from the camp 
 should be admitted into the town. All this they did, so 
 horribly had Diabolus enchanted them to do> and seeic to do 
 for him, against their rightful Lord and Prince ; wherefore 
 no man, nor voice, nor sound of man that belonged to the 
 glorious host, was to come into the town. 
 
 So when Emmanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved 
 in sin, he calls his army together, (since now also his words
 
 90 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 were despised,) and gave out a commandment throughout 
 all his host, to be ready against the time appointed. Now, 
 forasmuch as there was no way lawfully to take the town 
 of Mansoul, but to get in by the gates, and at Ear-gate as 
 the chief, therefore he commanded his captains and com- 
 manders to bring their rams, their slings, and their men, and 
 place them at Eye-gate and Ear-gate, in order to his taking 
 the town. 
 
 When Emmanuel had put all things in a readiness to give 
 Diabolus battle, he sent again to know of the town of Man- 
 soul, if in peaceable manner they would yield themselves, 
 or whether they were yet resolved to put him to try the 
 utmost extremity ! They then, together with Diabolus their 
 king, called a council of war, and resolved upon certain pro- 
 positions that should be offered to Emmanuel, if he will 
 accept thereof, so they agreed ; and then the next was, who 
 should be sent on this errand. Now, there was in the town 
 of Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, and his name was 
 Mr. Loth-to-stoop, a stiff man in his way, and a great doer for 
 Diabolus : him, therefore, they sent, and put into his mouth 
 what he should say. So he went and came to the camp to 
 Emmanuel, and when he was come, a time was appointed 
 to give him audience. So at the time he came, and, after a 
 Diabolonian ceremony or two, he thus began and said, 
 " Great sir, that it may be known unto all men how good- 
 natured a prince my master is, he hath sent me to tell your 
 Lordship, that he is very willing, rather than go to war, to 
 deliver up into your hands one half of the town of Mansoul. 
 I am therefore to know if your Mightiness will accept of 
 this proposition." 
 
 Then said Emmanuel, "The whole is mine by gift and 
 purchase, wherefore I will never lose one half." 
 
 Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, my master hath said
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 97 
 
 that he will be content that vou shall he the nominal and 
 
 J 
 
 titular Lord of all, if he may possess but a part." 
 
 Then Emmanuel answered, " The whole is mine really, 
 not in name and word only ; wherefore I will be the sole 
 lord and possessor of all, or of none at all, of Mansoul." 
 
 Then Mr. Loth-to-stoop said again, " Sir, behold the 
 condescension of my master ! He says, that he will be 
 content, if he may but have assigned to him some place in 
 Mansoul, as a place to live privately in, and you shall be 
 Lord of all the rest." 
 
 Then said the golden Prince, " All that the Father giveth 
 me shall come to me ; and of all that he giveth me I will 
 lose nothing- -no, not a hoof nor a hair. I will not, there- 
 fore, grant him, no, not the least corner in Mansoul to dwell 
 in ; I will have all to myself." 
 
 " Then Loth-to-stoop said again, " But, sir, suppose that 
 my lord should resign the whole town to you, only with 
 this proviso, that he sometimes, when he comes into this 
 country, may, for old acquaintance' sake, be entertained as 
 a wayfaring man for two days, or ten days, or a month, or 
 so. May not this small matter be granted?" 
 
 Then said Emmanuel, " No. He came as a wayfaring 
 man to David, nor did he stay long with him, and yet it 
 had like to have cost David his soul. I will not consent 
 that he ever should have any harbour more there." 
 
 Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, you seem to be very 
 hard. Suppose my master should yield to all that your 
 Lordship hath said, provided that his friends and kindred in 
 Mansoul may have liberty to trade in the town, and to enjoy 
 their present dwellings. May not that be granted, sir." 
 
 Then said Emmanuel, " No ; that is contrary to my 
 Father's will ; for all, and all manner of Diabolonians that 
 
 9
 
 9R THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 now are, or that at any time shall he found in Mansoul, shall 
 not only lose their lands and liberties, but also their lives." 
 
 Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop again, " But, sir, may not 
 my master and great lord, by letters, by passengers, by acci- 
 dental opportunities and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver 
 up all unto thee, some kind of old friendship with Mansoul ?" 
 
 Emmanuel answered, " No, by no means ; forasmuch as 
 any such fellowship, friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance, 
 in what way, sort, or mode soever maintained, will tend to 
 the corrupting of Mansoul, the alienating of their affections 
 from me, and the endangering of their peace Avith my 
 Father." 
 
 Mr. Loth-to-stoop yet added further, saying, " But, great 
 sir, since my master hath many friends, and those that are 
 dear to him, in Mansoul, may he not, if he shall depart 
 from them, even of his bounty and good nature, bestow 
 upon them, as he sees fit, some tokens of his love and kind- 
 ness that he had for them, to the end that Mansoul, when 
 he is gone, may look upon such tokens of kindness once 
 received from their old friend, and remember him who was 
 once their king, and the merry times that they sometimes 
 enjoyed one with another, while he and they lived in peace 
 together ?" 
 
 Then said Emmanuel, " No ; for if Mansoul come to be 
 mine, I shall not admit of, nor consent, that there should be 
 the least scrap, shred, or dust of Diabolus left behind, as 
 tokens or gifts bestowed upon any in Mansoul, thereby to 
 call to remembrance the horrible communion that was be- 
 twixt them and him." 
 
 " Well, sir," said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " I have one thing 
 more to propound, and then I am got to the end of my 
 commission. Suppose that, when my master is gone from
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 99 
 
 Mansoul, any that shall yet live in the town should have 
 such business of high concerns to do, that if they be neg- 
 lected the party shall be undone ; and suppose, sir, that 
 nobody can help in that case so well as my master and lord, 
 may hot now my master be sent for upon so urgent an occa- 
 sion as this ? Or if he may not be admitted into the town, 
 may not he and the person concerned meet in some of the 
 villages near Mansoul, and there lay their heads together, 
 and there consult of matters ?" 
 
 This was the last of those ensnaring propositions, that Mr. 
 Loth-to-stoop had to propound to Emmanuel, on behalf of 
 his master Diabohis ; but Emmanuel would not grant it ; 
 for he said, " There can be no case, or thing, or matter fall 
 out in Mansoul, when thy master shall be gone, that may 
 not be solved by my Father ; besides, it will be a great dis- 
 paragement to my Father's wisdom and skill, to admit any 
 from Mansoul to go out to Diabolus for advice, when they 
 are bid, in every thing, by prayer and supplication, to let 
 their requests be made known to my Father. Further, 
 this, should it be granted, would be to grant that a door 
 should be set open for Diabolus, and the Diabolonians in 
 Mansoul, to hatch and plot and bring to pass treasonable 
 designs, to the grief of my Father and me, and to the utter 
 destruction of Mansoul." 
 
 When Mr. Loth-to-stoop had heard this answer, he took 
 his leave of Emmanuel, and departed, saying that he would 
 carry word to his master concerning this whole affair. So 
 he departed, and came to Diabolus to Mansoul, and told him 
 the whole of the matter, and how Emmanuel would not 
 admit, no, not by any means, that he, when he was once 
 gone out, should for ever have any thing more to do either 
 in, or with any that are of the town of Mansoul. When 
 Mansoul ami Diabolus had heard this relation >f things,
 
 100 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 they with one consent concluded to use their best endea 
 vour to keep Emmanuel out of Mansoul, and sent old Ill- 
 Pause, of whom you have heard before, to tell the Prince 
 and his captains so. So the old gentleman came up to the 
 top of Ear-gate, and called to the camp for a hearing, who 
 when they gave audience, he said, " I have in command- 
 ment from my high lord to bid you tell it to your Prince 
 Emmanuel, that Mansoul and their king are resolved to 
 stand and fall together ; and that it is in vain for your Prince 
 to think of ever having Mansoul in his hand, unless he can 
 take it by force." So some went and told to Emmanuel 
 what old Ill-Pause, a Diabolonian in Mansoul, had said. 
 Then said the Prince, " I must try the power of my sword, 
 for I will not (for all the rebellions and repulses that Man- 
 soul has made against me) raise my siege and depart, but 
 will assuredly take my Mansoul, and deliver it from the 
 hand of her enemy." And with that he gave out a com- 
 mandment that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction, 
 Captain Judgment, and Captain Execution should forth- 
 with march up to Ear-gate with trumpets sounding, colours 
 flying, and with shouting for the battle. Also he would that 
 Captain Credence should join himself with them. Em- 
 manuel, moreover, gave order that Captain Good-Hope and 
 Captain Charity should draw themselves up before Eye- 
 gate. He bid also that the rest of his captains and their 
 men should place themselves for the best of their advantage 
 against the enemy round about the town ; and all was done 
 as he had commanded. 
 
 Then he bid that the word should be given forth, and the 
 word was at that time, " Emmanuel." Then was an alarm 
 sounded, and the battering-rams were played, and the slings 
 did whirl stones into the town amain, and thus the battle 
 began. Now Diabolus himself did manage the townsmen
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 101 
 
 in the war, and that at every gate ; wherefore their resist- 
 ance was the more forcible, hellish, and offensive to Em- 
 manuel. Thus was the good Prince engaged and enter- 
 tained by Diabolus and Mansoul for several days together ; 
 and a sight worth seeing it was to behold how the captains 
 of Shaddai behaved themselves in this war. 
 
 And first for Captain Boanerges, (not to undervalue the 
 rest,) he made three most fierce assaults, one after another, 
 upon Ear-gate, to the shaking of the posts thereof. Captain 
 Conviction, he also made up as fast with Boanerges as pos- 
 sibly he could, and both discerning that the gate began to 
 yield, they commanded that the rams should still be played 
 against it. Now, Captain Conviction, going up very near 
 to the gate, was with great force driven back, and received 
 three wounds. And those that rode reformades, they went 
 about to encourage the captains. 
 
 For the valour of the two captains, made mention of 
 before, the Prince sent for them to his pavilion, and com- 
 manded that a while they should rest themselves, and that 
 with somewhat they should be refreshed. Care also was 
 taken for Captain Conviction that he should be healed of his 
 wounds. The Prince also gave to each of them a chain of 
 gold, and bid them yet be of good courage. 
 
 Nor did Captain Good-Hope nor Captain Charity come 
 behind in this most desperate fight, for they so well did 
 behave themselves at Eye-gate, that they had almost broken 
 it quite open. These also had a reward from their Prince, 
 as also had the rest of the captains, because they did valiantly 
 round about the town. 
 
 In this engagement several of the officers of Diabolus 
 were slain, and some of the townsmen wounded. For the 
 officers, there was one Captain Boasting slain. This Boast- 
 jig thought that nobody could have shaken the posts of Ear- 
 
 9*
 
 102 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 jrate, nor have shaken the heart of Diabolus. Next to him 
 there was one Captain Secure slain : this Secure used to 
 say that the blind and lame in Mansoul were able to keep 
 the gates of the town against Emmanuel's army. This 
 Captain Secure, did Captain Conviction cleave down the 
 nead with a two-handed sword, when he received himself 
 three wounds in his mouth. 
 
 Besides these there was one Captain Bragman, a very 
 desperate fellow, and he was captain over a band of those 
 that threw firebrands, arrows, and death : he also received, 
 by the hand of Captain Good-Hope at Eye-gate, a mortal 
 wound in the breast. 
 
 There was, moreover, one Mr. Feeling ; but he was no 
 captain, but a great stickler to encourage Mansoul to rebel- 
 lion. He received a wound in the eye by the hand of one 
 of Boanerges' soldiers, and had by the captain himself been 
 slain, but that he made a sudden retreat. 
 
 But I never saw Willbewill so daunted in all my life ; he 
 was not able to do as he was wont, and some say that he also 
 received a wound in the leg, and that some of the men in 
 the Prince's army have certainly seen him limp, as he after- 
 wards walked on the wall. 
 
 I shall not give you a particular account of the names of 
 the soldiers that were slain in the town, for many were 
 maimed, and wounded and slain ; for when they saw that 
 the posts of Ear-gate did shake, and Eye-gate was well 
 nigh broken quite open, and also that their captains were 
 slain, this took away the hearts of many of the Diabolo- 
 nians ; they fell also by the force of the shot that were sent 
 by the golden slings into the midst of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Of the townsmen, there was one Love-no-Good ; he was 
 a townsman, but a Diabolonian ; he also received his mortal 
 wound in Mansoul, but he died not very soon.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 103 
 
 Mr. Ill-Pause also, who was the man that came along 
 with Diabolus when at first he attempted the taking of 
 Mansoul, he also received a grievous wound in the head ; 
 some say that his brain-pan was cracked. This I have 
 taken notice of, that he was never after this able to do that 
 mischief to Mansoul, as he had done in times past. Also 
 old Prejudice and Mr. Anything fled. 
 
 Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded 
 that yet once more the white flag should be set upon Mount 
 Gracious in sight of the town of Mansoul, to show that yet 
 Emmanuel had grace for the wretched town of Mansoul. 
 
 When Diabolus saw the white flag hung out again, and 
 knowing that it was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his 
 mind to play another prank, to wit, to see if Emmanuel 
 would raise his siege and begone, upon promise of reforma- 
 tion. So he comes down to the gate one evening, a good 
 while after the sun was gone down, and calls to speak with 
 Emmanuel, who presently came down to the gate, and Dia- 
 bolus saith unto him : — 
 
 " Forasmuch as thou makest it appear by thy white flag, 
 that thou art wholly given to peace and quiet, I thought 
 meet to acquaint thee that we are ready to accept thereof 
 upon terms which thou mayest admit. 
 
 " 1 know that thou art given to devotion, and that holiness 
 pleaseth thee ; yea, that thy great end in making a war upon 
 Mansoul is, that it may be a holy habitation. Well, draw 
 off thy forces from the town, and I will bend Mansoul to 
 thy bow. 
 
 " First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against thee, 
 and will be willing to become thy deputy, and will, as I have 
 formerly been against thee, now serve thee in the town of 
 Mansoul. And more particularly, 
 
 " 1. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their
 
 104 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Lord ; and I know that they will do it the sooner, when 
 they shall understand that I am thy deputy. 
 
 " 2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that 
 transgression stands in the way to life. 
 
 "3.1 will show them the holy law unto which they must 
 conform, even that which they have broken. 
 
 " 4. I wdl press upon them the necessity of a reformation 
 according to thy law. 
 
 " 5. And, moreover, that none of these things may fail, 
 1 myself, at my own proper cost and charge, will set up 
 and maintain a sufficient ministry, besides lecturers, in Man- 
 soul. 
 
 " 6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our subjection to 
 thee, year by year, what thou shalt think fit to lay and levy 
 upon us, in token of our subjection to thee." 
 
 Then said Emmanuel to him, " full of deceit, how 
 movable are thy ways ! How often hast thou changed and 
 rechanged, if so be thou mightest still keep possession of 
 my Mansoul, though, as has been plainly declared before, 
 I am the right heir thereof! Often hast thou made thy 
 proposals already, nor is this last a whit better than they. 
 And failing to deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy 
 black, thou hast now transformed thyself into an angel of 
 light, and wouldest, to deceive, be now as a minister of 
 righteousness. 
 
 " But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be 
 regarded that thou canst propound, for nothing is done by 
 thee but to deceive. Thou neither hast conscience to God, 
 nor love to the town of Mansoul ; whence, then, should 
 these thy sayings arise but from sinful craft and deceit ! 
 He that can of list and will propound what he pleasea, and 
 that wherewith he may destroy them that believe him, is to 
 be abandoned, with all that he shall say. But if righteous-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 105 
 
 ness be such a beauty-spot in thine eyes now, how is it that 
 wickedness was so closely stuck to by thee before. But 
 this is by the by. 
 
 " Thou talkest now of a reformation in Mansoul, and 
 that thou thyself, if I will please, wilt be at the head of 
 that reformation ; all the while knowing that the greatest 
 proficiency that man can make in the law, and the right- 
 eousness thereof, will amount to no more, for the taking 
 away of the curse from Mansoul, than just nothing at all ; 
 for a law being broken by Mansoul, that had before, upon 
 a supposition of the breach thereof, a curse pronounced 
 against him for it of God, can never, by his obeying of the 
 law, deliver himself therefrom ; (to say nothing of what a 
 reformation is like to be set up in Mansoul when the devil 
 is become corrector of vice.) Thou knowest that all that 
 thou hast now said in this matter, is nothing but guile and 
 deceit ; and is, as it was the first, so is it the last card that 
 thou hast to play. Many there be Jhat do so soon discern 
 thee, when thou showest them thy cloven foot ; but in thy 
 white, thy light, and in thy transformation, thou art seen 
 but of a few. But thou shalt not do thus with my Man- 
 soul, O Diabolus ; for I do still love my Mansoul. 
 
 " Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon works to 
 live thereby ; should I do so, I should be like unto thee : 
 but I am come that by me, and by what I have and shall 
 do for Mansoul, they may to my Father be reconciled, though 
 by their sin they have provoked him to anger, and though 
 by the law they cannot obtain mercy. 
 
 " Thou talkest of subjecting of this town to good, when 
 none desireth it at thy hands. I am sent by my Father to 
 possess it myself, and to guide it by the skilfulness of my 
 hands into such a conformity to him, as shall be pleasing in 
 his sight. I will therefore possess it myself; I will dispos-
 
 106 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 sess and cast thee out ; I will set up mine own standard in 
 the midst of them ; I will also govern them by new laws, 
 new officers, new motives, and new Avays ; yea, I will pull 
 down this town, and build it again ; and it shall be as 
 though it had not been, and it shall then be the glory of the 
 whole universe." 
 
 When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was 
 discovered in all his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly 
 put to a nonplus ; but having in himself the fountain of 
 iniquity, rage, and malice against both Shaddai and his Son, 
 and the beloved town of Mansoul, what doth he but 
 strengthen himself what he could, to give fresh battle to the 
 noble Prince Emmanuel ? So, then, now Ave must have an- 
 other fight before the toAvn of Mansoul is taken. 
 
 Come up, then to the mountains, you that, love to see 
 military actions, and behold by both sides hoAv the fatal 
 bloAv is given, Avhile one seeks to hold, and the other seeks 
 to make himself master of the famous toAvn of Mansoul. 
 
 Diabolus, therefore, having withdrawn himself from the 
 Avail to his force that Avas in the heart of the toAvn of Man- 
 soul ; Emmanuel also returned to the camp : and both of 
 them, after their divers Avays, put themselves into a posture 
 fit to give battle one to another. 
 
 Diabolus, as filled Avith despair of retaining in his hands 
 the famous town of Mansoul, resolved to do what mischief 
 he could (if, indeed, he could do any) to the army of the 
 Prince and to the famous town of Mansoul ; for, alas ! it 
 was not the happiness of the silly town of Mansoul that 
 was designed by Diabolus, but the utter ruin and overthrow 
 thereof, as now is enough in view Wherefore he com- 
 mands his officers that they should then, when they see that 
 they could hold the town no longer, do it what harm and 
 mischief they could, rending and tearing men, women, and
 
 EAR-GATE BROKEN OPEN
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 107 
 
 children. " For," said lie, " we had better quite demolish 
 the place, and leave it like a ruinous heap, than so leave it, 
 that it may be an habitation for Emmanuel." 
 
 Emmanuel again, knowing that the next battle would 
 issue in his being made master of the place, gave out a 
 royal commandment to all his officers, high captains, and 
 men of war, to be sure to show themselves men of war 
 against Diabolus and all Diabolonians ; but favourable, mer- 
 ciful, and meek to the old inhabitants of Mansoul. " Bend, 
 therefore," said the noble Prince, " the hottest front of the 
 battle against Diabolus and his men." 
 
 So the day being come, the command was given, and the 
 Prince's men did bravely stand to their arms, and did, as 
 before, bend their main force against Ear-gate and Eye-gate. 
 The word was then, " Mansoul is won ;" so they made 
 their assault upon the town. Diabolus also, as fast as he 
 could, with the main of his power, made resistance from 
 within ; and his high lords and chief captains for a time 
 fought very cruelly against the Prince's army. 
 
 But after three or four notable charges by the Prince and 
 his noble captains, Ear-gate was broken open, and the bars 
 and bolts wherewith it was used to be fast shut up against 
 the Prince, were broken into a thousand pieces. Then did 
 the Prince's trumpets sound, the captains shout, the town 
 shake, and Diabolus retreat to his hold. Well, when the 
 Prince's forces had broken open the gate, himself came up 
 and did set his throne in it ; also he set his standard there- 
 by, upon a mount that before, by his men was cast up, to 
 place the mighty slings thereon. The mount was called 
 Mount Hear-well. There, therefore, the Prince abode, to 
 wit, hard by the going in at the gate. He commanded also 
 that the golden slings should yet be played upon the town, 
 especially ag:\inst the castle, because for shelter thither was
 
 108 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Diabolus retreated. Now, from Ear-gate the street was 
 straight even to the house of Mr. Recorder that so was, 
 before Diabolus took the town ; and hard by his house 
 stood the castle, which Diabolus for a long time had made 
 his irksome den. The captains, therefore, did quickly clear 
 that street by the use of their slings, so that way was made 
 up to the heart of the town. Then did the Prince com- 
 mand that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction, and 
 Captain Judgment, should forthwith march up the town to 
 the old gentleman's gate. Then did the captains in most 
 warlike manner enter into the town of Mansoul, and, march- 
 ing in with flying colours, they came up to the Recorder's 
 house, and that was almost as strong as was the castle. 
 Battering-rams they took also with them, to plant against 
 the castle gates. When they were come to the house of 
 Mr. Conscience, they knocked, and demanded entrance. 
 Now, the old gentleman, not knowing, as yet, fully their 
 design, kept his gates shut all the time of this fight. Where- 
 fore Boanerges demanded entrance at his gates ; and no 
 man making answer, he gave it one stroke with the head of 
 a ram, and this made the old gentleman shake, and his house 
 to tremble and totter. Then came Mr. Recorder down to 
 the gates, and, as he could, with quivering lips he asked 
 who was there ? Boanerges answered, " We are the cap- 
 tains and commanders of the great Shaddai and of the 
 blessed Emmanuel, his Son, and we demand possession of 
 your house for the use of our noble Prince." And with 
 that the battering-ram gave the gate another shake. This 
 made the old gentleman tremble the more, yet durst he not 
 but open the gate : then the King's forces marched in, 
 namely, the three brave captains mentioned before. Now, 
 the Recorder's house was a place of much convenience for 
 Emmanuel, not only because it was near to the cas'le and
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 109 
 
 strong, but also because it was large, and frcnted the castle, 
 the den where now Diabolus was, for he was now afraid to 
 come out of his hold. As for Mr. Recorder, the captains 
 carried it very reservedly to him ; as yet he knew nothing 
 of the great designs of Emmanuel, so that he did not know 
 what judgment to make, nor what would be the end of such 
 thundering beginnings. It was also presently noised in the 
 town how the Recorder's house was possessed, his rooms 
 taken up, and his palace made the seat of the war ; and no 
 sooner was it noised abroad, but they took the alarm as 
 warmly, and gave it out to others of his friends ; and you 
 know, as a snow-ball loses nothing by rolling, so in little 
 time the whole town was possessed, that they must expect 
 nothing from the Prince but destruction ; and the ground of 
 the business was this : the Recorder was afraid, the Re- 
 corder trembled, and the captains carried it strangely to the 
 Recorder. So many came to see ; but when they with 
 their own eyes did behold the captains in the palace, and 
 their battering-rams ever playing at the castle gates to beat 
 them down, they were riveted in their fears, and it made 
 them all in amaze. And, as I said, the man of the house 
 would increase all this ; for whoever came to him, or dis- 
 coursed with him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or 
 hear, but that death and destruction now attended Mansoul. 
 " For," quoth the old gentleman, " you are all of you 
 sensible that we all have been traitors to that once despised, 
 but now famously victorious and glorious Prince Emmanuel ; 
 for he now, as you see, doth not only lie in close siege 
 about us, but hath forced his entrance in at our gates. 
 Moreover Diabolus flees before him : and he hath, as you 
 behold, made of my house a garrison against the castle, 
 where he is. I, for my part, have transgressed greatly, and 
 he that is clean, it is well for him. But I say I have trans- 
 it)
 
 110 THE HOLY MAR. 
 
 grossed greatly in keeping silence when I should have; 
 spoken, and in perverting justice when I should have exe- 
 cuted the same. True, I have suffered something at the 
 hand of Diaholus for taking part with the laws of King 
 Shaddai ; hut that, alas ! what will that do ? Will that make 
 compensation for the rebellions and treasons that I have 
 done, and have suffered, without gainsaying, to be commit- 
 ted in the town of Mansoul ? Oh ! I tremble to think, what 
 will be the end of this so dreadful and so ireful a begin- 
 ning !" 
 
 Now, while these brave captains were thus busy in the 
 house of the old Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy, 
 in other parts of the town, in securing the back streets and 
 the walls. He also hunted the Lord Willbewill sorely ; he 
 suffered him not to rest in any corner ; he pursued him so 
 hard, that he drove his men from him, and made him glad 
 to thrust his head into a hole. Also this mighty warrior 
 did cut three of the Lord Willbewill's officers down to the 
 ground: one was old Mr. Prejudice, he that had his crown 
 cracked in the mutiny. This man was made by Lord Will- 
 bewill keeper of Ear-gate, and fell by the hand of Captain 
 Execution. There was also one Mr. Backward-to-all-but- 
 naught, and he also was one of Lord Willbewill's officers, 
 and was the captain of the two guns that once were mounted 
 on the top of Ear-gate ; he also was cut down to the ground 
 by the hands of Captain Execution. Besides these two 
 there was another, a third, and his name was Captain 
 Treacherous ; a vile man this was, but one that Willbewill 
 did put a great deal of confidence in ; but him also did this 
 Captain Execution cut down to the ground with the rest. 
 
 He also made a very great slaughter among my Lord 
 Willbewill's soldiers, killing many that were stout and 
 sturdy, and wounding many that for "Diabolus were nimble
 
 THE HOLY WAR. Ill 
 
 and active. But all these were Diabolouians ; there was 
 not a man, a native of Mansoul, hurt. 
 
 Other feats of war were also likewise performed by other 
 of the captains, as at Eye-gate, where Captain Good-Hope 
 and Captain Charity had a charge, was great execution 
 done ; for the Captain Good-Hope with his own hands 
 slew one Captain Blindfold, the keeper of that gate. This 
 Blindfold was captain of a thousand men, and they were 
 they that fought with mauls ; he also pursued his men, 
 slew many, and wounded more, and made the rest hide 
 their heads in corners. 
 
 There was also at that gate Mr. Ill-Pause, of whom you 
 have heard before. He was an old man, and had a beard 
 that reached down to his o-irdle : the same was he that was 
 orator to Diabolus : he did much mischief in the town of 
 Mansoul, and fell by the hand of Captain Good-Hope. 
 
 What shall I say ? The Diabolonians in these days lay 
 dead in every corner, though too many yet were'- alive in 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Now the old Recordei, and my Lord Understanding, 
 with some others of the chief of the town, to wit, such as 
 knew they must stand or fall with the famous town of Man- 
 soul, came together upon a day, and, after consultation had, 
 did jointly agree to draw up a petition, and to send it to 
 Emmanuel, now while he sat in the gate of Mansoid. So 
 they drew up their petition to Emmanuel, the contents 
 whereof were these : — That they, the old inhabitants of the 
 now deplorable town of Mansoul, confessed their sin, and 
 were sorry that they had offended his princely Majesty, and 
 prayed that he "would spare their lives. 
 
 Unto this petition he gave no answer at all, and that did 
 trouble them yet so much the more. Now, all this while 
 the captains that were in the Recorder's house were play-
 
 1 12 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 ing with the battering-rams at the gates of the castle, to beat 
 them down. So, after some time, labour, and travail, the 
 gate of the castle that was called Impregnable was beaten 
 open, and broken into several splinters, and so a way made 
 to go up to the hold in which Diabolus had hid himself. 
 Then were tidings sent down to Ear-gate, (for Emmanuel 
 still abode there,) to let him know that a way was made in 
 at the gates of the castle of Mansoul. But, oh ! how the 
 trumpets at the tidings sounded throughout the Prince's 
 camp, for that now the war was so near an end, and Man- 
 soul itself of being set free. 
 
 Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and 
 took with him such of his men of war as were fittest for 
 that expedition, and marched up the street of Mansoul to 
 the old Recorder's house. 
 
 Now, the Prince himself was clad all in armour of gold, 
 and so he marched up the town with his standard borne 
 before him ; but he kept his countenance much reserved all 
 the way as he went, so that the people could not tell how 
 to gather to themselves love or hatred by his looks. Now, 
 as he marched up the street, the townsfolk came out at 
 every door to see, and could not but be taken with his per- 
 son and the glory thereof, but wondered at the reservedness 
 of his countenance ; for as yet he spake more to them by 
 his actions and works than he did by words or smiles. But 
 also poor Mansoul, (as in such cases all are apt to do,) they 
 interpreted the carriage of Emmanuel to them, as did Jo- 
 seph's brethren his to them, even all the quite contrary 
 way. " For," thought they, " if Emmanuel loved us, he 
 would show it to us by word or carriage ; but none of these 
 he doth, therefore Emmanuel hates us. Now, if Emman 
 uel hates us, then Mansoul shall be slain, then Mansou 
 shall become a dunghill " They knew that they had trans-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 113 
 
 gressed his Father's law, and that against him, they had 
 been in with Diabolus, his enemy. They also knew that 
 the Prince Emmanuel knew all this; for they were con- 
 vinced that he was an angel of God, to know all things that 
 are done in the earth ; and this made them think that their 
 condition was miserable, and that the good Prince would 
 make them desolate. 
 
 "And," thought they, " what time so fit to do this in as 
 now, when he has the bridle of Mansoul in his hand ?" 
 And this I took special notice of, that the inhabitants, not- 
 withstanding all this, could not — no, they could not, when 
 they saw him march through die town, but cringe, bow, 
 bend, and were ready to lick the dust of his feet. They 
 also wished a thousand times over, that he would become 
 their Prince and Captain, and would become their protec- 
 tion. They would also, one to another, talk of the comeli- 
 ness of his person, and how much for glory and valour he 
 outstripped the great ones of the world. But, poor hearts, 
 as to themselves, their thoughts would change, and go upon 
 all manner of extremes. Yea, through the working of 
 them backward and forward, Mansoul became as a ball 
 tossed, and as a rolling thing before the whirlwind. 
 
 Now, when he was come to the castle gates, he com- 
 manded Diabolus to appear, and to surrender himself into 
 his hands. But, oh ! how loath was the beast to appear ! 
 how he stuck at it ! how he shrunk ! how he cringed ! yet 
 out he came to the Prince. Then Emmanuel commanded, 
 and they took Diabolus and bound him fast in chains, the 
 better to reserve him to the judgment that he had appointed 
 for him. But Diabolus stood up to entreat for himself that 
 Emmanuel would not send him into the deep, but suffer him 
 to depart out of Mansoul in peace. 
 
 When Emmanuel had taken him and bound him in chains 
 
 10*
 
 114 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he led him into Jie market-place, and there, before Mansoul, 
 stripped him of his armour in which he boasted so much 
 before. This now was one of the acts of triumph of Em- 
 manuel over his enemy ; and all the while that the giant 
 was stripping, the trumpets of the golden Prince did sound 
 amain ; the captains also shouted, and the soldiers did sing 
 for joy. 
 
 Then was Mansoul called upon to behold the beginning 
 of Emmanuel's triumph over him, in whom they so much 
 had trusted, and of whom they so much had boasted, in the 
 days when he flattered them. 
 
 Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Man- 
 soul, and before the commanders of the Prince, in the next 
 place, he commands that Diabolus should be bound with 
 chains to his chariot wheels. Then leaving some of his 
 forces, to wit, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction, 
 as a guard for the castle-gates, that resistance might be made 
 on his behalf, (if any that heretofore followed Diabolus 
 should make an attempt to possess it,) he did ride in triumph 
 quite through the town of Mansoul, and so out at and before 
 the gate called Eye-gate, to the plain where his camp did lie. 
 
 But you cannot think, unless you had been there, as i 
 was, what a shout there was in Emmanuel's camp when 
 they saw the tyrant bound by the hand of their noble Prince, 
 and tied to his chariot wheels ! 
 
 And they said, " He hath led captivity captive, he hath 
 spoiled principalities and powers. Diabolus is subjected to 
 the power of his sword, and made the object of all derision." 
 
 Those also that rode reformades, and that came down to 
 see the battle, they shouted with that greatness of voice, 
 and sung with such melodious notes, that they caused them 
 that dwell in the highest orbs to open their windows, put 
 out their heads, and look down to see the cause of that glory
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 115 
 
 The townsmen also, so many of them as saw this sight, 
 were, as it were, while they looked, betwixt the earth and 
 the heavens. True, they could not tell what would be the 
 issue of things as to them ; but all things were done in such 
 excellent methods, and I cannot tell how, but things in the 
 management of them seemed to cast a smile towards the 
 town, so that their eyes, their heads, their hearts, and their 
 minds, and all that they had, were taken and held, while 
 they observed Emmanuel's order. 
 
 So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his 
 triumph over Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the 
 midst of his contempt and shame, having given him a 
 charge no more to be a possessor of Mansoul. Then went 
 he from Emmanuel, and out of the midst of his camp, to 
 inherit the parched places in a salt land, seeking rest, but 
 finding none. 
 
 Now, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were, 
 both of them, men of very great majesty ; their faces wer3 
 like the faces of lions, and their words like the roarinjr of 
 the sea ; and they still quartered in Mr. Conscience's house, 
 of whom mention was made before. When, therefore, the 
 high and mighty Prince had thus far finished his triumph 
 over Diabolus, the townsmen had more leisure to view and 
 to behold the actions of these noble captains. But the cap- 
 tains carried it with that terror and dread in all that they did, 
 (and you may be sure that they had private instructions so 
 to do,) that they kept the town under continual heart-aching, 
 and caused (in their apprehension) the well-being of Man- 
 soul for the future to hang in doubt before them, so that for 
 some considerable time they neither knew what rest, or 
 ease, or peace, or hope, meant. 
 
 Nor did the Prince himself, as yet, abide in the town of 
 Mansoul, but in his royal pavilion in the camp, and in the
 
 1 1 6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 midst of his Father's forces. So, at a time convenient, he 
 sent special orders to Captain Boanerges to summons Man- 
 soul, the whole of the townsmen, into the castle-yard, and 
 then and there, before their faces, to take my Lord Under- 
 standing, Mr. Conscience, and that notable one, the Lord 
 Willbewill, and put them all three in ward, and that they 
 should set a strong guard upon them there, until his pleasure 
 concerning them was further known : the which orders, 
 when the captains had put them in execution, made no 
 small addition to the fears of the town of Mansoul ; for 
 now, to their thinking, were their former fears of the ruin 
 of Mansoul confirmed. Now, what death they should die, 
 and how long they should be in dying, was that which most 
 perplexed their heads and hearts ; yea, they were afraid 
 that Emmanuel would command them all into the deep, 
 the place that the prince Diabolus was afraid of, for they 
 knew that they had deserved it. Also to die by the sword 
 in the face of the town, and in the open Avay of disgrace, 
 from the hand of so good and so holy a prince, that, too, 
 troubled them sore. The town was also greatly troubled 
 for the men that were committed to ward, for that they were 
 their stay and their guide, and for that they believed, if 
 those men were cut off*, their execution would be but the 
 beginning of the ruin of the town of Mansoul. Wherefore, 
 what do they, but, together with the men in prison, draw up 
 a petition to the Prince, and sent it to Emmanuel by the 
 hand of Mr. Would-live. So he went, and came to the 
 Prince's quarters, and presented the petition, the sum of 
 which was this :— ■ 
 
 " Great and wonderful Potentate, victor over Diabolus, 
 and conqueror of the town of Mansoul, we, the miserable 
 inhabitants of that most vvoful corporation, do humbly beg 
 that we may find favour in thy sight, and remember not
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 117 
 
 sgainst us former transgressions, nor yet the sins of the 
 chief of our town ; but spare us according to the greatness 
 of thy mercy, and let us not die, but live in thy sight. So 
 shall we be willing to be thy servants, and, if thou shalt 
 think fit, to gather our meat under thy table. Amen." 
 
 So the petitioner went, as was said, with his petition to 
 the Prince ; and the Prince took it at his hand, but sent 
 him away with silence. This still afflicted the town of 
 Mansoul ; but yet, considering that now they must either 
 petition or die, for now they could not do anything else, 
 therefore they consulted again, and sent another petition ; 
 and this petition was much after the form and method of 
 the former. 
 
 But when the petition was drawn up, By whom should 
 they send it ? was the next question ; for they would not 
 send this by him by whom they sent the first, for they 
 thought that the Prince had taken some offence at the man- 
 ner of his deportment before him ; so they attempted to 
 make Captain Conviction their messenger with it; but he 
 said that he neither durst nor would petition Emmanuel for 
 traitors, nor be to the Prince an advocate for rebels. " Yet 
 withal," said he, " our Prince is good, and you may ad- 
 venture to send it by the hand of one of your town, pro- 
 vided he went with a rope about his neck, and pleaded 
 nothing but mercy." 
 
 Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as 
 they could, and longer than delays were good ; but fearing 
 at last the dangerousness of them, they thought, but with 
 many a fainting in their minds, to send their petition by 
 Mr. Desires-awake ; so they sent for Mr. Desires-awake. 
 Now he dwelt in a very mean cottage in Mansoul, and he 
 came at his neighbours' request. So they told him what 
 they had done, and what they would do, concerning peti-
 
 118 THE HOLY MAR. 
 
 tioning, and that they did desire of him that he would go 
 therewith to the Prince. 
 
 Then said Mr. Desires-awake, " Why should not I do 
 the hest I can to save so famous a town as Mansoul from 
 deserved destruction ?" They therefore delivered the peti- 
 tion to him, and told him how he must address himself to 
 the Prince, and wished him ten thousand good speeds. So 
 he comes to the Prince's pavilion, as the first, and asked to 
 speak with his Majesty. So word was carried to Em- 
 manuel, and the Prince came out to the man. When Mr. 
 Desires-awake saw the Prince, he fell flat with his face to 
 the ground, and cried out, " Oh that Mansoul might live 
 before thee!" and with that he presented the petition ; the 
 which when the Prince had read, he turned away for a 
 while and wept ; but refraining himself, he turned again to 
 the man, who all this while lay crying at his feet, as at the 
 first, and said to him, "Go thy way to thy place, and I 
 will consider of thy requests." 
 
 Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent 
 him, what with guilt, and what with fear, lest their petition 
 should be rejected, could not but look with many a long 
 look, and that, too, with strange workings of the heart, to 
 see what would become of their petition. At last they saw 
 their messenger coming back. So, when he was come, they 
 asked him how he fared, what Emmanuel said, and what 
 was become of the petition. But he told them that he 
 would be silent till he came to the prison, to my Lord 
 Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder. So he 
 went forwards towards the prison-house, where the men of 
 Mansoul lay bound. But, oh ! what a multitude flocked 
 after, to hear what the messenger said. So, when he was 
 come, and had shown himself at the gate of the prison, my 
 l,ord Mayor himself looked as white as a sheet; the Ke-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 119 
 
 eorder also did quake. But they asked and said, " Come 
 good sir, what did the great Prince say to you ?" Then 
 said Mr. Desires-awake, " When I came to my Lord's pa- 
 vilion, I called, and he came forth. So I fell prostrate at. 
 nis feet, and delivered to him my petition ; for the greatness 
 of his person, and the glory of his countenance, would not 
 suffer me to stand upon my legs. Now, as he received the 
 petition, I cried, ' Oh that Mansoul might live before thee !' 
 So, when for a while he had looked thereon, he turned him 
 about, and said to his servant, ' Go thy way to thy place 
 again, and I will consider of thy requests.' " The messen- 
 ger added, moreover, and said, " The Prince to whom you 
 sent me is such a one for beauty and glory, that whoso sees 
 him must both love and fear him. I, for my part, can do 
 no less ; but I know not what will be the end of these 
 things." 
 
 At this answer, they were all at a stand, both they in 
 prison, and they that followed the messenger thither to hear 
 the news ; nor knew they what, or what manner of inter- 
 pretation to put upon what the Prince had said. Now, 
 when the prison was cleared of the throng, the prisoners 
 among themselves began to comment upon Emmanuel's 
 words. My Lord Mavor said, that the answer did not look 
 with a rugged face ; but Willbewill said that it betokened 
 evil ; and the Recorder, that it was a messenger of death. 
 Now, they that were left, and that stood behind, and so 
 could not so well hear what the prisoners said, some of 
 them catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and some on 
 a bit of another ; some took hold of what the messenger 
 said, and some of the prisoners' judgment thereon ; so 
 none had the right understanding of things. But you can- 
 not imagine what work these people made, and what a 
 confusion there was in Mansoul now.
 
 120 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 For presently they that heard what was said flew about 
 the town, one crying 1 one thing, and another the quite con- 
 trary ; and both were sure enough they told true ; for they 
 did hear, they said, with their ears what was said, and 
 therefore could not be deceived. One would say, " We 
 must all be killed ;" another would say, " We must all be 
 saved ;" and a third would say that the Prince would not 
 be concerned with Mansoul ; and a fourth, that the pris- 
 oners must be suddenly put to death. And, as I said, every 
 one stood to it, that he told his tale the rightest, and that all 
 others but he were out. Wherefore Mansoul had now 
 molestation upon molestation, nor could any man know on 
 what to rest the sole of his foot ; for one would go by now, 
 and as he went, if he heard his neighbour tell his tale, to 
 be sure he would tell the quite contrary, and both would 
 stand in it that he told the truth. Nay, some of them had 
 got this story by the end, that the Prince did intend to put 
 Mansoul to the sword. And now it began to be dark, 
 wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad perplexity all that 
 night until morning. 
 
 But, so far as I could gather by the best information that 
 I could get, all this hubbub came through the words that 
 the Recorder said when he told them that, in his judgment, the 
 Prince's answer was a messenger of death. It was this 
 that fired the town, and that began the fright in Mansoul ; 
 for Mansoul in former times did use to count that Mr. Re- 
 corder was a seer, and that his sentence was equal to the 
 best of orators ; and thus was Mansoul a terror to itself. 
 
 And now did they begin to feel what were the effects of 
 stubborn rebellion, and unlawful resistance against their 
 Prince. I say, they iioav began to feel the effects thereof 
 by guilt and fear, that now had swallowed them up ; and 
 who more involved in the one, but they that were most in 
 the other, to wit, the chief of the town of Mansoul ?
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 121 
 
 To be brief; when the fame of the fright was out of the 
 town, and the prisoners had a little recovered themselves, 
 they take to themselves some heart, and think to petition 
 the Prince for life again. So they did draw up a third pe- 
 tition, the contents whereof were these : — 
 
 " Prince Emanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and 
 Master of mercy, we, thy poor, wretched, miserable, dying 
 town of Mansoul, do confess unto thy great and glorious 
 Majesty, that we have sinned against thy Father and thee, 
 and are no more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, but 
 rather to be cast into the pit. If thou wilt slay us, we have 
 deserved it. If thou wilt condemn us to the deep, we can- 
 not but say thou art righteous. We cannot complain what- 
 ever thou dost, or however thou earnest it towards us. 
 But, oh ! let mercy reign, and let it be extended to us ! Oh ! 
 let mercy take hold upon us, and free us from our trans- 
 gressions, and we will sing of thy mercy and of thy judg- 
 ment. Amen." 
 
 This petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to 
 the Prince as the first ; but who should carry it ? — that was 
 the question. Some said, " Let him do it that went with 
 the first ;" but others thought not good to do that, and that 
 because he sped no better. Now, there was an old man in 
 the town, and his name was Mr. Good-Deed ; a man that 
 bare only the name, but had nothing of the nature of the 
 tiling. Now, some were for sending him ; but the Re- 
 corder was by no means for that. " For," said he, " we 
 now stand in need of, and are pleading for mercy : where- 
 fore, to send our petition by a man of this name, will seem 
 to cross the petition itself. Should we make Mr. Good- 
 Deed our messenger, when our petition cries for mercy ? 
 
 " Besides," quoth the old gentleman, " should the Prince 
 now, as he receives the petition, ask him, and say, ' What 
 
 11
 
 122 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 is thy name V as nobody knows but he will ; and he should 
 say, ' Old Good-Deed,' what, think you, would Emmanuel 
 say but this ? ' Ay ! is old Good-Deed yet alive in Man- 
 soul ? then let old Good-Deed save you from your dis- 
 tresses.' And if he says so, I am sure we are lost ; nor 
 can a thousand of old Good-Deeds save Mansoul." 
 
 After the Recorder had given in his reasons why old 
 Good-Deed should not go with this petition to Emmanuel, 
 the rest of the prisoners and chief of Mansoul opposed it 
 also, and so old Good-Deed was laid aside, and they agreed 
 to send Mr. Desires-awake again. So they sent for him, 
 and desired him that he would a second time go with their 
 petition to the Prince, and he readily told them he would. 
 But they bid him, that in anywise he should take heed, that 
 in no word or carriage he gave offence to the Prince ; " for 
 by doing so, for ought we can tell, you may bring Mansoul 
 into utter destruction," said they. 
 
 Now Mr. Desires-awake, when he saw that he must go 
 on this errand, besought that they would grant that Mr. 
 Wet-Eyes might go with him. Now this Mr. Wet-Eyes 
 was a near neighbour of Mr. Desires-awake, a poor man, a 
 man of a broken spirit, yet one that could speak well to a 
 petition ; so they granted that he should go with him. 
 Wherefore, they address themselves to their business ; Mr. 
 Desires-awake put a rope upon his head, and Mr. Wet- 
 Eyes went with his hands wringing together. Thus they 
 went to the Prince's pavilion. 
 
 Now, when they went to petition this third time, they 
 were not without thoughts that, by often coming, they might 
 be a burden to the Prince. Wherefore, when they were 
 come to the door of his pavilion, they first made their 
 apology for themselves, and for their coming to trouble 
 Emmanuel so often ; and they said, that they came not
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 123 
 
 hither to-day, for that they delighted in heing troublesome, 
 or for that they delighted to hear themselves talk, but for 
 that necessity caused them to come to his Majesty. They 
 could, they said, have no rest day nor night because of then 
 transgressions against Shaddai and against Emmanuel, his 
 Son. They also thought that some misbehaviour of Mr. 
 Desires-awake the last time, might give distate to his High- 
 ness, and so cause that he returned from so merciful a Prince 
 empty, and without countenance. So, when they had made 
 this apology, Mr. Desires-awake cast himself prostrate 
 upon the ground, as at the first, at the feet of the mighty 
 Prince, saying, " O ! that Mansoul might live before thee !" 
 and so he delivered his petition. The Prince then, having 
 read the petition, turned aside awhile as before, and coming 
 again to the place where the petitioner lay on the ground, 
 he demanded what his name was, and of what esteem in 
 the account of Mansoul, for that he, above all the multitude 
 in Mansoul, should be sent to him upon such an errand. 
 Then said the man to the Prince, " let not my Lord be 
 angry; and why inquirest thou after the name of such a 
 dead dog as I am 1 Pass by, I pray thee, and take not no- 
 tice of who I am, because there is, as thou very well 
 k no west, so great a disproportion between me and thee. 
 Why the townsmen chose to send me on this errand to my 
 Lord, is best known to themselves, but it could not be for 
 that they thought that I had favour with my Lord. For 
 my part, I am out of charity with myself; who, then, 
 should be in love with me ? Yet live I would, and so would 
 I that my townsmen should ; and because both they and 
 myself are guilty of great transgressions, therefore they 
 have sent me, and I am come in their names to beg of my 
 Lord for mercy. Let it please thee, therefore, to incline to 
 mercy ; but ask not what thy servants are."
 
 194 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Then said the Prince, " And what is he that is become 
 thy companion in this so weighty a matter ?" So Mr. De- 
 sires-awake told Emmanuel that he was a poor neighbour 
 of his, and one of his most intimate associates. " And his 
 name," said he, " may it please your most excellent Ma- 
 jesty, is Wet-Eyes, of the town of Mansoul. I know that 
 there are many of that name that are naught ; but I hope 
 it will be no offence to my Lord that I have brought my 
 poor neighbour with me." 
 
 Then Mr. Wet-Eyes fell on his face to the ground, and 
 made this apology for his coming with his neighbour to his 
 Lord : — 
 
 " O, my Lord," quoth he, " what I am, I know not my- 
 self, nor whether my name be feigned or true, especially 
 when I begin to think what some have said, That this 
 name was given me because Mr. Repentance was my 
 father. Good men have bad children, and the sincere do 
 oftentimes beget hypocrites. My mother also called me by 
 this name from the cradle ; but whether because of the 
 moistness of my brain, or because of the softness of my 
 heart, I cannot tell. I see dirt in mine own tears, and 
 filthiness in the bottom of my prayers. But I pray thee 
 (and all this while the gentleman wept) that thou wouldest 
 not remember against us our transgressions, nor take offence 
 at the unqualinedness of thy servants, but mercifully pass 
 by the sin of Mansoul, and refrain from the glorifying of 
 thy grace no longer." 
 
 So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling 
 before him, and he spake to them to this purpose :— 
 
 " The town of Mansoul hath grievously rebelled against 
 my Father, in that they have rejected him from being their 
 King, and did choose to themselves for their captain, a liar, 
 a murderer, and a runagate slave. For this Diabolus, your
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 125 
 
 pretended prince, though once so highly accounted of by 
 you, madr; rebellion against my Father and me, even in our 
 palace and highest court there, thinking to become a prince 
 and king But being there timely discovered and appre- 
 hended, and for his wickedness bound in chains, and sepa- 
 rated to the pit, with those that were his companions, he 
 offered himself to you, and you have received him. 
 
 "Now this is, and for a long time hath been, a high 
 affront to my Father ; wherefore my Father sent to you a 
 powerful army to reduce you to your obedience. But you 
 know how these men, their captains and their counsels, were 
 esteemed of you, and what they received at your hand. 
 You rebelled against them, you shut your gates upon them, 
 you did them battle, you fought them, and fought for Dia- 
 bolus against them. So they sent to my Father for more 
 power, and I, with my men, are come to subdue you. But 
 as you treated the servants, so you treated their Lord. You 
 stood up in hostile manner against me, you shut up yonr 
 gates against me, you turned the deaf ear to me, and resisted 
 as long as you could ; but now I have made a conquest of 
 you. Did you cry me mercy, so long as you had hopes 
 that you might prevail against me ? But now I have taken 
 the town, you cry ; but why did you not cry before, when 
 the white flag of my mercy, the red flag of justice, and the 
 black flag that threatened execution, were set up to cite you 
 to it ? Now I have conquered your Diabolus, you come to 
 me for favour , but why did you not help me against the 
 mighty ? Yet I will consider your petition, and will answer 
 it, so as will be for my glory. 
 
 " Go, bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction 
 bring the prisoners out to me into the camp to-morrow, and 
 sa} you to Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, ' Stay 
 you in the castle, and take <rood heed to yourselves, that 
 
 11*
 
 126 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 you keep all quiet in Mansoul, until you shall hear further 
 from me.' " And with that, he turned himself from them, 
 and went into his royal pavilion again. 
 
 So the petitioners, having received this answer from the 
 Prince, returned, as at the first, to go to their companions 
 again. But they had not gone far, but thoughts began to 
 work in their minds, that no mercy as yet was intended by 
 the Prince to Mansoul. So they went to the place where 
 the prisoners lay bound; but these workings of mind about 
 what would become of Mansoul, had such strong power 
 over them, that by the time they were come unto them that 
 sent them, they were scarce able to deliver their message. 
 
 But they came at length to the gates of the town, (now 
 the townsmen with earnestness were waiting for their re- 
 turn,) where many met them, to know what answer was 
 made to the petition. Then they cried out to those that 
 were sent, " What news from the Prince ? and what hath 
 Emmanuel said ?" But they said that they must, as afore, 
 go up to die prison, and there deliver their message. So 
 away they went to the prison, with a multitude at their 
 heels. Now, when they were come to the gates of the 
 prison, they told the first part of Emmanuel's speech to the 
 prisoners, to wit, how he reflected upon their disloyalty to 
 his Father and himself, and how they had chosen and closed 
 with Diabolus, had fought for him, hearkened to him, and 
 been ruled by him ; but had despised Him and his men. 
 This made the prisoners look pale ; but the messengers pro- 
 ceeded and said, " He, the Prince, said, moreover, that yet 
 he would consider your petition, and give such answer 
 thereto as would stand with his glory." And as these 
 words were spoken, Mr. Wet-Eyes gave a great sigh. At 
 this they were all of them struck into their dumps, and 
 could not tell what to say: fear also possessed them in a
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 127 
 
 marvellous manner, and death seemed to sit upon some of 
 their eyebrows. Now, there was in the company a notabie, 
 sharp-witted fellow, a mean man of estate, and his name 
 was old Inquisitive. This man asked the petitioners if they 
 had told out every whit of what Emmanuel said, and they 
 answered, " Verily, no." Then said Inqusitive, " I thought 
 so, indeed. Pray, what was it more that he said unto you ?" 
 Then they paused awhile ; but at last they brought out all, 
 saying, " The Prince bade us bid Captain Boanerges and 
 Captain Conviction bring the prisoners down to him to- 
 morrow ; and that Captain Judgment and Captain Execu- 
 tion should take charge of the castle and town, till they 
 should hear further from him. They said also, that when 
 the Prince had commanded them thus to do, he imme- 
 diately turned his back upon them, and went into his royal 
 pavilion. 
 
 But, oh ! how this return, and specially this last clause 
 of it, that the prisoners must go out to the Prince into the 
 camp, brake all their loins in pieces ! Wherefore, with one 
 voice, they set up a cry that reached up to the heavens. 
 This done, each of the three prepared himself to die ; (and 
 the Recorder said unto them, " This was the thing that I 
 feared ;") for they concluded that to-morrow, by that the 
 sun went down, they should be tumbled out of the world. 
 The whole town also counted of no other, but that, in their 
 time and order, they must all drink of the same cup. 
 Wherefore the town of Mansoul spent that night in mourn- 
 ing, and sackcloth and ashes. The prisoners also, when 
 the time was come for them to go down before the Prince, 
 dressed themselves in mourning attire, with ropes upon 
 their heads. The whole town of Mansoul also showed 
 themselves upon the Avail, all clad in mourning weeds, if 
 perhaps, the Prince with the sight thereof might be moved
 
 128 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 with compassion. But, oil ! how the busy-bodies that were 
 in the town of Mansoul did now concern themselves ! They 
 did run here and there through the streets of the town by 
 companies, crying out as they ran in tumultuous wise, one 
 after one manner, and another the quite contrary, to the 
 almost utter distraction of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, the time is come that the prisoners must go down 
 to the camp, and appear before the Prince. And thus was 
 the manner of their going down : Captain Boanerges went 
 with a guard before them, and Captain Conviction came 
 behind, and the prisoners went down, bound in chains, in 
 the midst. So, I say, the prisoners went in the midst, and 
 the guard went with flying colours behind and before, but 
 the prisoners went with drooping spirits. 
 
 Or, more particularly, thus : — The prisoners went down 
 all in mourning ; they put ropes upon themselves ; they 
 went on, smiting themselves on the breasts, but durst not 
 lift up their eyes to heaven. Thus they went out at the 
 gate of Mansoul, till they came into the midst of the Prince's 
 army, the sight and glory of which did greatly heighten their 
 affliction. Nor could they now longer forbear, but cry out 
 a'oud, " unhappy men ! O wretched men of Mansoul !" 
 Their chains, still mixing their dolorous notes with the 
 cries of the prisoners, made the noise more lamentable. 
 
 So, when they were come to the door of the Prince's 
 pavilion, they cast themselves prostrate upon the place ; 
 then one went in and told his Lord that the prisoners were 
 come down. The Prince then ascended a throne of state, 
 and sent for the prisoners in ; who, when they came, did 
 tremble before him, also they covered their faces with 
 shame. Now, as they drew near to the place where he 
 sat, thev threw themselves down before him. Then said 
 the Prince to the Captain Boanerges, " Bid the prisoners
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 120 
 
 stand upon their feet." Then they stood trembling before 
 him, and he said, " Are you the men that heretofore were 
 the servants of Shaddai ?" And they said, " Yes, Lord, 
 yes." Then said the Prince again, " Are you the men that 
 did suffer yourselves to be corrupted and defiled by that 
 abominable one, Diabolus ?" And they said, " We did 
 more than suffer it, Lord ; for we chose it of our own 
 mind." The Prince asked further, saying, " Could you 
 have been content that your slavery should have continued 
 under his tyranny as long as you had lived ?" Then said 
 the prisoners, " Yes, Lord, yes ; for his ways were pleas- 
 ing to our flesh, and we were grown aliens to a better state." 
 " And did you," said he, " when I came up against this 
 town of Mansoul, heartily wish that I might not have the 
 victory over you ?" — " Yes, Lord, yes," said they. Then 
 said the Prince, " And what punishment is it, think you, 
 that you deserve at my hand, for these and other your high 
 and mighty sins ?" And they said, " Both death and the 
 deep, Lord; for we have deserved no less." He asked 
 again, if they had aught to say for themselves why the sen- 
 tence, that they confessed that they had deserved, should 
 not be passed upon them ? And they said, " We can say 
 nothing, Lord : thou art just, for we have sinned." Then 
 said the Prince, " And for what are those ropes on your 
 heads ?" The prisoners answered, " These ropes are to 
 bind us withal to the place of execution, if mercy be not 
 pleasing in thy sight." So he further asked, if all the men 
 in the town of Mansoul were in this confession, as they ? 
 And they answered, " All the natives, Lord ; but for the 
 Diabolonians that came into our town when the tyrant got 
 possession of us, we can say nothing for them." 
 
 Then the Prince commanded that a herald should be 
 called, and that he should, in the midst and throughout the
 
 130 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 camp of Emmanuel, proclaim, and that with sound of 
 trumpet, that the Prince, the Son of Shaddai, had, in his 
 Father's name, and for his Father's glory, gotten a perfect 
 conquest and victory over Mansoul ; and that the prisoners 
 should follow him, and say Amen. So, this was done as 
 he had commanded. And presently the music that was in 
 the upper region sounded melodiously, the captains that 
 were in the camp shouted, and the soldiers did sing songs 
 of triumph to the Prince; the colours waved in the wind, 
 and great joy was everywhere, only it was wanting as yet 
 in the hearts of the men of Mansoul. 
 
 Then the Prince called for the prisoners, to come and to 
 stand again before him, and they came and stood trembling. 
 And he said unto them, " The sins, trespasses, iniquities, 
 that you, with the whole town of Mansoul, have from time 
 to time committed against my Father and me, I have power 
 and commandment from my Father, to forgive to the town 
 uf Mansoul, and do forgive you accordingly." And having 
 so said, he gave them, written in parchment, and sealed 
 with seven seals, a large and general pardon, commanding 
 my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, 
 to proclaim and cause it to be proclaimed to-morrow, by 
 that the sun is up, throughout the whole town of Mansoul. 
 
 Moreover, the Prince stripped the prisoners of their 
 mourning weeds, and gave them beauty for ashes, the oil of 
 joy for mourning, and the garment of praise for the spirit 
 of heaviness. 
 
 Then he gave to each of the three, jewels of gold and 
 precious stones, and took away their ropes, and put chains 
 of gold about their necks, and bracelets on their arms. 
 Now, the prisoners, when they did hear the gracious words 
 of Prince Emmanuel, and had beheld all that was done unto 
 Jiem, fainted almost quite away ; for the grace, the benefit,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 131 
 
 the pardon, was sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were 
 not able, without staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my 
 Lord "Willbewill swooned outright; but the Prince stepped 
 up to him, put his everlasting arms under him, embraced 
 him, kissed him, and bid him be of good cheer, for all 
 should be performed according to his word. He also did 
 Kiss, and embrace, and smile upon the other two that were 
 Willbewill's companions, saying, " Take these as further 
 tokens of my love, favour, and compassion to you ; and I 
 charge you that you, Mr. Recorder, tell in the town of 
 Mansoul, what you have heard and seen." 
 i Then were their fetters broken to pieces before their faces, 
 and cast into the air, and their steps were enlarged under 
 them. Then they fell down at the feet of the Prince, and 
 kissed his feet, and wetted them with tears : also they cried 
 out with a mighty strong voice, saying, " Blessed be the 
 glory of the Lord from this place." So they were bid rise 
 up, and go to the town, and tell to Mansoul what the Prince 
 had done. He commanded also, that one with a pipe and 
 tabor should go and play before them, all the way into tlie 
 town of Mansoul. Then was fulfilled, what they never 
 looked for, and they were made to possess that which they 
 never dreamed of. 
 
 The Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence, 
 and commanded that he and some of his officers should 
 march before the noble men of Mansoul, with flying colours 
 into the town. He gave also unto Captain Credence a 
 charge, that about that time that the Recorder did read the 
 general pardon in the town of Mansoul, that at that very 
 time, he should with flying colours march in at Eye-gate, 
 with his ten thousands at his feet ; and that he should so 
 go, until he came by the high street of the town, up to the 
 casde gates, and that himself should take possession thereof,
 
 132 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 against his Lord came thither. He commanded, moreover, 
 that he should bid Captain Judgment and Captain Execution 
 to leave the stronghold to him, and to withdraw from Man- 
 soul, and return into the camp with speed unto the Prince. 
 
 And now was the town of Mansoul also delivered from 
 the terror of the first four captains and their men. 
 
 Well, 1 told you before, how the prisoners were enter- 
 tained by the noble Prince Emmanuel, and how they be- 
 haved themselves before him, and how he sent them away 
 to their home with pipe and tabor going before them. And 
 now you must think that those of the town, that had all this 
 while waited to hear of their death, could not but be exer- 
 cised with sadness of mind, and with thoughts that pricked 
 like thorns. Nor could their thoughts be kept to any one 
 point; the wind blew with them all this while at great un- 
 certainties ; yea, their hearts were like a balance that had 
 been disquieted with a shaking hand. But at last, as they 
 with many a long look, looked over the wall of Mansoul, 
 they thought that they saw some returning to the town ; 
 and thought again, Who should they be too ? Who should 
 they be ? At last they discerned that they were the prison- 
 ers ; but can you imagine, how their hearts were surprised 
 with wonder, specially, when they perceived also, in what 
 equipage and with what honour they were sent home. They 
 went down to the camp in black, but they came back to the 
 town in white ; they went down to the camp in ropes, they 
 came back in chains of gold ; they went down to the camp 
 with their feet in fetters, but came back with their steps en- 
 larged under them ; they went also to the camp looking for 
 death, but they came back from thence with assurance of 
 life ; they went down to the camp with heavy hearts, but 
 came back again with pipe and tabor playing before them. 
 So as soon as they were come to Eye-gate, the poor and
 
 THE HOLY WAR.* 133 
 
 tottering town of Mansoul adventured to give a shout; and 
 they gave such a shout as made the captains in the Prince's 
 army leap at the sound thereof. Alas ! for them, poor 
 hearts ! who could blame them ? since their dead friends 
 •vere to come to life again ; for it was to them as life from 
 the dead, to see the ancients of the town of Mansoul shine 
 in such splendour. They looked for nothing but the axe 
 and the block ; but, behold, joy and gladness, comfort and 
 consolation, and such melodious notes attending them, that 
 was sufficient to make a sick man well. 
 
 So, Avhen they came up, they saluted each other with, 
 " Welcome, welcome ! and blessed be he that has spared 
 you !" They added also, " We see it is well with you ; but 
 how must it go with the town of Mansoul ? And will it go 
 well with the town of Mansoul ?" said they. Then an- 
 swered them the Recorder and my Lord Mayor, " Oh ! 
 tidings ! glad tidings ! good tidings of good, and of great 
 joy to poor Mansoul !" Then they gave another shout, that 
 made the earth to ring again. After this, they inquired yet 
 more particularly how tilings went in the camp, and what 
 message they had from Emmanuel to the town. So they 
 told them all that had happened to them at the camp, and 
 everything that the Prince did to them. This made Man- 
 soul wonder at the wisdom and grace of the Prince Em- 
 manuel. Then they told them what they had received at 
 his hands for the whole town of Mansoul, and the Recorder 
 delivered it in these words : " Pardon, pardon, pardon for 
 Mansoul ! and this shall Mansoul know to-morrow !" Then 
 he commanded, and they went and summoned Mansoul to 
 meet together in the market-place to-morrow, there to hear 
 their general pardon rend. 
 
 But who can think what a turn, what a change, what an 
 alteration this hint of things did make in the countenance 
 
 12
 
 134 *TIIE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 of the town of Mansoul ! No man of Mansoul could sleep 
 that night for joy ; in every house there was joy and music, 
 singing and making merry ; telling and hearing of Mansoul's 
 happiness, was then all that Mansoul had to do : and this 
 was the burden of all their song : " Oil ! more of this at 
 the rising of the sun ! more of this to-morrow !" " Who 
 thought yesterday," would one say, " that this day would 
 have been such a day to us ? And who thought, that saw our 
 prisoners go down in irons, that they would have returned 
 in chains of gold ? Yea, they that judged themselves, as 
 they went to be judged of their judge, were by his mouth 
 acquitted, not for that they were innocent, but of the Prince's 
 mercy, and sent home with pipe and tabor. But is this the 
 common custom of princes ? Do they use to show such 
 kind of favours to traitors ? No ; this is only peculiar to 
 Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel, his Son !" 
 
 Now morning drew on apace ; wherefore the Lord Mayor, 
 the Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder came down to the 
 market-place, at the time that the Prince had appointed, 
 where the townsfolk were waiting for them ; and when 
 they came, they came in that attire and in that glory, that 
 the Prince had put them into the day before, and the street 
 was lightened with their glory. So the Mayor, Recorder, 
 and my Lord Willbewill drew down to Mouth-gate, which 
 was at the lower end of the market-place, because that, of 
 old time, was the place where they used to read public 
 matters. Thither, therefore, they came in their robes, and 
 their tabrets went before them. Now, the eagerness of the 
 people to know the full of the matter was great. 
 
 Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and, first 
 beckoning with his hand for silence, he read out with a loud 
 voice the pardon. But when he came to these words, " The 
 Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, pardoning ini-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 135 
 
 
 quity, transgressions, and sins ; and to them all manner of 
 sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven," &c, they could not 
 forbear leaping for joy. For this you must know, that 
 there was conjoined herewith, every man's name in Man- 
 soul ; also the seals of the pardon made a brave show. 
 
 When the Recorder had made an end of reading the 
 pardon, the townsmen ran up upon the walls of the town, 
 and leaped and skipped thereon for joy, and bowed them- 
 selves seven times with their faces towards Emmanuel's 
 pavilion, and shouted out aloud for joy, and said, " Let 
 Emmanuel live for ever !" Then order was given to the 
 young men in Mansoul that they should ring the bells for 
 joy. 'So the bells did ring, and the people sing, and the 
 music sound in every house in Mansoul. 
 
 When the Prince had sent home the three prisoners of 
 Mansoul with joy, and pipe and tabor, he commanded his 
 captains, with all the field officers and soldiers throughout 
 his army, to be ready in that morning, that the Recorder 
 should read the pardon in Mansoul, to do his further plea- 
 sure. So the morning, as I have showed, being come, just 
 as the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon, 
 Emmanuel commanded that all the trumpets in the camp 
 should sound, that the colours should be displayed, half of 
 them upon Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount 
 Justice. He commanded also, that all the captains should 
 show themselves in all their harness, and that the soldiers 
 should shout for joy. Nor was Captain Credence, though 
 in the castle, silent in such a day ; but he, from the top of 
 the hold, showed himself with sound of trumpet to Mansoul 
 and to the Prince's camp. 
 
 Thus have I showed you the manner and way that, Em- 
 manuel took to recover the town of Mansoul from under 
 the hand and power of the tyrant Diabolus.
 
 136 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now, when the Prince had completed these, the outward 
 ceremonies of his joy, he again commanded that his cap- 
 tains and soldiers should show unto Mansoul some feats of 
 war; so they presently addressed themselves to this work. 
 But, oh ! with what agility, nimhleness, dexterity, and 
 bravery did these military men discover their skill in feats 
 of war, to the now gazing town of Mansoul ! 
 
 They marched, they counter-marched; and opened to 
 the right and left ; they divided and sub-divided ; they 
 closed, they wheeled, made good their front and rear with 
 their right and left wings, and twenty things more, with 
 that aptness, and then were all as they were again ; that 
 they took, yea, ravished the hearts that were in Mansoul, 
 to behold it. Bat add to this, the handling of their arms, 
 the managing of their weapons of war, were marvellously 
 taking to Mansoul and me. 
 
 When this action was over, the whole town of Mansoul 
 came out as one man, to the Prince in the camp to thank 
 him, and praise him for his abundant favour ; and to beg 
 that it would please his grace, to come unto Mansoul with 
 his men, and there to take up their quarters for ever : and 
 this they did in most humble manner, bowing themselves 
 seven times to the ground before him. Then said he, " All 
 peace be to you." So the town came nigh, and touched 
 with the hand the top of his golden sceptre ; and they said, 
 " Oh ! that the Prince Emmanuel, with his captains and 
 men of war, would dwell in Mansoul for ever ; and that his 
 battering-rams and slings might be lodged in her, for the 
 use and service of the Prince, and for the help and strength 
 of Mansoul. For," said they, " we have room for thee, 
 we have room for thy men, we have also room for thy 
 weapons of war, and a place to make a magazine for thy 
 carriages. Do it, Emmanuel, and thou shalt be King and
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 137 
 
 Captain in Mansoul for ever. Yea, govern thou also ac- 
 cording to all the desire of thy soul, and make thou govern- 
 ors and princes under thee of thy captains and men of war, 
 and we will become thy servants, and thy laws shall be our 
 directions." 
 
 They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to con- 
 sider thereof; "for," said, they, "if now, after all this 
 grace bestowed upon us, thy miserable town of Mansoul, 
 thou shouldest withdraw, thou and thy captains, from us, 
 the town of Mansoul will die. " Yea," said they, " our 
 blessed Emmanuel, if thou shouldest depart from us now, 
 now thou hast done so much good for us, and showed so 
 much mercy unto us, what will follow, but that our joy 
 will be, as if it had not been, and our enemies will a second 
 time come upon us with more rage than at the first ! 
 AVherefore, we beseech thee, O thou, the desire of our 
 eyes, and the strength and life of our poor town, accept of 
 this motion, that now we have made unto our Lord, and 
 come and dwell in- the midst of us, and let us be thy people. 
 Besides, Lord, we do not know, but that to this day many 
 Diabolonians may be yet lurking in their town of Mansoul, 
 and they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, into the 
 hand of Diabolus again; and who knows what designs, 
 plots, or contrivances have passed betwixt them, about 
 these things already ! Loath we are to fall again into his 
 horrible hands. Wherefore, let it please thee to accept of 
 our palace for thy place of residence, and of the houses of 
 the best men in our town, for the reception of thy soldiers 
 and their furniture." 
 
 Then said the Prince, " If I come to your town, will you 
 suffer me further to proseeute that which is in mine heart, 
 against mine enemies and yours? yea, will you help me in 
 such undertakings ? 
 
 12*
 
 138 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 They answered, " We know not what we shall do ; we 
 did not think once, that we should have been such traitors 
 to Shaddai, as we have proved to be. What, then, shall 
 we say to our Lord ? Let him put no trust in his saints ; 
 let the Prince dwell in our castle, and make of our town a 
 garrison ; let him set his noble captains and his warlike 
 soldiers over us ; yea, let him conquer us with his love, and 
 overcome us with his grace, and then surely, shall he be but 
 with us, and help us, as he was and did that morning that 
 our pardon was read unto us. We shall comply with this 
 our Lord, and with his ways, and fall in with his word 
 against the mighty. 
 
 " One word more, and thy servants have done, and in 
 this will trouble our Lord no more. We know not the 
 depth of the wisdom of thee, our Prince. Who could 
 have thought, that had been ruled by his reason, that sc 
 much sweet, as we do now enjoy, should have come out of 
 those bitter trials, wherewith we were tried at the first ! 
 But, Lord, let light go before, and let love come after : yea, 
 take us by the hand, and lead us by thy counsels, and let 
 this always abide upon us, that all things shall be for the 
 best for thy servants, and come to our Mansoul, and do as 
 it pleaseth thee. Or, Lord, come to our Mansoul, do what 
 thou wilt, so thou keepest us from sinning, and makest us 
 serviceable to thy Majesty." 
 
 Then said the Prince, to the town of Mansoul again, 
 " Go, return to your houses in peace. I wdl willingly, in 
 this, comply with your desires; I will remove my royaJ 
 pavilion, I will draw up my forces before Eye-gate to-mor 
 row, and so will march forwards into the town of Mansoul 
 I will possess myself of your castle of Mansoul, and wiL 
 set my soldiers over you ; yea, I will yet do things in Man- 
 soul, that cannot -be paralleled in any nation, country, or 
 kingdom under heaven."
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 139 
 
 Then did the men of Mansoul give a shout, and returned 
 unto their houses in peace ; they also told to their kindred 
 and friends, the good that Emmanuel had promised to Man- 
 soul. " And to-morrow," said they, " he will march into 
 our town, and take up his dwelling, he and his men, in 
 Mansoul." 
 
 Then went out the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, 
 with haste to the green trees and to the meadows, to gather 
 boughs and flowers, therewith to strew the streets against 
 their Prince, the Son of Shaddai, should come ; they also 
 made garlands and other fine works to betoken how joyful 
 they were, and should be to receive their Emmanuel into 
 Mansoul ; yea, they strewed the street quite from Eye-gate 
 to the castle gate, the place where the Prince should be. 
 They also prepared for his coming what music the town of 
 Mansoul would afford, that they might play before him to 
 the palace, his habitation. 
 
 So, at the time appointed, he makes his approach to Man- 
 soul, and the gates were set open for him ; there also, the 
 ancients and elders of Mansoul met him, to salute him with 
 H lliousand welcomes. Then he arose and entered Man- 
 soul, he and all his servants. The elders of Mansoul did 
 also go rejoicing before him till he came to the castle gates. 
 And this was the manner of his going up thither: — He was 
 clad in his golden armour, he rode in his royal chariot, the 
 trumpets sounded about him, the colours were displayed, 
 his ten thousands went up at his feet, and the elders of Man- 
 soul rejoiced before him. And now were the walls of the 
 famous town of Mansoul filled with the tramplings of the 
 inhabitants thereof, who went up thither to view the ap- 
 proach of the blessed Prince and his royal army. Also the 
 casements, windows, balconies, and tops of the houses, wore 
 all now filled with persons of all sorts, to behold how their 
 ♦own was to be filled with good.
 
 140 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now, when he was come so far into the town as to the 
 Recorder's house, he commanded that one should go to 
 Captain Credence, to know whether the castle of Mansoul 
 was prepared to entertain his royal presence, (for the prepa- 
 ration of that was left to that captain,) and word was brought 
 that it was. Then was Captain Credence commanded also 
 to come forth with his power to meet the Prince, the which 
 was, as he had commanded, done ; and he conducted him 
 into the castle. This done, the Prince, that night, did lodge 
 in the castle with his mighty captains and men of war, to 
 the joy of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the next care of the townsfolk was, how the cap- 
 tains and soldiers of the Prince's army should be quartered 
 among them; and the care was not, how they should shut 
 their hands of them, but how they should fill their houses 
 with them ; for every man in Mansoul, now had that esteem 
 of Emmanuel and his men, that nothing grieved them more, 
 than because they were not enlarged enough, every one of 
 them, to receive the whole army of the Prince ; yea, they 
 counted it then - glory to be waiting upon them, and would, 
 in those days, run at their bidding. At last they came to 
 this result : — ■ 
 
 1. That Captain Iunocency should quarter at Mr. Rea- 
 son's. 
 
 2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. Mind's. 
 This Mr. Mind was formerly the Lord WillbewiU's clerk, 
 in time of the late rebellion. 
 
 3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter at 
 Mr. Affection's house. 
 
 4. That Captain Good-Hope should quarter at my Lord 
 Mayor's. Now, for the house of the Recorder, because it 
 was next to the castle, and because from him, it was ordered 
 by the Prince that, if need be, the alarm should be given to
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 141 
 
 Mansoul,- — it was desired by him, that Captain Boanerges 
 and Captain Conviction should take up their quarters with 
 him, even they and all their men. 
 
 5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my 
 Lord Willbewill took them and their men to him, because 
 he was to rule under the Prince, for the good of the town 
 of Mansoul now, as he had before under the tyrant Diabo- 
 lus, for the hurt and damage thereof. 
 
 G. And throughout the rest of the town, were quartered 
 Emmanuel's forces ; but Captain Credence, with his men, 
 abode still in the castle. So the Prince, his captains, and 
 his soldiers, were lodged in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the ancients and elders of the town of Mansoul 
 thought that they never should have enough of the Prince 
 Emmanuel ; his person, his actions, his words and beha- 
 viour, were so pleasing, so taking, so desirable to them. 
 Wherefore they prayed him, that though the castle of Man- 
 soul was his place of residence, (and they desired that he 
 might dwell there for ever,) yet that he would often visit 
 the streets, houses, and people of Mansoul. " For," said 
 they, " dread Sovereign, thy presence, thy looks, thy smiles, 
 thy words, are the life, and strength, and sinews of the town 
 of Mansoul." 
 
 Besides this, they craved that they might have, without 
 difficulty or interruption, continual access unto him, (so for 
 that very purpose he commanded that the gates should stand 
 open,) that they might there see the manner of his doings, 
 the fortifications of the place, and the royal mansion-house 
 of the Prince. 
 
 When he spake, they all stopped their mouths, and gave 
 audience ; and when he walked, it was their delight to imi- 
 tate him in his goings. 
 
 Now, upon a time, Emmanuel made a feast for the town
 
 142 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 of Mansoul ; and upon the feas ting-day, the townsfolk were 
 come to the castle to partake of his banquet ; and he feasted 
 them with all manner of outlandish food — food that grew 
 not in the fields of Mansoul, nor in all the whole kingdom 
 of Universe : it was food that came from his Father's court 
 And so there was dish after dish set before them, and they 
 were commanded freely to eat. But still, when a fresh dish 
 was set before them, they would whisperingly say to each 
 other, " What is it ?" for they wist not what to call it. 
 They drank also of the water that was made wine, and 
 were very merry with him. There was music also, all the 
 while at the table ; and man did eat angels' food, and had 
 honey given him out of the rock. So Mansoul did eat the 
 food that was peculiar to the court ; yea, they had now 
 thereof to the full. 
 
 I must not forget to tell you, that as at this table there 
 were musicians, so they were not those of the country, nor 
 yet of the town of Mansoul ; but they were the masters of 
 the songs that were sung at the court of Shaddai. 
 
 Now, after the feast was over, Emmanuel was for enter- 
 taining the town of Mansoul with some curious riddles of 
 secrets drawn up by his Father's Secretary, by the skill 
 and wisdom of Shaddai ; the like to these there is not in 
 any kingdom.. These riddles were made upon the King 
 Shaddai himself, and upon Emmanuel his Son, and upon 
 his wars and doings with Mansoul. 
 
 Emmanuel also expounded unto them some of those 
 riddles himself; but, oh ! how they were lightened ! They 
 saw what they never saw ; they could not have thought, 
 that such rarities could have been couched in so few and 
 such ordinary words. I told you before, whom these rid- 
 dles did concern ; and as they were opened, the people did 
 evidently see it was so. Yea, they did gather that the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 143 
 
 things themselves, were a kind of a portraiture, and that of 
 Emmanuel- himself; for when they read in the scheme, 
 where the riddles were writ, and looked in the face of the 
 Prince, things looked so like the one to the other, that Man- 
 soul could not forbear but say, " This is the lamb ! this is 
 the sacrifice ! this is the rock ! this is the red cow ! this is 
 the door ! and this is the way !" with a great many other 
 things more. 
 
 And thus, he dismissed the town of Mansoul. But can 
 you imagine, how the people of the corporation were taken 
 with this entertainment ? Oh ! they were transported with 
 joy, they were drowned with wonderment, while they saw 
 and understood, and considered, what their Emmanuel en- 
 tertained them withal, and what mysteries he opened to 
 them. And when they were at home in their houses, and 
 in their most retired places, they could not but sing of him 
 and of his actions. Yea, so taken were the townsmen now, 
 with their Prince, that they would sing of him in their 
 sleep. 
 
 Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emmanuel, to 
 new-model the town of Mansoul, and to put it into such a 
 condition, as might be most pleasing to' him, and that might 
 best stand with the profit and security of the now flourish- 
 ing town of Mansoul. He provided also against insurrec- 
 tions at home, and invasions from abroad, such love had he 
 for the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore, he first of all commanded, that the groat 
 slings that were brought from his Father's court, when he 
 came to the war of Mansoul, should be mounted, some upon 
 the battlements of the castle, some upon the towers; fa- 
 there were towers in the town of Mansoul, towers new- 
 built by Emmanuel, since he came hither. There was also 
 an instrument, invented by Emmanuel, that was to throw
 
 144 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 stones from the castle of Mansoul, out at Mouth-gate ; an 
 instrument that could not be resisted, nor that would miss, 
 of execution. Wherefore, for the wonderful exploits, that 
 it did when used, it went without a name ; and it was com- 
 mitted to the care of, and to be managed by the brave cap- 
 tain, the Captain Credence, in case of war. 
 
 This done, Emmanuel called the Lord Willbewill to him, 
 and gave him in commandment to take care of the gates, 
 the wall, and towers in Mansoul ; also the Prince gave him 
 the militia into his hand, and a special charge to withstand 
 all insurrections and tumults, that might be made in Man- 
 soul, against the peace of our Lord the King, and the peace 
 and tranquillity of the town of Mansoul. He also gave him 
 in commission, that if lie found any of the Diabolonians 
 lurking in any corner of the famous town of Mansoul, he 
 should forthwith apprehend them, and stay them, or com- 
 mit them to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against, 
 according to law. 
 
 Then he called unto him, the Lord Understanding, who 
 was the old Lord Mayor, he that was put out of place when 
 Diabolus took the town, and put him into his former office 
 again, and it became his place for his lifetime. He bid him 
 also, that he should build him a palace near Eye-gate, and 
 that he should build it in fashion like a tower for defence. 
 He bid him also, that he should read in the Revelation of 
 Mysteries all the days of his life, that he might know how 
 to perform his office aright. v 
 
 He also made Mr. Knowledge the Recorder, not of con- 
 tempt to old Mr. Conscience, who had been Recorder be- 
 fore, but for that it was in his princely mind, to confer upon 
 Mr. Conscience another employ, of which he told the old 
 gentleman he should know more hereafter. 
 
 Then he commanded, that the image of Diabolus should
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 145 
 
 be taken down from the place where it was set up, and that 
 they should destroy it utterly, beating it into powder, and 
 casting it into the wind, without the town wall ; and that 
 the image of Shaddai, his Father, should be set up again, 
 with his own, upon the castle gates ; and that it should be 
 more fairly drawn than ever, forasmuch as both his Father 
 and himself were come to Mansoul in more grace and 
 mercy than heretofore. He would also that his name should 
 be fairly engraven upon the front of the town, and that it 
 should be done in the best of gold, for the honour of the 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 After this Mas done, Emmanuel gave out a command- 
 ment, that those three great Diabolonians should be appre- 
 hended, namely, the two late Lord Mayors, to wit, Mr. 
 Incredulity, Mr. Lustings, and Mr. Forget-Good, the Re- 
 corder. Besides these, there were some of them that 
 Diabolus made burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul, that 
 were committed to ward by the hand of the now valiant 
 and now ri<dit noble, the brave Lord Willbewill. 
 
 And these were their names : — Alderman Atheism, Al- 
 derman Hard-Heart, and Alderman False-Peace. The 
 burgesses were, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Haughty, 
 with the like. These were committed to close custody, 
 and the gaoler's name was Mr. True-Man. This True- 
 Man was one of those that Emmanuel brought with him 
 from his Father's court, when at the first he made a war 
 upon Diabolus, in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three strong- 
 holds, that at the command of Diabolus, the Diabolonians 
 built in Mansoul, should be demolished and utterly pulled 
 down ; of which holds and their names, with their captains 
 and governors, you read a little before. But this was long 
 in doing, because of the largeness of the places, and because 
 
 13
 
 146 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the stones, the timber, the iron, and all rubbish, was to be 
 carried without the town. 
 
 When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord 
 Mayor and aldermen of Mansoul should call a court of 
 judicature, for the trial and execution of the Diabolonians 
 in the corporation now under the charge of Mr. True-Man, 
 the gaoler. 
 
 Now, when the time was come, and the court set, com- 
 mandment was sent to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, to bring 
 the prisoners down to the bar. Then were the prisoners 
 brought down, pinioned and chained together, as the custom 
 of the town of Mansoul was. So, when they were pre- 
 sented before the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the rest 
 of the honourable bench, first, the jury was empannelled, 
 and then the witnesses sworn. The names of the jury were 
 these : — Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, Mr. 
 Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly- 
 Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good- Work, Mr. 
 Zeal-for-God, and Mr. Humble. 
 
 The names of the witnesses were — Mr. Know- All, Mr. 
 Tell-True, Mr. Hate-Lies, with my Lord Willbewill and 
 his men, if need were. 
 
 So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr. 
 Do-Right, (for he was the Town-Clerk,) " Set Atheism to 
 the bar, gaoler." So he was set to the bar. Then said the 
 Clerk, " Atheism, hold up thy hand. Thou art here in- 
 dicted by the name of Atheism, (an intruder upon the town 
 of Mansoul,) for that thou hast perniciously and doltishly 
 taught and maintained, that there is no God, and so no heed 
 to be taken to religion. This thou hast done against the 
 being, honour, and glory of the King, and against the peace 
 and safety of the town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? 
 Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not ?
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 117 
 
 Atheism. Not guilty. 
 
 Crier. Call Mr. Know-Ail, Mr. Tell-True, arid Mr. Hate- 
 Lies into the court. 
 
 So they were called, and they appeared. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, " You, the witnesses for the King, 
 look upon the prisoner at the bar ; do you know him ?" 
 
 Then said Mr. Know-All, " Yes, my lord, we know 
 him; his name is Atheism ; he has been a very pestilent 
 fellow for many years, in the miserable town of Mansoul." 
 
 Clerk. You are sure you know him ? 
 
 Know. Know him ! Yes, my lord ; I have heretofore, 
 too often been in his company, to be at this time ignorant 
 of him. He is a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian : 
 I knew his grandfather and his father. 
 
 Clerk. Well said. He standeth here indicted by the name 
 of Atheism, etc., and is charged, that he hath maintained 
 and taught, that there is no God, and so no heed need be 
 taken to any religion. What say you, the King's witnesses, 
 to this ? Is he guilty or not ? 
 
 Know. My lord, I and he were once in Villains' Lane 
 together, and he at that time did briskly talk of divers 
 opinions ; and then and there I heard him say, that, for his 
 part, he did believe that there was no God. " But," said 
 he, " I can profess one, and be as religious too, if the com- 
 pany I am in and other circumstances shall put me upon 
 it." 
 
 Clerk. You are sure you heard him say thus ? 
 
 Knoiv. Upon mine oath I heard him say thus. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, " Mr. Tell-True, what say you to 
 the King's Judges, touching the prisoner at the bar ?" 
 
 Tell. My lord, I formerly was a great companion of his, 
 for the which, I now repent me ; and I have often heard 
 him say, and that with very great stomachfulness, that he 
 believed there was neither God, angel, nor spirit.
 
 148 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say so ? 
 
 Tell. In Blackmouth Lane and in Blasphemers' Row, 
 and in many other places besides. 
 
 Clerk. Have you much knowledge of him ? 
 
 Tell. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of a 
 Diabolonian, and a horrible man to deny a Deity. His 
 father's name was Never-be-Good, and he had more chil- 
 dren than this Atheism. I have no more to say. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the prisoner at the bar ; 
 do you know him ? 
 
 Hate. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest wretches 
 that ever I came near, or had to do with in my life. I have 
 heard him say, that there is no God ; I have heard him say, 
 that there is no world to come, no sin, nor punishment here- 
 after ; and, moreover, I have heard him say, that it was as 
 good to go to a lewd-house, as to go to hear a sermon. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say these things ? 
 
 Hate. In Drunkards' Row, just at Rascal-Lane's End, 
 at a house in which Mr. Impiety lived. 
 
 Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings to the 
 bar. Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the name of 
 Lustings, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that 
 thou hast devilishly and traitorously taught, by practice and 
 filthy words, that it is lawful and profitable to man to give 
 way to his carnal desires ; and that thou, for thy part, hast 
 not, nor ever will, deny thyself of any sinful delight, as 
 long as thy name is Lustings. How sayest thou ? Art thon 
 guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 
 Then said Mr. Lustings, " My lord, I am a man of high 
 birth, and have been used to pleasures and pastimes of 
 greatness. I have not been wont to be snubbed for my 
 doings, but have been left to follow my will, as if it were 
 law. And it seems strange to me, that I should this day
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 149 
 
 be called into question for that, that not only I, but almost 
 all men, do either secretly or openly countenance, love, and 
 approve of." 
 
 Clerk. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your great- 
 ness, (though the higher, the better you should have been ;) 
 but we are concerned, and so are you now, about an indict- 
 ment preferred against you. How say you 1 Are you 
 guilty of it, or not ? 
 
 Lust. Not guilty. 
 
 Clerk. Crier, call upon the witnesses to stand forth and 
 give their evidence. 
 
 Crier. Gentlemen, you, the witnesses for the King, come 
 in and give in your evidence for our Lord the King, against 
 the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Know-All, look upon the prisoner at 
 the bar ; do you know him ? 
 
 Know. Yes, my lord, I know him. 
 
 Clerk. What is his name ? 
 
 Know. His name is Lustings : he was the son of one 
 Beastly, and his mother bare him in Flesh Street : she was 
 one Evil-Concupiscence's daughter. I knew all the gene- 
 ration of them. 
 
 Clerk. Well said. You have heard his indictment; 
 what say you to it ? Is he guilty of the things charged 
 against him, or not ? 
 
 Know. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great man 
 indeed, and greater in wickedness than by pedigree, more 
 than a thousandfold. 
 
 Clerk. But what do you know of his particular actions, 
 and especially with reference to his indictment ? 
 
 Know. I know him to be a swearer, a liar, a Sabbath- 
 breaker ; I know him to be an unclean person ; I know him 
 
 13*
 
 150 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to be guilty of abundance of evils. He has been, to my 
 knowledge, a very filthy man. 
 
 Clerk. But where did he use to commit his wickedness ? 
 in some private corners, or more open and shamelessly ? 
 
 Know. All the town over, my lord. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say for 
 our Lord the King, against the prisoner at the bar ! 
 
 Tell. My lord, all that the first witness has said I know 
 to be true, and a great deal more besides. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these gentlemen 
 say? 
 
 Lust. I was ever of opinion, that the happiest life that 
 a man could live on earth, was to keep himself back from 
 nothing that he desired in the world ; nor have I been false 
 at any time to this opinion of mine, but have lived in the 
 love of my notions all my days. Nor was I ever so churl- 
 ish, having- found such sweetness in them myself, as to keep 
 the commendations of them from others. 
 
 Then said the Court, " There hath proceeded enough 
 from his own mouth, to lay him open to condemnation ; 
 wherefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Incredulity to the 
 bar." 
 
 Incredulity set to the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by the 
 name of Incredulity, (an intruder upon the town of Man- 
 soul,) for that thou hast feloniously and wickedly, and that, 
 when thou wert an officer in the town of Mansoul, made 
 head against the captains of the great King Shaddai, when 
 they came and demanded possession of Mansoul ; yea, thou 
 didst bid defiance to the name, forces, and cause of the 
 King, and didst also, as did Diabolus, thy captain, stir up 
 and encourage the town of Mansoul, to make head against 
 and resist the said force of the. King. What sayest thou to 
 this indictment ? Art thou guilty of it, or not.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 151 
 
 Then said Incredulity, " I know not Shaddai ; I love my 
 old prince ; I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and 
 to do what I could, to possess the minds of the men of Man- 
 soul, to do their utmost to resist strangers and foreigners, and 
 with might to fight against them. Nor have I, nor shall 1 
 change mine opinion for fear of trouble, though you at 
 present are possessed of place and power." 
 
 Then said the Court, " The man, as you see, is incorri- 
 gible ; he is for maintaining his villanies by stoutness of 
 words, and his rebellion with impudent confidence ; and 
 therefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Forget-good to the 
 bar." 
 
 Forget-Good set to the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by the 
 name of Forget-Good, (an intruder upon the town of Man- 
 soul,) for that thou, when the whole affairs of the town of 
 Mansoul were in thy hand, didst utterly forget to serve them 
 in what was good, and didst fall in with the tyrant Diabolus 
 against Shaddai the King, against his captains and all his 
 host, to the dishonour of Shaddai, the breach of his law, 
 and the endangering of the destruction of the famous town 
 of Mansoul. "What sayest thou to this indictment ? Art 
 thou guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 Then said Forget-Good, " Gentlemen, and at this time my 
 judges ; as to the indictment, by which I stand of several 
 crimes accused, before you, pray attribute my forgetfulness 
 to mine age, and not to my wilfulness ; to the craziness of 
 my brain, and not to the carelessness of my mind ; and then 
 I hope I may be, by your charity, excused from great pun- 
 ishment, though I be guilty." 
 
 Then said the Court, " Forget-Good, Forget-Good, thy 
 forgetfulness of good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose 
 and for that thou didst loathe to keep virtuous things in thy
 
 1 52 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 mind. What was bad thou couldst i - etain, but what was 
 good thou couldst not abide to think of; thy age, therefore, 
 and thy pretended craziness, thou makest use of to blind the 
 court withal, and as a cloak to cover thy knavery. But let 
 us hear what the witnesses have to say for the King, against 
 the prisoner at the bar. Is he guilty of this indictment, or 
 not ?" 
 
 Hate. My lord, I have heard this Forget-Good say, that 
 he could never abide to think of goodness, no, not for a 
 quarter of an hour. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say so ? 
 
 Hate. In All-base Lane, at a house next door to the sign 
 of the Conscience seared with a hot iron. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Know-All, what can you say for our Lord 
 the King, against the prisoner *X the bar ? 
 
 Know. My lord, I know this man well. He is a Diabo- 
 lonian, the son of a Diabolonian ; his father's name was 
 Love-Naught; and for him, I have often heard him say, 
 that he counted the very thoughts of goodness, the most 
 burdensome thing in the world. 
 
 Clerk. Where have you heard him say these words ? 
 
 Know. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the church. 
 
 Then said the Clerk, " Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in 
 your evidence concerning the prisoner at the bar, about that 
 for which he stands here, as you see, indicted by this ho- 
 nourable Court." 
 
 Tell. My lord, I have heard him often say, he had rather 
 think of the vilest thing, than of what is contained in the 
 Holy Scriptures. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say such grievous words ? 
 
 Tell. Where ? In a great many places, particularly in 
 Nauseous Street, in the house of one Shameless, and in Filth 
 Lane, at the sign of the Reprobate, next door to the Descen 
 into the Pit.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 153 
 
 Court. Gentlemen, yon have heard the indictment, his 
 plea, and the testimony of the witnesses. Goaler, set Mr. 
 Hard-Heart to the bar. 
 
 He is set to the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by the 
 name of Hard-Heart, (an intruder upon the town of Man- 
 eoul,) for that thou didst, most desperately and wickedly, 
 possess the town of Mansoul with impenitency and obdu- 
 rateness ; and didst keep them from remorse and sorrow for 
 their evils, all the time of their apostasy from, and rebellion 
 against, the blessed King Shaddai. What sayest thou to 
 this indictment ? Art thou guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 Hard. My lord, I never knew what remorse, or sorrow 
 meant, in all my life. I am impenetrable, I care for no man ; 
 nor can I be pierced with men's griefs ; their groans will not 
 enter into my heart. Whomsoever I mischief, whomsoever 
 I wrong, to me it is music, when to others mourning. 
 
 Court. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, and has 
 convicted himself. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. False- 
 Peace to the bar. 
 
 False-Peace set to the bar. 
 
 " Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of 
 False-Peace, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for 
 that thou didst most wickedly and satanically bring, hold, 
 and keep the town of Mansoul, both in her apostasy and in 
 her hellish rebellion, in a false, groundless, and dangerous 
 peace, and damnable security, to the dishonour of the King, 
 the transgression of his law, and the great damage of the 
 town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? Art thou guilty of 
 this indictment, or not ?" 
 
 Then said Mr. False-Peace, " Gentlemen, and you now 
 appointed to be my judges ; I acknowledge that my name is 
 Mr. Peace ; but that my name is False-Peace, I utterly deny.
 
 154 THE HOLY WAK. 
 
 If your honours shall please to send for any that do inti- 
 mately know me from my birth, or for the gossips that were 
 at my christening, the)r will, any or all of them, prove that 
 my name is not False-Peace, but Peace. Wherefore I 
 cannot plead to this indictment, forasmuch as my name is 
 not inserted therein ; and as in my true name, so are also 
 my conditions. I was always a man that loved to live at 
 quiet, and what I loved myself, that I thought others might 
 love also. Wherefore, when I saw any of my neighbours 
 to labour under a disquieted mind, I endeavoured to help 
 them what I could ; and instances of this good temper of 
 mine, many I could give : as, 
 
 " 1. When, at the beginning, our town of Mansoul did 
 decline the ways of Shaddai, they, some of them, afterwards 
 began to have disquieting reflections upon themselves, for 
 what they had done ; but I, as one troubled to see them dis- 
 quieted, presently sought out means to get them quiet again. 
 
 " 2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom, 
 were in fashion, if anything happened to molest those that 
 ■were for the customs of the present times, I laboured to make 
 them quiet again, and to cause them to act without molesta- 
 tion. 
 
 " 3. To come nearer home : when the wars fell out be-, 
 tween Shaddai and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the 
 town of Mansoul afraid of destruction, I often used, by some 
 way, device, invention, or other, to labour to bring them to 
 peace again. Wherefore, since I have been always a man 
 of so virtuous a temper, as some say a peace-maker is ; and 
 if a peace-maker be so deserving a man, as some have been 
 bold to attest he is ; then let me, gentlemen, be accounted by 
 you, who have a great name for justice and equity in Man- 
 soul, for a man that deserveth not this inhuman way of 
 treatment, but liberty, and also a license to seek damage of 
 those that have been my accusers."
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 155 
 
 Then said the clerk, " Crier, make a proclamation." 
 
 Crier. O yes ! Forasmuch as the prisoner at the bar hath 
 denied his name to be that which is mentioned in the indict- 
 ment, the Court requireth, that if there be any in this place 
 that can give information to the Court, of the original and 
 right name of the prisoner, they would come forth and give 
 in their evidence ; for the prisoner stands upon his own in- 
 nocency. 
 
 Then came two into the court and desired that they might 
 have leave to speak what they knew concerning the prisoner 
 at the bar: the name of the one was Search-Truth, and the 
 name of the other Vouch-Truth. So the Court demanded 
 of these men, if they knew the prisoner, and what they could 
 say concerning him, " for he stands," said they " upon his 
 own vindication." 
 
 Then said Mr. Search-Truth, " My lord, I—" 
 
 Court. Hold ! give him his oath. 
 
 Then they sware him. So he proceeded. 
 
 Search. My lord, I know, and have known this man, 
 from a child, and can attest that his name is False-Peace. 
 I knew his father ; his name was Mr. Flatterer : and his 
 mother, before she was married, was called by the name of 
 •Mrs. Sooth-Up : and these two, when they came together, 
 lived not long without this son ; \nd when he was born, they 
 called his name False-Peace. I was his playfellow, only I 
 was somewhat older than he ; and when his mother did use 
 to call him home from his play, she used to say, " False- 
 Peace, False-Peace, come home quick, or I'll fetch you." 
 Yea, I knew him when a babe ; and though I was then but 
 little, yet I can remember, that when his mother did use to 
 sit at the door with him, or did play with him in her arms, 
 she would call him, twenty times together, " My little False- 
 Peace ! my pretty False-Peace !" and " Oh ! my sweet rogue,
 
 156 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 False-Peace !" and again, " Oh ! my little bird, False-Peace!" 
 and, " How do I love ray child !" The gossips also know 
 it is thus, though he has had the face to deny it in open court. 
 
 Then Mr. Vouch-Truth was called upon to speak what 
 he knew of him. So they sware him. 
 
 Then said Mr. Vouch-Truth, "My lord, all that the 
 former witness hath said, is true. His name is False-Peace, 
 the son of Mr. Flatterer, and of Mrs. Sooth-Up, his mother ; 
 and I have, in former times, seen him angry with those that 
 have called him anything else but False-Peace, for he would 
 say that all such did mock and nickname him ; but this was 
 in the time, when Mr. False-Peace was a great man, and 
 when the Diabolonians were the brave men in Mansoul. " 
 
 Court. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two men 
 have sworn against the prisoner at the bar. And now, Mr. 
 False-Peace, to you : you have denied your name to be 
 False-Peace, yet you see, that these honest men have sworn, 
 that that is your name. As to your plea, in that you are 
 quite besides the matter of your indictment, you are not by 
 it charged for evil-doing, because you are a man of peace, 
 or a peace-maker among your neighbours ; but for that you 
 did wickedly and satanically bring, keep, and hold the town 
 of Mansoul, both under its apostacy from, and in its rebel- 
 lion against its King, in a false, lying, and damnable peace, 
 contrary to the law of Shaddai, and to the hazard of the 
 destruction of the then miserable town of Mansoul. All 
 that you have pleaded for yourself is, that you have denied 
 your name, etc. ; but here, you see, we have witnesses to 
 prove that you are the man. For the peace that you so 
 much boast of making among your neighbours, know, that 
 peace that is not a companion of truth and holiness, but 
 that which is without this foundation, is grounded upon a 
 lie, and is both deceitful and damnable, as also the great
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 157 
 
 Shaddai hath said. Thy plea, therefore, has not delivered 
 thee from what, by the indictment thou art charged with, 
 but rather it doth fasten all upon thee. But thou shaft have 
 very fair play. Let us call the witnesses that are to testify 
 as to matter of fact, and see what they have to say for our 
 Lord the King, against the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Know-Ail, what say you for our Lord the 
 King against the prisoner at the bar ? 
 
 Know. My Lord, this man hath of a long time made it, 
 to my knowledge, his business to keep the town of Mansoul 
 in a sinful quietness in the midst of all her lewdness, filthi- 
 ness, and turmoils, and hath said, and that in my hearing, 
 Come, come, let us fly from all trouble, on what ground 
 soever it comes, and let us be for a quiet and peaceable life, 
 though it wanteth a good foundation. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to say "t 
 
 Hate. M y Lord, I have heard him say, that peace, though 
 in a way uf unrighteousness, is better than trouble with 
 truth. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say this \ 
 
 Hate. I heard him say it in Folly-yard, at the house of 
 one Mr. Simple, next door to the sign of the Self-deceiver. 
 Yea, he hath said this to my knowledge twenty times in 
 that place. 
 
 Clerk. "VVe may spare further witness ; this evidence is 
 plain and full. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. No-Truth 
 to the bar. Mr. No-Truth thou art here indicted by the 
 name of No-Truth, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) 
 for that thou hast always, to the dishonour of Shaddai, and 
 the endangering of the utter ruin of the famous town of 
 Mansoul, set thyself to deface, and utterly to spoil all the 
 remainders of the law and image of Shaddai that have been 
 found in Mansoul after her deep apostasy from her king to 
 
 14
 
 158 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Diabolus, the envious tyrant. What sayest thou, art tfuu 
 guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 
 .V i. Not guilty, my lord. 
 
 Then the witnesses were called, and Mr. Know-All did 
 first ffive in his evidence against him. 
 
 A'noio. My lord, this man was at the pulling down of 
 the image of Shaddai ; yea, this is he that did it with his 
 own hands. I myself stood by and saw him do it, and he 
 did it at the commandment of Diabolus. Yea, this Mr. No- 
 Truth dul more than this, he did also set up the homed 
 image of the beast Diabolus in the same place. This also is 
 he that, at the bidding of Diabolus, did rend and tear, and 
 cause to be consumed, all that he could of the remainders of 
 the law of the King, even whatever he could lay his hands 
 on in Mansoul. 
 
 Clerk. Who saw him do this besides yourself' 
 
 Hate. I did, my lord, and so did many more besides ; for 
 this was not done by stealth, or in a corner, but in the open 
 view of all ; yea, he chose himself to do it publicly, for he 
 delighted in the doing of it. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face to 
 plead not guilty, when you were so manifestly the doer of 
 all this wickedness ' 
 
 No. Sir, I thought I must say something, and as my 
 name is, so I speak : I have been advantaged thereby before 
 now, and did not know but by speaking no truth, I might 
 have reaped the same benefit now. 
 
 Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless to the 
 bar. Mr. Pitiless, thou art here indicted by the name of 
 Pitiless, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that 
 thou didst most traitorously and wickedly shut up all bowels 
 of compassion, and wouldest not sutler poor Mansoul to 
 condole her own misery, when she had apostatized from her
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 159 
 
 rightful King, but didst evade, and at all times turn her mind 
 away from those thoughts that had in them a tendency to 
 lead her to repentance. "What say est thou to this indict- 
 ment ? Guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 '• Not guilty of pkilessness : all I did, was to cheer-up, 
 according to my name, for my name is not Pitiless, but 
 Cheer-Up ; and I could not abide to see Mansoul inclined 
 to melancholy." 
 
 Clerk. How ! Do you deny your name, and say it is not 
 Pitiless, but Cheer-Up ? Call for the witnesses. What say 
 you, the witnesses, to this plea ? 
 
 Know. My lord, his name is Pitiless ; so he hath writ- 
 ten himself in all papers of concern wherein he has had to 
 do. But these Diabolonians love to counterfeit their names : 
 Mr. Covetousness covers himself with the name of Good- 
 Husbandry, or the like ; Mr. Pride can, when need is, call 
 himself Mr. Neat, Mr. Handsome, or the like; and so of 
 all the rest of them. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Tell-True, what say you ? 
 
 Tell. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have known him 
 from a child, and he hath done all that wickedness, whereof 
 he stands charged in the indictment ; but there is a company 
 of them that are not acquainted with the danger of damning", 
 therefore they call all those melancholy, that have serious 
 ights how that state should be shunned by them. 
 
 Clerk. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, gaoler. Mr. Haughty, 
 thou art here indicted by the name of Haughtv, 'an intruder 
 upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most trai- 
 torously and devilishly teach the town of Mansoul, to carry 
 it loftily and stoutly against the summons that was o-iven 
 them by the captains of the King Shaddai. Thou didst also 
 teach the town of Mansoul to speak contemptuously and 
 vilifyingly of their great King Shaddai ; and didst moreover
 
 160 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 encourage, both by words and examples, Mansoul to take 
 up arms both against the King and his son Emmanuel. 
 How sayest thou, art thou guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 Haughty. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of 
 courage and valour, and have not used when under the 
 1 greatest clouds, to sneak or hang down the head like a bul- 
 rush ; nor did it at all, at any time,, please me to see men 
 veil their bonnets to those that have opposed them ; yea, 
 though their adversaries seemed to have ten times the advan- 
 tage of them. I did not use to consider who was my foe, 
 nor what the cause was in which I was engaged. It was 
 enough to me, if I carried it bravery, fought like a man, and 
 came off a victor. 
 
 Court. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for that 
 you have been a valiant man, nor for your courage and stout- 
 ness in times of distress, but that you have made use of this 
 your pretended valour, to draw the town of Mansoul into 
 acts of rebellion, both against the great King, and Emmanuel 
 his Son. This is the crime and the thing wherewith thou 
 art charged in and by the indictment. 
 
 But he made no answer to that. 
 
 Now when the Court had thus far proceeded against the 
 prisoners at the bar, then they put them over to the verdict 
 of their jury, to whom they did apply themselves after this 
 manner : 
 
 " Gentlemen of the jury, You have been here, and have 
 seen these men ; you have heard their indictments, their 
 pleas, and what the witnesses have testified against them : 
 now what remains, is, that you do forthwith withdraw 
 ^ yourselves to some place, where without confusion you may 
 consider of what verdict, in a way of truth and righteous- 
 ness, you ought to bring in for the King against them, and 
 so bring it in accordingly."
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 161 
 
 Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. 
 Upright, Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, 
 Mr. Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. 
 Humble, Mr. Good- Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, withdrew 
 themselves in order to their work. Now when they were 
 shut up by themselves, they fell to discourse among them- 
 selves, in order to the drawing up of their verdict. 
 
 And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the foreman) began : 
 " Gentlemen," quoth he, " for the men, the prisoners at the 
 bar, for my part, 1 believe that they all deserve death." 
 " Very right," said Mr. True-Heart ; " I am wholly of your 
 opinion." " Oh what a mercy is it," said Mr. Hate-Bad, 
 " that such villains as these are apprehended !" " Ay ! ay !" 
 said Mr. Love-God, " this is one of the joyfullest days that 
 ever I saw in my life." Then said Mr. See-Truth, " I 
 know, that if we judge them to death, our verdict shall 
 stand before Shaddai himself." " Nor do I at all question 
 it," said Mr. Heavenly-Mind ; he said, moreover, " When 
 all such beasts as these are cast out of Mansoul, what a 
 goodly town will it be then !" " Then," said Mr. Mode- 
 rate, " it is not my manner to pass my judgment with rash- 
 ness ; but for these, their crimes are so notorious, and the 
 witness so palpable, that the man must be wilfully blind 
 who saith the prisoners ought not to die." " Blessed be 
 God," said Mr. Thankful, " that the traitors are in safe 
 custody !" " And I join with you in this upon my bare 
 knees," said Mr Humble. "I am glad also," said Mr. 
 Good- Work. Then said the warm and true-hearted Mr. 
 Zeal-for-God, "Cut them off ; they have been the plague, 
 and have sought the destruction of Mansoul." 
 
 Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their verdict, they 
 come instantly into the Court. 
 
 Clerk. Gentlemen of the jury, answer all to your n?mes : 
 
 14*
 
 162 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mr. Belief, one : Mr. True-Heart, two : Mr. Upright, three : 
 Mr. Hate-Bad, four : Mr. Love-God, five : Mr. See-Truth, 
 six: Mr. Heavenly-Mind, seven: Mr. Moderate, eight: Mr. 
 Thankful, nine : Mr. Humble, ten : Mr. Good-Work, eleven : 
 and Mr. Zeal-for-God, twelve. Good men and true, stand 
 together in your verdict : are you all agreed ? 
 
 Jury. Yes, my lord. 
 
 Clerk. Who shall speak for you ? 
 
 Jury. Our foreman. 
 
 Clerk. You, the gentlemen of the jury, being empanelled 
 for our Lord the King, to serve here in a matter of life and 
 death, have heard the trials of each of these men, the prison- 
 ers at the bar : what say you ? are they guilty of that, and 
 those crimes for- which they stand here indicted, or are they 
 not guilty ? 
 
 Foreman. Guilty, m) lord. 
 
 Clerk. Look to your prisoners, gaoler. 
 
 This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they 
 received the sentence of death according to the law. 
 
 The gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put 
 them all in the inward prison, to preserve them there till the 
 day of execution, which was to be the next day in the 
 morning. 
 
 But now to see how it happened, one of the prisoners, 
 Incredulity by name, in the interim betwixt the sentence 
 and the time of execution, brake prison, and made his escape, 
 and gets him away quite out of the town of Mansoul, and 
 lay lurking in such places and holes as he might, until he 
 should again have opportunity to do the town of Mansoul a 
 mischief, for their thus handling him as they did. 
 
 Now when Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, perceived that he 
 had lost his prisoner, he was in a heavy taking, because that 
 prisoner was, to speak on, the very worst of all the gang :
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 163 
 
 wherefore first he goes and acquaints my Lord Mayor, Mr. 
 Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill, with the matter, and to 
 get of them an order to make search for him throughout the 
 town of Mansoul. So an order he got, and search was made, 
 but no such man could now be found in all the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 All that could be gathered was, that he had lurked awhile 
 about the outside of the town, and that here and there, one 
 or other had a glimpse of him, as he did make his escape 
 out of Mansoul ; one or two also did affirm, that they saw 
 him without the town, going apace quite over the plain. 
 Now when he was quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr. 
 Did-See, that he ranged all over dry places, till he met with 
 Diabolus, his friend, and where should they meet one 
 another, but just upon Hell-gate hill. 
 
 But oh ! what a lamentable story did the old gentleman 
 tell to Diabolus, concerning what sad alteration Emmanuel 
 had made in Mansoid ! 
 
 As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received 
 a general pardon at the hands of Emmanuel, and that they 
 had invited him into the town, and that they had given him 
 the castle for his possession. He said, moreover, that they 
 had called his soldiers into the town, coveted who should 
 quarter the most of them ; they also entertained him with 
 the timbrel and song. " But that," said Incredulity, " which 
 is the sorest vexation to me is, that he hath pulled down, O 
 father, thy image, and set up his own ; pulled down thy 
 officers, and set up his own. Yea, and "Willbewill, that 
 rebel, who, one would have thought, should never have 
 turned from us, he is now in as great favour with Emmanuel, 
 as ever he was with thee. But besides all this, this Willbe- 
 will has received a special commission from his master to 
 search for, to apprehend, and to put to death all, and all
 
 164 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 manner of Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul : yea, 
 and this Will be will has taken and committed to prison 
 already eight of my Lord's most trusty friends in Mansoul. 
 Nay further, my Lord, with grief I speak it, they have been 
 .ill arraigned, condemned, and I doubt not before this, exe- 
 cuted in Mansoul. I told my Lord of eight, and myself 
 was the ninth, who should assuredly have drunk of the same 
 cup, but that through craft, I, as thou seest, have made mine 
 escape from them. 
 
 When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled, 
 and snuffed up the wind like a dragon, and made the sky to 
 look dark with his roaring ; he also sware that he would try 
 to be revenged on Mansoul for this. So they, both he and 
 his old friend Incredulity, concluded to enter into great con- 
 sultation, how they might get the town of Mansoul again. 
 
 Now, before this time, the day was come in which the 
 prisoners in Mansoul were to be executed. So they were 
 brought to the cross, and that by Mansoul, in most solemn 
 manner ; for the Prince said that this should be done by the 
 hand of the town of Mansoul, " that I may see," said he, 
 " the forwardness of my now redeemed Mansoul to keep my 
 word, and to do my commandments , and that I may bless 
 Mansoul in doing this deed. Proof of sincerity pleases me 
 well ; let Mansoul therefore first lay their hands upon these 
 Diabolonians to destroy them." 
 
 So the town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word 
 of their Prince ; but when the prisoners were brought to the 
 cross to die, you can hardly believe what troublesome work 
 Mansonl had of it, to put the Diabolonians to death ; for the 
 men knowing that they must die, and every one of them 
 having implacable enmity in their hearts to Mansoul, what 
 did they, but took courage at the cross, and there resisted 
 the men of the town of Mansoul 1 Wherefore the men of
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 1G5 
 
 Mansoul were forced to cry out for help, to the captains and 
 men of war. Now the great Shaddai had a secretary in the 
 town, and he was a great lover of the men of Mansoul, and 
 he was at the place of execution also ; so he, hearing the 
 men of Mansoul cry out against the stragglings and unruli- 
 ness of the prisoners, rose up from his place, and came and 
 put his hands upon the hands of the men of Mansoul. So 
 they crucified the Diabolonians that had been a plague, a 
 grief, and an offence to the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came 
 down to see, to visit, and to speak comfortably to the men 
 of Mansoul, and to strengthen their hands in such work. 
 And he said to them, that by this act of theirs he had proved 
 them, and found them to be lovers of his person, observers 
 of his laws, and such as had also respect to his honour. He 
 said, moreover, (to show them that they, by this should not 
 be losers, nor their town weakened by the loss of them,) that 
 he would make them another captain, and that of one of 
 themselves. And that this captain should be the ruler of a 
 thousand, for the good and benefit of the now nourishing 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called one to him, whose name was Waiting, and 
 bid him, " Go quickly up to the castle gate, and inquire there 
 for one Mr. Experience, that waiteth upon that noble captain, 
 the Captain Credence, and bid him come hither to me." 
 So the messenger that waited upon the good Prince Em- 
 manuel, went and said as he was commanded. Now the 
 young gentleman was waiting to see the captain train and 
 muster his men in the castle yard. Then said Mr. Waiting 
 to him, " Sir, the Prince would that you should come down 
 to his highness forthwith." So he brought him down to 
 Emmanuel, and he came and made obeisance before him. 
 Now the men of the town knew Mr. Experience well, for
 
 166 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he was born and bred in Mansoul ; they also knew him to 
 be a man of conduct, of valour, and a person prudent in 
 matters ; he was also a comely person, well spoken, and 
 very successful in his undertakings. 
 
 Wherefore the hearts of the townsmen were transported 
 with joy, when they saw that the Prince himself was so 
 taken with Mr. Experience, that he would needs make him 
 a captain over a band of men. 
 
 So, with one consent, they bowed the knee before Em- 
 manuel, and with a shout said, "Let Emmanuel live for 
 ever !" Then said the Prince to the young gentleman, 
 whose name was Mr. Experience, " 1 have thought good to 
 confer upon thee a place of trust and honour in this my town 
 of Mansoul." Then the young man bowed his head and 
 worshipped. " It is," said Emmanuel, " that thou shouldest 
 be a captain, a captain over a thousand men in my beloved 
 town of Mansoul." Then said the captain," " Let the King 
 live." So the Prince gave out orders forthwith to the King's 
 secretary, that he should draw up for Mr. Experience a com- 
 mission to make him a captain over a thousand men ; " and 
 let it be brought to me," said he, " that I may set to it my 
 seal." So it was done as it was commanded. The com- 
 mission was drawn up, brought to Emmanuel, and he set 
 his seal thereto. Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he 
 sent it away to the captain. 
 
 Now so soon as the captain had received his commission, 
 he soundeth his trumpet for volunteers, and young men come 
 to him apace ; yea, the greatest and chief men in the town 
 sent their sons to be listed under his command. Thus 
 Captain Experience came under command to Emmanuel, 
 for the good of the town of Mansoul. He had for his 
 lieutenant one Mr. Skilful, and for his cornet one Mr. Me- 
 mory. His under-ofhcers I need not name. His colours
 
 THE HOLY WAR, 167 
 
 were the white colours for the town of Mansoul ; and his 
 scutcheon was the dead lion and dead bear. So the Prince 
 returned to his royal palace again. 
 
 Now, when he was returned thither, the elders of the 
 town of Mansoul, to wit, the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, 
 and the Lord Willbewill, went to congratulate him, and in 
 special way to thank him for his love, care, and the tender 
 compassion which he showed to his ever obliged town of 
 Mansoul. So after a while, and some sweet communion 
 between them, the townsmen having solemnly ended their 
 ceremony, returned to their place again. 
 
 Emmanuel also at this time appointed them a day, where- 
 in he would renew their charter, yea, wherein he would re- 
 new and enlarge it, mending several faults therein, that 
 Mansoul's yokfc might be yet more easy. And this he did 
 without any desire of theirs, even of his own frankness and 
 noble mind. So when he had sent for and seen their old 
 one, he laid it by, and said, " Now that which decayeth and 
 waxeth old is ready to vanish away." He said, moreover, 
 " The town of Mansoul shall have another, a better, a new 
 one, more steady and firm by far." An epitome hereof 
 take as follows : — 
 
 " Emmanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the 
 town of Mansoul, I do in the name of my Father, and of 
 mine own clemency, give, grant, aiid bequeath to the be- 
 loved town of Mansoul, 
 
 " First. Free, full, and everlasting r orgiveness of all 
 wrongs, injuries, and offences done by them against my 
 Father, me, their neighbour, or themselves. 
 
 " Second. I do give them the holy law and my testament, 
 with all that therein is contained, for their everlasting com- 
 fort and consolation. 
 
 " Third. I do also give them a portion of the self-same
 
 Ifi8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 grace and goodness that dwells in my Father's heart and 
 
 mine. 
 
 " Fourth. I do give, grant, and bestow upon them freely, 
 the world and what is therein, for their good ; and they 
 shall have that power over them, as shall stand with the 
 honour of my Father, my glory, and their comfort : yea, 
 I grant them the benefits of life and death, and of things 
 present, and things to come. This privilege, no other city, 
 town, or corporation shall have, but my Mansoul only. 
 
 " Fifth. I do give and grant them leave, and free access 
 to me in my palace at "all seasons — to my palace above or 
 below — there to make known their wants to me, and I give 
 them, moreover, a promise that I will hear and redress all 
 their grievances. 
 
 " Sixth. I do give, grant to, and invest the town of Man- 
 soul with full power and authority to seek out, take, enslave, 
 and destroy all, and all manner of Diabolonians that at any 
 time, from whencesoever, shall be found straggling in or 
 about the town of Mansoul. 
 
 " Seventh. I do further grant to my beloved town of 
 Mansoul, that they shall have authority not to suffer any 
 foreio-ner, or stranger, or their seed, to be free in, and of the 
 blessed town of Mansoul, nor to share in the excellent pri- 
 vileges thereof. But that all the grants, privileges, and im- 
 munities that I bestow upon the famous town of Mansoul, 
 shall be for those the old natives, and true inhabitants there- 
 of ; to them, I say, and to their right seed after them. 
 
 " But all Diabolonians, of what sort, birth, country, or 
 kingdom soever, shall be debarred a share therein." 
 
 So when the town of Mansoul had received at the hand 
 of Emmanuel their gracious charter, (which in itself is in- 
 finitely more large than by this lean epitome is set before 
 you,) they carried it to audience, that is, to the market-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 169 
 
 place, and there Mr. Recorder read it in the presence of all 
 the people. This being done, it was had back to the castle 
 gates, and there fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and 
 laid in letters of gold, to the end that the town of Mansoul, 
 with all the people thereof, might have it always in their 
 view, or might go where they might see what a blessed free- 
 dom their Prince had bestowed upon them, that their joy 
 might be increased in themselves, and their love renewed 
 to their great and good Emmanuel. 
 
 But what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you, 
 did now possess the hearts of the men of Mansoul ? The 
 bells rung, the minstrels played, the people rejoiced, the 
 captains shouted, the colours waved in the wind, and the 
 silver trumpets sounded ; and the Diabolonians now were 
 glad to hide their heads, for they looked like them that had 
 been long dead. 
 
 "When this was over, the Prince sent again for the elders 
 of the town of Mansoul, and communed with them about a 
 ministry that he intended to establish among them ; such a 
 ministry that might open unto them, and that might instruct 
 them in the things that did concern their present and future 
 state. 
 
 " For," said he, " you, of yourselves, unless you have 
 teachers and guides, will not be able to know, and, if not to 
 know r , to be sure not to do, the will of my Father." 
 
 At this news, when the elders of Mansoul brought it to 
 the people, the whole town came running together, (for it 
 pleased them well, as whatever the Prince now did, pleased 
 the people,) and all with one consent implored his Majesty, 
 that he would forthwith establish such a ministry among 
 them as might teach them both law and judgment, statute 
 and commandment ; that they might be documented in a 1 
 good and wholesome things. So he told them that he would 
 
 15
 
 170 THE HOLY WAIt. 
 
 grant them their requests, and would establish two among 
 them ; one that was of his Father's court, and one that was 
 a native of Mansoul. 
 
 " He that is from the court," said he, " is a person of no 
 less quality and dignity than my Father and I : and he is 
 the Lord Chief Secretary of my Father's house : for he is, 
 and always has been, the chief dictator of all my Father's 
 laws, a person altogether well skilled in all mysteries, and 
 knowledge of mysteries, as is my Father, or myself. In- 
 deed he is one with us in nature, and also as to loving of, 
 and being faithful to, and in the eternal concerns of the 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 " And this is he," said the Prince, " that must be your 
 chief teacher ; for it is he, and he only, that can teach you 
 clearly in all high and supernatural things. He, and he 
 only, it is that knows the ways and methods of my Father 
 at court, nor can any like him show how the heart of my 
 Father is at all times, in all things, upon all occasions to- 
 wards Mansoul , for as no man knows the things of a man, 
 but that spirit of a man which is in him, so the things of 
 my Father knows no man, but this his high and mighty 
 Secretary. Nor can any, as he, tell Mansoul how and what 
 they shall do, to keep themselves in the love of my Father. 
 He also it is, that can bring lost things to your remembrance, 
 and that can tell you tilings to come. This teacher, there- 
 fore, must of necessity have the pre-eminence, both in your 
 affections and judgment, before your other teacher ; his per- 
 sonal dignity, the excellency of his teaching, also the great 
 dexterity that he hath to help you to make and draw up 
 petitions to my Father for your help and to his pleasing, 
 must lay obligations upon you to love him, fear him, and to 
 take heed that you grieve him not. 
 
 " This person can put life and vigour into all he says ;
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 171 
 
 yea, and can also put it into your heart. This person can 
 make seers of you, and can make you tell what shall be 
 hereafter. By this person you must frame all your petitions 
 to my Father and me ; and without his advice and counsel 
 first obtained, let nothing enter into the town or castle of 
 Mansoul, for that may disgust and grieve this noble persor- 
 
 " Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this minister , 
 for if you do, he may fight against you ; and should he once 
 be moved by you to set himself against you in battle array, 
 that will distress you more than if twelve legions should 
 from my Father's court be sent to make war upon you. 
 
 " But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and shall 
 love him ; if you shall devote yourselves to his teaching, 
 and shall seek to have converse and to maintain communion 
 with him, you shall find him ten times better than is the 
 whole world to any ; yea, he will shed abroad the love of 
 my Father in your hearts, and Mansoul will be the wisest, 
 and most blessed of all people." 
 
 Then did the Prince call unto him the old gentleman, 
 who before had been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Con- 
 science by name, and told him, That, forasmuch as he was 
 well skilled in the law and government of the town of Man- 
 soul, and was also well spoken, and could pertinently deli- 
 ver to them his Master's will in all terrene and domestic 
 matters, therefore he would also make him a minister for, 
 in, and to, the goodly town of Mansoul, in all the law, 
 statutes, and judgments of the famous town of Mansoul. 
 " And thou must," said the Prince, " confine thyself to the 
 teaching of moral virtues, to civil and natural duties ; but 
 thou must not attempt to presume to be a revealer of those 
 high and supernatural mysteries that are kept close in the 
 bosom of Shaddai, my Father; for those things knows no 
 man, nor can any reveal them but my Father's Secretary 
 only.
 
 172 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Thou art a native of the town of Mansoul, but the Lord 
 Secretary is a native with my Father ; wherefore, as thou 
 hast knowledge of the laws and customs of the corporation, 
 so he of the things and will of my Father. 
 
 " Wherefore, O Mr. Conscience, although I have made 
 thee a minister and a preacher to the town of Mansoul, yet 
 as to the things which the Lord Secretary knoweth, and 
 shall teach to this people, there thou must be his scholar and 
 a learner, even as the rest of Mansoul are. 
 
 " Thou must therefore, in all high and supernatural things, 
 go to him for information and knowledge ; for though there 
 be a spirit in man, this person's inspiration must give him 
 understanding. Wherefore, thou Mr. Recorder, keep 
 low and be humble, and remember that the Diabolonians 
 that kept not their first charge, but left their own standing, 
 are now made prisoners in the pit. Be therefore content 
 with thy station. 
 
 " I have made thee my Father's vicegerent on earth, in 
 such things of which I have made mention before : and 
 thou, take thou power to teach them to Mansoul, yea, and 
 to impose them with whips and chastisements, if they shall 
 not willingly hearken to do thy commandments. 
 
 "And, Mr. Recorder, because thou art old, and through 
 many abuses made feeble, therefore I give thee leave and 
 license to go when thou wilt to my fountain, my conduit, 
 and there to drink freely of the blood of my grape, for my 
 conduit doth always run wine. Thus doing, thou shalt 
 drive from thine heart and stomach all foul, gross, and hurt- 
 ful humours. It will also lighten thine eyes, and will 
 strengthen thy memory for the reception and keeping of all 
 that the King's most noble Secretary teacheth." 
 
 When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once 
 so was) into the place and office of a minister to Mansoul,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 173 
 
 and the man had thankfully accepted thereof; then did 
 Emmanuel address himself in a particular speech to the 
 townsmen themselves. 
 
 " Behold," said the Prince to Mansoul, " my love am 
 care towards you ; I have added to all that is past, this 
 mercy, to appoint you preachers ; the most noble Secretary 
 to teach you in all high and sublime mysteries ; and this 
 gentleman," pointing to Mr. Conscience, "is to teach you 
 in all things human and domestic, for therein lieth his work. 
 He is not, by what I have said, debarred of telling to Man- 
 soul any thing that he hath heard and received at the mouth 
 of the lord high Secretary ; only he shall not attempt to 
 presume to pretend to be a revealer of those high mysteries 
 himself; for the breaking of them up, and the discovery of 
 them to Mansoul lieth only in the power, authority, and 
 skill of the lord high Secretary himself. Talk of them he 
 may, and so may the rest of the town of Mansoul ; yea, 
 and may, as occasion gives them opportunity, press them 
 upon each other, for the benefit of the whole. These things, 
 therefore, I would have you observe and do, for it is for 
 your life, and the lengthening of your days. 
 
 " And one thing more to my beloved Mr. Recorder, and 
 to all the town of Mansoul — You must not dwell in, nor 
 stay upon any thing of that which he hath in commission 
 to teach you, as to your trust and expectation of the next 
 world ; (of the next world I say, for I purpose to give 
 another to Mansoul, when this with them is worn out ;) but 
 for that you must wholly and solely have recourse to, and 
 make stay upon his doctrine, that is your Teacher after the 
 first order. Yea, Mr. Recorder himself must not look for 
 life from that which he himself revealeth ; his dependence 
 for that must be founded in the doctrine of the other 
 preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take heed that he receive 
 
 15*
 
 174 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 not any doctrine, or point of doctrine, that is not communi- 
 cated to him hy his superior Teacher, nor yet within the 
 precincts of his own formal knowledge." 
 
 Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the 
 .^moiis town of Mansoul, he proceeded to give to the elders 
 of the corporation a necessary caution, to wit, how they 
 should carry it to the high and noble captains that he had, 
 from his Father's court, sent or brought with him, to the 
 famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 " These captains," said he, " do love the town of Man- 
 soul, and they are picked men, picked out of abundance, as 
 men that best suit, and that will most faithfully serve in the 
 wars of Shaddai against the Diabolonians, for the preserva- 
 tion of the town of Mansoul. I charge you, therefore," 
 said he, " O ye inhabitants of the now flourishing town of 
 Mansoul, that you carry it not ruggedly or untowardly to 
 my captains or their men ; since, as I said, they are picked 
 and choice men,— men chosen out of many, for the good of 
 the town of Mansoul. I say, I charge you, that you carry 
 it not untowardly to them : for though they have the hearts 
 and faces of lions, when at any time they shall be called 
 forth to engage and fight with the King's foes, and the ene- 
 mies of the town of Mansoul : yet a little discountenance 
 cast upon them from the town of Mansoul, will deject and 
 cast down their faces, will weaken and take away their 
 courage. Do not, therefore, O my beloved, carry it un- 
 kindly to my valiant captains and courageous men of war, 
 but love them, nourish them, succour them, and lay them in 
 your bosoms ; and they will not only fight for you, but 
 cause to fly from you, all those the Diabolonians that seek, 
 and will, if possible, be your utter destruction. 
 
 "If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick, 
 or weak, and so not able to perform that office of love,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 175 
 
 which, with all their hearts they are willing to do, (and will 
 do also when well and in health,) slight them not, nor de- 
 spise them, but rather strengthen them, and encourage them, 
 though weak and ready to die, for they are your fence, and 
 your guard, your wall, your gates, your locks, and your 
 bars. And although, when they are weak, they can do but 
 little, but rather need to be helped by you, than that you 
 should then expect great things from them, yet, when well, 
 you know what exploits, what feats and warlike achieve- 
 ments they are able to do, and will perform for you. 
 
 " Besides, if they be weak, the town of Manso.ul cannot 
 be strong ; if they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak : 
 your safety, therefore, doth lie in their health, and in your 
 countenancing them. Remember also, that if they be sick, 
 they catch that disease of the town of Mansoul itself. 
 
 " These things I have said unto you, because I love your 
 welfare and your honour : observe, therefore, O my Man- 
 soul, to be punctual in all things that I have given in charge 
 unto you, and that not only as a town corporate, and so to 
 your officers and guard, and guides in chief, but to you, as 
 you are a people whose well-being, as single persons, de- 
 pends on the observation of the orders and commandments 
 of their Lord. 
 
 " Next, O my Mansoul, I do warn you of that, of which, 
 notwithstanding that reformation that at present is wrought 
 among you, you have need to be warned about : wherefore 
 hearken diligently unto me. I am now sure, and you will 
 know hereafter, that there are yet some of the Diabolonians 
 remaining in the town of Mansoul ; Diabolonians that are 
 sturdy and implacable, and that do already while I am with 
 you, and that will yet more when I am from you, study 
 plot, contrive, invent, and jointly attempt to bring you to 
 desolation, and so to a state far worse than that of the Egyp-
 
 17G THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 tian bondage ; they are the avowed friends of Diabolus, there- 
 fore look about you. They used heretofore to lodge with their 
 Prince in the castle, when Incredulity was the Lord Mayor 
 of this town ; but since my coming hither, they lie more in 
 die outsider, and walls, and have made themselves dens, and 
 caves, and holes, and strongholds therein. Wherefore, O 
 Mansoul ! thy work, as to this, will be so much the more 
 difficult and hard ; that is, to take, mortify, and put them to 
 death, according to the will of my Father. Nor can you 
 utterly rid yourselves of them, unless you should pull down 
 the walls of your town, the which I am by no means will- 
 ing you should. Do you ask me, What shall we do then ? 
 Why, be you diligent, and quit you like men ; observe their 
 holds ; find out their haunts ; assault them, and make no 
 ]) ace with them. Wherever they haunt, lurk, or abide, and 
 what terms of peace soever they offer you, abhor, and all 
 shall be well betwixt you and inc. And that you may the 
 better know them, from those that are the natives of Man- 
 soul, I will give you this brief schedule of the names of the 
 chief of them ; and they are these that follow :— The Lord 
 Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, the Lord Las- 
 civiousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, Mr 
 Drunkenness, Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witchcraft, 
 Mr. Variance, Mr. Emulation, Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr. 
 Sedition, and Mr. Heresy. These are some of the chief, 
 Mansoul ! of those that will seek to overthrow thee for 
 ever. These, I say, are the skulkers in Mansoul ; but look 
 thou well into the law of thy King, and there thou shalt find 
 their physiognomy, and such other characteristical notes of 
 them, by which they certainly may be known. 
 
 " These, my Mansoul, (and I would gladly that you 
 should certainly know it,) if they be suffered to run and 
 range about the town as they would, will quickly, like
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 177 
 
 vipers, eat out your bowels ; yea, poison your captains, cut 
 the sinews of your soldiers, break the bars and bolts of your 
 gates, and turn your now most flourishing Mansoul into a 
 barren and desolate wilderness, and ruinous heap. Where- 
 fore, that you may take courage to yourselves to apprehend 
 these villains wherever you find them, I give to you, my 
 IiOrd Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, with 
 all the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, full power and 
 commission to seek out, to take, and to cause to be put to 
 death by the cross, all, and all manner of Diabolonians, when 
 and wherever you shall find them to lurk within, or to range 
 without, the walls of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 " 1 told you before, that I had placed a standing ministry 
 among you ; not that you have but these with you, for my 
 first four captains who c.;me against the master and lord of 
 the Diabolonians that was in Mansoul, they can, and if need 
 be, and if they be required, will not only privately inform, 
 but publicly preach to the corporation both good and whole- 
 some doctrine, and such as shall lead you in the way. Yea, 
 they will set up a weekly, yea, if need be, a daily lecture 
 in thee, O Mansoul ! and will instruct thee in such profit- 
 able lessons, that, if heeded, will do thee good at the end. 
 And take good heed, that you spare not the men that you 
 have a commission to take and crucify. 
 
 " Now, as I have set before your eyes the vagrants and 
 runagates by name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves 
 some of them shall creep in to beguile you, even such as 
 would seem, and that in appearance are, very rife and hot 
 for religion. And they, if you watch not, will do you a 
 mischief, such an one, as at present, you cannot think of. 
 
 "These, as I said, will show themselves to you in an- 
 other hue than those under description before. Wherefore, 
 Mansoul, watch and be sober, and suffer not thyself to be 
 betrayed."
 
 .78 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 When the Prince had thus far new modelled die town of 
 Mansoul, and had instructed them in such matters as were 
 profitable for them to know, then he appointed another day 
 in which he intended, when the townsfolk came together, to 
 bestow a further badge of honour upon the town of Man- 
 soul, — a badge tbat should distinguish them from all the 
 people, kindreds, and tongues* that dwell in the kingdom of 
 Universe. Now it was not long before the day appointed 
 was come, and the Prince and the people met in the king's 
 palace, where first Emmanuel made a short speech unto 
 them, and then did for them as he had said, and unto them 
 as he had promised. 
 
 " My Mansoul," said he, " that which I now am about to 
 do, is to make you known to the world to be mine, and to 
 distinguish you also in your own eyes, from all false traitors 
 that may creep in among you." 
 
 Then he commanded that those that waited upon him 
 should go and bring forth out of his treasury those white 
 and glistening robes " that I," said he, " have provided and 
 laid up in store for my Mansoul." So the white garments 
 were fetched out of his treasury, and laid forth to the eyes 
 of the people. Moreover, it was granted to them that they 
 should take them and put them on, "according," said he, 
 " to your size and stature." So the people were put into 
 fine linen, white and clean. 
 
 Then said the Prince unto them, " This, O Mansoul, is 
 my livery, and the badge by which mine are known from 
 the servants of others. Yea, it is that which I grant to all 
 that are mine, and without which no man is permitted to see 
 my face. Wear them, therefore, for my sake, Avho gave 
 them unto you ; and also if you would be known by the 
 world to be mine." 
 
 But now ! can you think how Mansoul shone ? it was
 
 THK PRINCE UIVJtfG WHITE GARMENTS.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 170 
 
 fair as the sun, clear as the moon, and terrible as an army 
 with banners. 
 
 The Prince added further, and said, " No prince, potentate, 
 or mighty one of Universe, giveth this livery but myself: 
 behold, therefore, as I said before, you shall be known by 
 it to be mine. 
 
 " And now," said he, " I have given you my livery, let 
 me give you also in commandment concerning them ; and 
 be sure that you take good heed to my words. 
 
 " First. Wear them daily, day by day, lest you should at 
 sometimes appear to others as if you were none of mine. 
 
 " Second. Keep them always white ; for if they be soiled, 
 it is dishonour to me. 
 
 " Third. Wherefore gird them up from the ground., and 
 let them not lag with dust and dirt. 
 
 " Fourth. Take heed that you lose them not, lest you 
 walk naked, and they see your shame. 
 
 " Fifth. But if you should sully them, if you should defile 
 them, the which I am greatly unwilling you should, and the 
 prince Diabolus will be glad if you would, then speed you 
 to do that which is written in my law, that yet you may 
 stand, and not fall before ine, and before my throne. Also, 
 this is the Avay to cause that I may not leave you, nor forsake 
 you while here, but may dwell in tnis town of Mansoul for 
 ever." 
 
 And now was Mansoul, and the inhabitants of it, as the 
 signet upon Emmanuel's right hand. Where was there 
 now a town, a city, a corporation, that could compare with 
 Mansoul! A town redeemed from the hand, and from the 
 power of Diabolus ! A town that the King Shaddai loved, 
 and that he sent Emmanuel to regain from the Prince of the 
 infernal cave ; yea, a town that Emmanuel loved to dwell 
 in, and that he chose for his royal habitation ; a town that
 
 180 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he fortified for himself, and made strong by the force of his 
 army. What shall I say, Mansoul has now a most excel- 
 lent Prince, golden captains and men of war, weapons proved, 
 and garments as white as snow. Nor are these benefits to 
 be counted little, but great ; can the town of Mansoul esteem 
 them so, or improve them to that end and purpose for which 
 they are bestowed upon them ? 
 
 When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the 
 town, to show that he had great delight in the work of his 
 hands, and took pleasure in the good that he had wrought 
 for the famous and flourishing Mansoul, he commanded and 
 they set his standard upon the battlements of the castle. 
 And then, 
 
 First. He gave them frequent visits ; not a day now but 
 the elders of Mansoul must come to him, or he to them, unto 
 his palace. Now they must walk and talk together, of all 
 the great things that he had done, and yet further promised 
 to do for the town of Mansoul. This would he often do 
 with the Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and the honest 
 subordinate preacher, Mr. Conscience, and Mr. Recorder. 
 But oh, how graciously, how lovingly, how courteously, and 
 tenderly did this blessed Prince now carry it towards the 
 town of Mansoul ! In all the streets, gardens, orchards, and 
 other places where he came, to be sure the poor should have 
 his blessing and benediction ; yea, he would kiss them, and 
 if they were ill, he would lay hands on them, and make them 
 well. The captains, also, he would daily, yea, sometimes 
 hourly encourage with his presence and goodly words. For 
 you must know that a smile from him upon them would put 
 more vigour, more life, and stoutness into them, than would 
 any thing else under heaven. 
 
 The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them 
 continually : hardly a week would pass, but a banquet must
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 181 
 
 be had betwixt him and them. You ma/ remember that, 
 some pages before, we made mention of one feast that they 
 had together ; but now to feast them was a thing more com- 
 mon : every day with Mansoul was a feast-day now. Nor 
 did he, when they returned to their places, send them empty 
 a ivay ; either they must have a ring, a gold chain, a bracelet, 
 a white stone, or something; so dear was Mansoul to him 
 now ; so lovely was Mansoul in his eyes. 
 
 Second. When the elders and townsmen did not come to 
 him, he would send in much plenty of provision unto them ; 
 meat that came from court, wine and bread that were pre- 
 pared for his Father's table ; yea, such delicates would he 
 send unto them, and therewith would so cover their table, 
 that whoever saw it confessed that the like could not be seen 
 in any kingdom. 
 
 Third. If Mansoul did not frequently visit him, as he de- 
 sired they should, he would walk out to them, knock at their 
 doors, and desire entrance, that amity might be maintained 
 betwixt them and him ; if they did hear and open to him, 
 as commonly they would, if they were at home, then would 
 he renew his former love, and confirm it too with some new 
 tokens, and signs of continued favour. 
 
 And was it not now amazing to behold, that in that very 
 place where sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and enter- 
 tained his Diabolonians to the almost utter destruction of Man- 
 soul, the Prince of princes should sit eating and drinking 
 with them, while all his mighty captains, men of war, trum- 
 peters, with the singing-men, and singing-women of his 
 Father, stood round about to wait upon them ! Now did 
 Mansoul' s cup run over, now did her conduits run sweet 
 wine, now did she eat the finest of the wheat, and drink 
 milk and honey out of the rock ! Now, she said, How great 
 
 16
 
 182 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 is Iiis goodness ! for since I found favour in his eyes, how 
 honourable have I been ! 
 
 The blessed Prince did also ordain a new officer in the 
 town, and a goodly person he was, his name was Mr. God's- 
 Peace : this man was set over my Lord Willbewill, my 
 Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, the subordinate preacher, Mr. 
 Mind, and over all the natives of the town of Mansoul. 
 Himself was not a native of it, but came with the Prince 
 Emmanuel from the court. He was a great acquaintance 
 of Captain Credence and Captain Good-Hope ; some say 
 they were kin, and I am of that opinion too. This man, 
 as I said, was made governor of the town in general, espe- 
 cially over the castle, and Captain Credence was to help him 
 there. And I made great observation of it, that so long as 
 all thing's went in Mansoul as this sweet-natured gentleman 
 would, the town was in most happy condition. Now there 
 were no jars, no chiding, no intcrferings, no unfaithful do- 
 ings in all the town of Mansoul ; every man in Mansoul 
 kept close to his own employment. The gentry, the offi- 
 cers, the soldiers', and all in place observed their order. And 
 as for the women and children of the town, they followed 
 their business joyfully ; they would work and sing, work 
 and sing, from morning till night : so that quite through the 
 town of Mansoul now, nothing was to be found but har- 
 mony, quietness, joy, and health. And this lasted all that 
 summer. 
 
 But there was a man in the town of Mansoul, and his 
 name was Mr. Carnal-Security ; this man did, after all this 
 mercy bestowed on this corporation, bring the town of 
 Mansoul into great and grievous slavery and bondage. A 
 brief account of him and of his doings take as followeth : — • 
 
 When Diabolus at first took possession of the town of 
 Mansoul, he brought thither, with himself, a great number
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 183 
 
 of Diabolonians, men of his own conditions. Now among 
 these, there was one whose name was Mr. Self-Conceit, and 
 a notable brisk man he was, as any that in those days did 
 possess the town of Mansoul. Diabolus, then perceiving 
 this man to be active and bold, sent him upon many despe- 
 rate designs, the which he managed better, and more to the 
 pleasing of his lord, than most that came with him from the 
 dens could do. Wherefore, finding him so fit for his purpose, 
 he preferred him, and made him next to the great Lord 
 Willbewill, of whom we have written so much before. Now 
 the Lord Willbewill, being in those days very well pleased 
 with him, and with his achievements, gave him his daugh- 
 ter, the Lady Fear-Nothing, to wife. Now, of my Lady 
 Fear-Nothing, did this Mr. Self-Conceit beget this gentle- 
 man, Mr. Carnal-Security. Wherefore, there being then in 
 Mansoul those strange kinds of mixtures, it was hard for 
 them, in some cases, to find out Avho Avere nati\'es, who 
 not; for Mr. Carnal -Security sprang from my Lord Will 
 be will by the mother's side, though he had for his father a 
 Diabolonian by nature. 
 
 Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his father and 
 mother ; he was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was 
 also a very busy man ; liothing of news, nothing of doc- 
 trine, nothing of alteration, or talk of alteration, could at any 
 time be on foot in Mansoul, but be sure Mr. Carnal-Security 
 Avould be at the head or tail of it : but, to be sure, he would 
 decline those that he deemed the Aveakest, and stood always 
 with them, in his way of standing, that he supposed Avere 
 the strongest side. 
 
 Noav, Avhen Shaddai the mighty, and Emmanuel his Son, 
 made war upon Mansoul, to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Secu- 
 rity was then in town, and was a great doer among the peo- 
 ple, encouraging them in their rebellion, putting them upon
 
 184 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 hardening themselves in their resisting the King's forces ; 
 bnt when lie saw that the town of Mansoul was taken, and 
 converted to the use of the glorious Prince Emmanuel; and 
 when he also saw what was become of Diabolus, and how 
 he was unroosted, and made to quit the castle in the greatest 
 contempt and scorn ; and that the town of Mansoul was 
 well lined with captains, engines of war, and men, and also 
 provision ; what doth he but slyly wheel about also ; and 
 as he had served Diabolus against the good Prince, so he 
 feigned that he would serve the Prince against his foes. 
 
 And having got some little smattering of Emmanuel's 
 things by the end, being bold, he ventures himself into the 
 company of the townsmen, and attempts also to chat among 
 them. Now he knew that the power and strength of the 
 town of Mansoul was great, and that it could not but be 
 pleasing to the people, if he cried up their might and their 
 glory. Wherefore he beginneth his tale with the power and 
 strength of Mansoul, and affirmed that it was impregnable ; 
 now magnifying their captains, and their slings, and their 
 rams ; then crying up their fortifications and strongholds ; 
 and, lastly, the assurances that they had from their Prince, 
 that Mansoul should be happy for ever. But when he saw 
 that some of the men of the town were tickled and taken 
 with his discourse, he makes it his business, and walking 
 from street 10 street, house to house, and man to man, he 
 at last brought Mansoul to dance after his pipe, and to grow 
 almost as carnally secure as himself; so from talking, they 
 went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting ; and so to 
 some other matters. Now Emmanuel was yet in the town 
 of Mansoul, and he wisely observed their doings. My Lord 
 Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, were also 
 all taken with the words of this tattling Diabolonian gentle- 
 man ; forgetting that their Prince had given them warning
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 185 
 
 before, to take heed that they were not beguiled with any 
 Diabolonian sleight ; he had further told them, that the se- 
 curity of the now flourishing town of Mansoul did not so 
 much lie in her present fortifications and force, as in her so 
 using of what she had, as might oblige her Emmanuel to 
 abide within her castle. For the right doctrine of Emma- 
 nuel was, that the town of Mansoul should take heed, that 
 they forgot not his Father's love and his ; also, that they 
 should so demean themselves, as to continue to keep them- 
 selves therein. Now this was not the way to do it, namely, 
 to fall in love with one of the Diabolonians, and with such 
 an one too as Mr. Carnal-Security was, and to be led up 
 and down by the nose by him : they should have heard 
 their Prince, feared their Prince, loved their Prince, and 
 have stoned this naughty pack to death, and taken care to 
 have walked in the ways of their Prince's prescribing; for 
 then should their peace have been as a river, when their 
 righteousness had been like the waves of the sea. 
 
 Now when Emmanuel perceived that through the policy 
 of Mr. Carnal-Security, the hearts of the men of Mansoul 
 were chilled and abated in their practical love to him, 
 
 First. He bemoans them, and condoles their state with 
 the Secretary, saying-, " Oh that my people had hearkened 
 unto me, and that Mansoul had walked in my ways ! I 
 would have fed them with the finest of the wheat; and 
 with honey out of the rock woidd I have sustained them." 
 This done, he said in his heart, " I will return to the court, 
 and go to my palace, till Mansoul shall consider and ac- 
 knowledge their offence." And he did so, and the cause 
 and manner of his going away from them was, that Man* 
 soul declined him, as is manifest in these particulars. 
 
 " 1. They left off their former way of visiting lam, they 
 came not to his royal palace as afore. 
 
 16*
 
 186 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " 2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he 
 came or came not to visit them. 
 
 " 3. The love-feasts that had wont to be between their 
 Prince and them, though he made them still, and called 
 them to them, yet they neglected to come to them, or to be 
 delighted with them. 
 
 " 4. They waited not for his counsels, but began to be 
 headstrong and confident in themselves, concluding that now 
 they were strong and invincible, and that Mansoul was se- 
 cure, and beyond all reach of the foe, and that her state 
 must needs be unalterable for ever." 
 
 Now, as was said, Emmanuel perceiving that by the craft 
 of Mr. Carnal-Security, the town of Mansoul was taken 
 off from their dependence upon him, and upon his Father 
 by him, and set upon what, by them, was bestowed upon 
 it ; he first, as I said, bemoaned their state, then he used 
 means to make them understand that the way that they 
 went on in was dangerous : for he sent my Lord High 
 Secretary to them, to forbid them such ways ; but twice, 
 when he came to them, he found them at dinner in Mr. 
 Carnal-Security's parlour : and perceiving also that they 
 were not willing to reason about matters concerning their 
 good, he took grief and went his way ; the which when he 
 had told to the Prince Emmanuel, he took offence and was 
 grieved also, and so made provision to return to his Father's 
 court. 
 
 Now, the methods of his withdrawing, as I was saying 
 before, were thus : — 
 
 " 1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he 
 kept himself close, and more retired than formerly. 
 
 " 2. His speech was not now, if he came in their com- 
 pany, so pleasant and familiar as formerly. 
 
 " 3. Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul, from 
 his table, those dainty bits which he was wont to do.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 187 
 
 " 4. Nor when they came to visit him, as now and then 
 they would, would he be so easily spoken with, as they 
 found him to be in times past. They might now knock 
 once, yea, twice, but he would seem not at all to regard 
 them ; whereas formerly at the sound of their feet he would 
 up and run, and meet them half-way, and take them too, 
 and lay them in his bosom." 
 
 But thus Emmanuel carried it now, and by this his car- 
 riage he sought to make them bethink themselves, and re- 
 turn to him. But, alas ! they did not consider, they did 
 not know his ways, they regarded not, they were not 
 touched with these, nor with the true remembrance of former 
 favours. Wherefore what doe's he but in private manner 
 withdraw himself, first from his palace, then to the gate of 
 the town, and so away from Mansoul he goes, till they 
 should acknowledge their offence, and more earnestly seek 
 his face. Mr. God's-Peace also laid down his commission, 
 and would for the present act no longer in the town of Man- 
 soul. 
 
 Thus they walked contrary to him, and he again, by way 
 of retaliation, walked contrary to them. But, alas ! by this 
 time they were so hardened in their way, and had so drunk 
 in the doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, that the departing 
 of their Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered 
 by them when gone ; and so, of consequence, his absence 
 not condoled by them. 
 
 Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr. 
 Carnal-Security, did again make a feast for the town of 
 Mansoul ; and there was at that time in the town one Mr. 
 Godly-Fear, one now but little set by, though formerly one 
 of great request. This man, old Carnal-Security, had a 
 mind, if possible, to gull, and debauch, and abuse, as he did 
 the pest, and therefore he now bids him to the feast with his
 
 188 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 neighbours. So the day being come, they prepare, and he 
 goes and appears with the rest of the guests ; and being all 
 set at the table, they did eat and drink, and were merry, 
 even all, but this one man : for Mr. Godly-Fear sat like a 
 stranger, and did neither eat, nor was merry. The which, 
 when Mr. Carnal-Security perceived, he presently addressed 
 himself in a speech thus to him : — ■ 
 
 " Mr. Godly-Fear, are you not well ? You seem to be 
 ill of body or mind, or both. I have a cordial of Mr. For- 
 get-Good's making, the which, sir, if you will take a dram 
 of, 1 hope it may make you bonny and blithe, and so make 
 you more fit for us feasting companions." 
 
 Unto whom the good old gentleman discreetly replied, 
 " Sir, I thank you for all things courteous and civil ; but for 
 your cordial, I have no list thereto. But a word to the 
 natives of Mansoul : You, the elders and chiefs of Mansoul, 
 to me it is strange to see you so jocund and merry, when 
 the town of Mansoul is in such woful case." 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " You want sleep, good 
 sir, I doubt. If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and 
 we meanwhile will be merry." 
 
 Then said the good man as follows : " Sir, if you were 
 not destitute of an honest heart, you could not do as you 
 have done, and do." 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, •« Why ?" 
 
 Godly. Nay, pray interrupt me not. It is true, the 
 town of Mansoul was strong, ana, with a proviso, impreg- 
 nable ; but you, the townsmen, have weakened it, and it now 
 lies obnoxious to its foes ; nor is it a time to flatter, or be 
 silent ; it is you, Mr. Carnal-Security, that have wilfully 
 stripped Mansoul, and driven her glory from her; you have 
 pulled down her towers, you have broken down her gates, 
 you have spoiled her locks and bars.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 1S9 
 
 And now, to explain myself: from that time that my 
 lords of Mansoul and you, sir, grew so great, from that 
 time, the strength of Mansoul has been offended, and now 
 he is arisen and is gone. If any shall question the truth of 
 my words, I will answer him by this, and such like ques- 
 tions : " Where is the Prince Emmanuel ? When did a 
 man or woman in Mansoul see him ? When did you hear 
 from him, or taste any of his dainty bits ?" You are now 
 a feasting with this Diabolonian monster, but he is not your 
 Prince. I say, therefore, though enemies from without, 
 had you taken heed, could not have made a prey of you, 
 yet, since you have sinned against your Prince, your ene- 
 mies within have been too hard for you. 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " Fie ! fie ! Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, fie ! Will you never shake off your timorousness? 
 Are you afraid of being sparrow-blasted ? Who hath hurt 
 you ? Behold, I am on your side ; only you are for doubt- 
 ing, and I am for being confident. Besides, is this a time to 
 be sad ? A feast is made for mirth ; why, then, do you 
 now, to your shame and our trouble, break out into such 
 passionate melancholy language, when you should eat and 
 drink, and be merry ?" 
 
 Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, "I may well be sad, 
 for Emmanuel is gone from Mansoul. I say again, he is 
 gone, and you, sir, are the man that has driven him away; 
 yea, he is gone, without so much as acquainting the nobles 
 of Mansoul with his going ; and if that is not a sign of his 
 anger, I am not acquainted with the methods of godliness. 
 
 " xlnd now, my lords and gentlemen, for my speech is still 
 to you, your gradual declining from him did provoke him 
 gradually to depart from you, the which he did for some 
 time; if perhaps you would have been made sensible thereby, 
 and have been renewed by humbling yourselves; but when
 
 190 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 he saw that none would regard nor lay these fearful begin- 
 nings of his anger and judgment to heart, he went away 
 from this place ; and this I saw with mine eyes. Where- 
 fore now, while you boast, your strength is gone ; you are 
 like the man that had lost his locks, that before did wave 
 about Ins shoulders. You may, with this lord of your feast, 
 shake yourselves, and conclude to do as at other times ; but 
 since without him you can do nothing, and he is departed 
 from you, turn your feast into a sigh, and your mirth into 
 lamentation." 
 
 Then the subordinate preacher, old Mr. Conscience by 
 name, he that of old was Recorder of Mansoul, being star- 
 tled at what was said, began to second it thus : — 
 
 " Indeed, my brethren," quoth he, " I fear that Mr. 
 Godly-Fear tells us true : I, for my part, have not seen my 
 Prince a long season. I cannot remember the day, for my 
 part ; nor can I answer Mr. Godly-Fear's question. I 
 doubt, I am afraid, that it is all naught with Mansoul." 
 
 Godly. Nay, I know that you shall not find him in Man- 
 soul, for he is departed and gone ; yea, and gone for the 
 faults of the elders, and for that they rewarded his grace 
 with unsufFerable unkindness. 
 
 Then did the subordinate preacher look as if he would 
 fall down dead at the table ; also, all there present, except 
 he man of the house, began to look pale and wan. But 
 having a little recovered themselves, and jointly agreeing to 
 believe Mr. Godly-Fear and his sayings, they began to con- 
 sult what was best to be done, (now Mr. Carnal-Security 
 was gone into his withdra wing-room, for he liked not such 
 dumpish doings,) both to the man of the house for drawing 
 them into evil, and also to recover Emmanuel's love. 
 
 And, with that, that saying of their Prince came very hot 
 Into their minds, which he had bidden them do to such as
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 191 
 
 were false prophets, that should arise to delude the town of 
 Mansoul. So they took Mr, Carnal-Security (concluding 
 thai he must be he) and burned his house upon him with 
 fire , for he also was a Diabolonian by nature. 
 
 So when this was passed and over, they bespeed them- 
 selves to look for Emmanuel their Prince ; and they sought 
 him, but they found him not. Then were they more con- 
 firmed in the truth of Mr. Godly-Fear's sayings, and began 
 also severely to reflect upon themselves, for their so vile 
 and ungodly doings ; for they concluded now that it was 
 through them that their Prince had left them. 
 
 Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary, (him 
 whom before they refused to hear — him whom they had 
 grieved with their doings,) to know of him, for he was a 
 seer, and could tell where Emmanuel was, and how they 
 might direct a petition to him. But the Lord Secretary 
 would not admit them to a conference about this matter, nor 
 would admit them to his royal place of abode, nor come out 
 to them, to show them his face or intelligence. 
 
 And now was it a day gloomy and dark, a day of clouds 
 and of thick darkness with Mansoul. Now they saw that 
 they had been foolish, and began to perceive what the com- 
 pany and prattle of Mr. Carnal-Security had done, and what 
 desperate damage his swaggering words had brought poor 
 Mansoul into. But what further it was likely to cost them, 
 vhat they were ignorant of. Now Mr. Godly-Fear began 
 again to be in repute with the men of the town ; yea, they 
 were ready to look upon him as a prophet. 
 
 Well, when the Sabbath day was come, they went to 
 hear their subordinate preacher; but oh, how he did thunder 
 and lighten this day ! His text was that in the prophet 
 Jonah, "They that observe lying vanities forsake their own 
 mercy " But there was then such power and authority in
 
 192 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that sermon, and such a dejection seen in the countenances 
 of the people that day, that the like hath seldom been heard 
 or seen. The people, when sermon was done, were scarce 
 able to go to their homes, or to betake themselves to their 
 employs the week after ; they were so sermon-smitten, and 
 also so sermon-sick by being smitten, that they knew not 
 what to do. 
 
 He did not only show to Mansoul their sin, but did trem- 
 ble before them, under the sense of his own, still crying out 
 of himself, as he preached to them, " Unhappy man that 
 I am ! that I should do so wicked a thing ! That I, a 
 preacher ! who.n the Prince did set np to teach to Mansoul 
 his law, should myself live senseless and sottishly here, and 
 be one of the first found in transgression ! This transgres- 
 sion also fell within my precincts : I should have cried out 
 against the wickedness ; but I let Mansoul lie wallowing in 
 it, until it had driven Emmanuel from its borders !" With 
 these things he also charged all the lords and gentry of Man- 
 soul, to the almost distracting of them. ■ 
 
 About this time also, there was a great sickness in the 
 town of Mansoul, and most of the inhabitants were greatly 
 afflicted. Yea, the captains also, and men of war were 
 brought thereby to a languishing condition, and that for a 
 long time together ; so that in case of an invasion, nothing 
 could to purpose now have been done, either by the towns- 
 men, or field officers. Oh, how many pale faces, weak 
 hands, feeble knees, and staggering men, were now seen to 
 walk the streets of Mansoul ! Here were groans, there 
 pants, and yonder lay those that were ready to faint. 
 
 The garments, too, which Emmanuel had given them 
 were but in a sorry case ; some were rent, some were torn, 
 and all in a nasty condition ; some also did hang so loosely 
 upon them, that the next bush they came at, was ready to 
 pluck them off.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 193 
 
 After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition, 
 the subordinate preacher called for a day of fasting, and to 
 humble themselves for being so Avicked against the great 
 Shaddai, and his Son. And he desired that Captain Bo- 
 anerges would preach. So he consented to do it ; and the 
 day being come, and his text was this, " Cut it down, why 
 cumbereth it the ground ?" And a very smart sermon he 
 made upon the place. First, he showed what was the oc- 
 casion of the words, namely, because the fig-tree was barren ; 
 then he showed what was contained in the sentence, namely, 
 repentance, or utter desolation. He then showed also, by 
 whose authority this sentence was pronounced, and that was 
 by Sbaddai himself. And, lastly, he showed the reasons of 
 the point, and then concluded his sermon. But he was very 
 pertinent in the application, insomuch that he made poor 
 Mansoul tremble. For this sermon, as well as the former, 
 wrought much upon the hearts of the men of Mansoul ; yea, 
 it greatly helped to keep awake those that were roused by 
 the preaching that went before. So that now, throughout 
 the whole town, there was little or nothing to be heard or 
 seen, but sorrow, and mourning, and woe. 
 
 Now, after sermon, they got together, and consulted what 
 was best to be done. " But," said the subordinate preacher, 
 " I will do nothing of mine own head, without advising with 
 my neighbour, Mr. Godly-Fear. For if he had afore under- 
 stood more of the mind of our Prince than we, I do not know 
 but he also may now, even now we are turning again to 
 virtue." 
 
 So they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forth- 
 with appeared. Then they desired, that he would further 
 show his opinion about what they had best to do. Then 
 said the old gentleman as followeth : " It is my opinion that 
 this town of Mansoul should, in this day of her distress, 
 
 17
 
 104 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 draw up and send an humble petition to their offended Prince 
 Emmanuel, that he, in his favour and gTace, will turn again 
 unto you, and not keep anger for ever." 
 
 When the townsmen had heard this speech, they did, 
 with one consent agree to his advice ; so they did presently 
 draw up their request, and the next was, But who shall 
 earn,* it ? At last they did all agree to send it by my Lord 
 Mayor. So he accepted of the service, and addressed him- 
 self to his journey ; and went and came to the court of 
 Shaddai, whither Emmanuel the Prince of Mansoul was 
 gone. But the gate was shut, and a strict watch kept 
 thereat ; so that the petitioner was forced to stand without 
 for a great while together. Then he desired that some 
 would go in to the Prince and tell him who stood at the 
 gate, and what his business was. So one went and told to 
 Shaddai, and to Emmanuel his Son, that the Lord Mayor 
 of the town of Mansoul stood without at the gate of the 
 King's court, desiring to be admitted into the presence of the 
 Prince, the King's Son. He also told what was the Lord 
 Mayor's errand, both to the King and his Son Emmanuel. 
 But the Prince would not come down, nor admit that the 
 gate should be opened to him, but sent him an answer to 
 this effect : " They have turned their back unto me, and not 
 their face ; but now in the time of their trouble they say 
 to me, Arise, and save us. But can they not now go to 
 Mr. Carnal-Security, to whom they went when they 
 turned from me, and make him their leader, their lord, 
 and their protection now in their trouble ; why now in 
 their trouble do they visit me, since in their prosperity 
 they went astray?" 
 
 The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face ; 
 it troubled, it perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he 
 began again to see what it was, to be familiar with Diabo-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 195 
 
 lonians, such as Mr. Carnal-Security was. When he saw 
 that at court, as yet, there was little help to be expected, 
 either for himself or friends in Mansoul, he smote upon his 
 breast, and returned weeping, and all the way bewailing the 
 lamentable state of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, when he was come within sight of the town, the 
 elders and chief of the people of Mansoul went out at the 
 gate to meet him, and to salute him, and to know how ho 
 sped at court. But he told them his tale in so doleful a 
 maimer, that they all cried out, and mourned, and wept. 
 Wherefore they threw ashes and dust upon their heads, and 
 put sackcloth upon their loins, and went crying out through 
 the town of Mansoul ; the which, when the rest of the 
 townsfolk saw, they all mourned and wept. This, therefore, 
 was a day of rebuke and trouble, and of anguish, to the town 
 of Mansoul, and also of great distress. 
 
 After some time, when they had somewhat refrained them- 
 selves, they came together to consult again what by them 
 was yet to be done ; and they asked advice, as they did 
 before, of that reverend Mr. Godly-Fear, who told them 
 that there was no way better than to do as they had done, 
 nor would he that they should be discouraged at all with 
 that they had met with at court ; yea, though several of 
 their petitions should be answered with nought but silence 
 or rebuke : " For," said he, " it is the way of the wise 
 Shaddai, to make men wait and to exercise patience, and it 
 should be the way of them in want, to be willing to stay his 
 leisure." 
 
 Then they took courage, and sent again, and again, and 
 again, and again; for there was not now one day, nor an 
 hour that went over Mansoul's head, wherein a man might 
 not have met upon the road one or other riding post, sound- 
 ing die horn from Mansoul to the court of the King Shaddai ;
 
 196 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 and all with letters petitionary in behalf of, and for the 
 Prince's return to Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full 
 of messengers, going and returning, and meeting one another ; 
 some from the court, and some from Mansoul ; and this was 
 the work of the miserable town of Mansoul all that long, 
 that sharp, that cold and tedious winter. 
 
 Now, if you have not forgot, you may yet remember that 
 I told you before, that after Emmanuel had taken Mansoul, 
 yea, and after that he had new modelled the town, there re- 
 mained in several lurking-places of the corporation many of 
 the old Diabolonians, that either came with the tyrant, when 
 he invaded and took the town, or that had there, by reason 
 of unlawful mixtures, their birth, and breeding, and bringing 
 up. And their holes, dens, and lurking-places were in, 
 under, or about the wall of the town. Some of their names 
 are the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, 
 the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil- 
 Eye, the Lord Blasphemy, and that horrible villain, the old 
 and dangerous Lord Covetousness. These, as I told you, 
 with many more, had yet their abode in the town of Man- 
 soul, and that, after that Emmanuel had driven their prince 
 Diabolus out of the castle. 
 
 Against these, the good Prince did grant a commission to 
 the Lord Willbewill and others, yea, to the whole town of 
 Mansoul, to seek, take, secure, and destroy any or all that 
 they could lay hands on, for that they were Diabolonians 
 by nature, enemies to the Prince, and those that sought to 
 ruin the blessed town of Mansoul. But the town of Man- 
 soul did not pursue this warrant, but neglected to look after, 
 to apprehend, to secure, and to destroy these Diabolonians. 
 Wherefore, what do these villains, but by degrees take 
 courage to put forth their heads, and to show themselves to 
 'he inhabitants of the town. Yea, and as I was told, some
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 197 
 
 of the men of Mansoul grew too familiar with some of them, 
 to the sorrow of the corporation, as you yet will hear more 
 of in time and place. 
 
 Well, when the Diabolonian lords that were left perceived 
 that Mansoul had, through sinning, offended Emmanuel their 
 Prince, and that he had withdrawn himself and was gone, 
 what do they, but plot the ruin of the town of Mansoul. So 
 upon a time they met together at the hold of one Mr. Mis- 
 chief, who was also a Diabolonian, and there consulted how 
 they might deliver up Mansoul into the hands of Diabolus 
 again. Now some advised one way, and some another, 
 every man according to his own liking. At last my Lord 
 Lasciviousness propounded, whether it might not be best, in 
 the first place, for some of those that were Diabolonians in 
 Mansoul to adventure to offer themselves for servaffls to 
 some of the natives of the town ; " for," said he, " if they 
 so do, and Mansoul shall accept of them, they may for us, 
 and for Diabolus our lord, make the taking of the town of 
 Mansoul more easy than otherwise it will be." But then 
 stood up the Lord Murder, and said, " This may not be 
 done at this time ; for Mansoul is now in a kind of a rage, 
 because by our friend Mr. Carnal-Security she hath been 
 once ensnared already, and made to offend against her 
 Prince ; and how shall she reconcile herself unto her lord 
 again, but by the heads of these men ? Besides, we know 
 that they have in commission to take and slay us wherever 
 they shall find us ; let us therefore be wise as foxes : when 
 we are dead, we can do them no hurt ; but while we live, 
 we may." Thus, when they had tossed the matter to and 
 fro, they jointly agreed that a letter should forthwith be sent 
 away to Diabolus in their name, by which the state of the 
 town of Mansoul should be showed him, and how much it 
 is under the frowns of their Prince. " We may also," said 
 
 17*
 
 198 THE HOLY AVAR 
 
 some, "let him know our intentions, and ask of him his 
 advice in the case." 
 
 So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which 
 were these : — 
 
 " To our great lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below 
 in the infernal cave : — 
 
 " O great father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the 
 true Diabolonians yet remaining in the rebellious town of 
 Mansoul, having received our beings from thee, and our 
 nourishment at thy hands, cannot witli content and quiet 
 endure to behold, as we do this day, how thou art dispraised, 
 disgraced, and reproached among the inhabitants of this 
 town ; nor is thy long absence at all delightful to us, because 
 greatly to our detriment. 
 
 " The reason of this our writing unto our lord, is for that 
 we are not altogether without hope that this town may be- 
 come thy habitation again ; for it is greatly declined from its 
 Prince Emmanuel ; and he is uprisen, and is departeci from 
 them : yea, and though they send, and send, and send, and 
 send after him to return to them, yet can they not prevail, 
 nor get good words from him. 
 
 " There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a very 
 great sickness and faintings among them ; and that not only 
 upon the poorer sort of the town, but upon the lords, cap- 
 tains, and chief gentry of the place, (we only who are of 
 the Diabolonians by nature remain well, lively and strong,) 
 so that through their great transgression on the one hand, 
 and their dangerous sickness on the other, we judge they lie 
 open to thy hand and power. If, therefore, it shall stand 
 with thy horrible cunning, and with the cunning of the rest 
 of the princes with thee, to come and make an attempt to 
 take Mansoul again, send us word, and we shall to our utmost 
 power be ready to deliver it into thy hand. Or if what we
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 199 
 
 have said shall not by thy fatherhood be thought best and 
 most meet to be done, send us thy mind in a few words, and 
 we are all ready to follow thy counsel to the hazarding of 
 our lives, and what else we have. 
 
 " Given under our hands the day and date above-written, 
 
 after a close consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief, 
 
 who yet is alive, and hath his place in our desirable 
 
 town of Mansoul." 
 
 When Mr. Profane (for he was the carrier) was come 
 
 with his letter to Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the brazen 
 
 gates for entrance. Then did Cerberus, the porter, for he 
 
 is the keeper of that gate, open to Mr. Profane, to whom 
 
 he delivered his letter, which he had brought from the Dia- 
 
 bolonians in Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented it 
 
 to Diabolus his lord, and said, " Tidings, my lord, from 
 
 Mansoul, from our trusty friends in Mansoul." 
 
 Then came together from all places of the den, Beelze- 
 bub, Lucifer, Apollyon, with the rest of the rabblement there 
 to hear what news from Mansoul. So the letter was broken 
 up and read, and Cerberus he stood by. When the letter 
 was openly read, and the contents thereof spread into all the 
 corners of the den, command was given that, without let or 
 stop, dead-man's bell should be rung for joy. So the bell 
 was rung, and the princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely 
 to come to ruin. Now, the clapper of the bell went, " The 
 town of Mansoul is coming to dwell with us ; make room 
 for the town of Mansoul." This bell therefore they did 
 ring, because they did hope that they should have Mansoul 
 
 again. 
 
 Now, when they had performed tins their horrible cere- 
 mony, they got together again ic consult what answer to 
 send to their friends in Mansoul; and some advised one 
 thing and some another : but at length, because the business
 
 200 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 required haste, they left the whole business to the Prince 
 Diabolus, judging him the most proper lord of the place. 
 80 he drew up a letter as he thought fit, in answer to what 
 Mr. Profane had brought, and sent it to the Diabolonians 
 that dwell in Mansoul, by the same hand that had brought 
 theirs to him ; and these were the contents thereof: — 
 " To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians that 
 yet dwell in the town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great 
 prince of Mansoul, wisheth a prosperous issue and con- 
 clusion of those many brave enterprizes, conspiracies 
 and designs that you, of your love and respect to our 
 honour, have in your hearts to attempt to do against 
 Mansoul. 
 " Beloved children and disciples, my Lord Adultery, Mur- 
 der, and the rest, we have here, in our desolate den, received, 
 to our highest joy and content, your welcome letter, by the 
 hand of our trusty Mr. Profane ; and to show how accept- 
 able your tidings were, we rang out our bell for gladness ; 
 for we rejoiced as much as we could, when we perceived 
 that yet we had friends in Mansoul, and such as sought our 
 honour and revenge in the ruin of the town of Mansoul. We 
 nbo rejoiced to hear that they are in a degenerated condition, 
 and that they have offended their Prince, and that he is gone. 
 'J heir sickness also pleaseth us, as does also your health, 
 night, and strength. Glad also would we be, right horribly 
 beloved, could we get this town into our clutches again. 
 Nor will we be sparing of spending our wit, our cunning, 
 our craft, and hellish inventions to bring to a wished con- 
 clusion this your brave beginning in order thereto. 
 
 " And take this for your comfort, (our birth, and our off 
 spring,) that shall we again surprise it and take it, we will 
 attempt to put all your foes to the sword, and will make you 
 the great lords and captains of the place. Nor need you
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 201 
 
 fear, if ever we get it again, that we after that shall be cast 
 out any more ; for we will come with more strength, and so 
 lay far more fast hold than at first we did. Besides, it is 
 the law of that Prince that now they own, that if we get 
 them a second time, they shall be ours forever. 
 
 " Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more 
 pry into, and endeavour to spy out the weakness of the 
 town of Mansoul. We also would that you yourselves do 
 attempt to weaken them more and more. Send us word 
 also by what means you think we had best to attempt the 
 regaining thereof: namely, whether by persuasion to a vain 
 and loose life ; or, whether by tempting them to doubt and 
 despair ; or, whether by blowing up of the town by the 
 gunpowder of pride and self-conceit. Do you also, O ye 
 brave Diabolonians, and true sons of the pit, be always in 
 a readiness to make a most hideous assault within, when we 
 shall be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in your 
 project, and we in our desires, to the utmost power of our 
 gates, which is the wish of your great Diabolus, Mansoul's 
 enemy, and him that trembles when he thinks of judgment 
 to come. All the blessings of the pit be upon you, and so 
 we close up our letter. 
 
 " Given at the pit's mouth, by the. joint consent of all the 
 princes of darkness, to be sent, to the force and power 
 that we have yet remaining in Mansoul, by the hand of 
 Mr. Profane, by me, Diabolus." 
 This letter, as was said, was sent to Mansoul, to the Dia- 
 bolonians that yet remained there, and that yet inhabited the 
 wall, from the dark dungeon of Diabolus, by the hand of 
 Mr. Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul sent theirs to 
 the pit. Now, when this Mr. Profane had made his return, 
 and was come to Mansoul again, he went and came as he 
 was wont to the house of Mr. Mischief, for there was the
 
 202 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 conclave, and the place where the contrivers were met. 
 Now, when they saw that their messenger was returned 
 safe and sound, they wepe greatly gladded thereat. Then 
 he presented them with his letter which he had brought 
 from Diabolus for them ; the which, when they had read 
 and considered, did much augment their gladness. They 
 asked him after the welfare of their friends, as how their 
 Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub did, with the rest of 
 those of the den. To which this Profane made answer, 
 " Well, well, my lords ; they are well, even as well as can 
 be in their place. They also," said he, " did ring for joy 
 at the reading of your letter, as you well perceived when 
 you read it." 
 
 Now, as was said, when they had read their letter, and 
 perceived that it encouraged them in their work, they fell to 
 their way of contriving again, namely, how they might 
 complete their Diabolonian design upon Mansoul. And the 
 first thing that they agreed upon was to keep all things from 
 Mansoul as close as they could. " Let it not be known, let 
 not Mansoul be acquainted with what we design against it." 
 The next thing was, how, or by what means, they should 
 try to bring to pass the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul ; 
 and one said after this manner, and another said after that. 
 Then stood up Mr. Deceit, and said, " My right Diabolo- 
 nian friends, our lords, and the high ones of the deep dun- 
 geon, do propound unto us these three ways. 
 
 " 1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin by making 
 Mansoul loose and vain. 
 
 " 2. Or whether by driving them to doubt and despair. 
 
 " 3. Or whether by endeavouring to blow them up by the 
 gunpowder of pride and self-conceit. 
 
 " Now, I think, if we shall tempt them to pride, that may 
 do something ; and if we tempt them to wantonness, that
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 203 
 
 may help. But, in my mind, if we could drive them into 
 desperation, that would knock the nail on the head ; for 
 then we should have them, in the first place, question the 
 truth of the love of the heart of their Prince towards them, 
 and that will disgust him much. This, if it works well, 
 will make them leave off quickly their way of sending peti- 
 tions to him ; then farewell earnest solicitations for help and 
 supply ; for then this conclusion lies naturally before them, 
 •As good do nothing, as do to no purpose.' " So to Mr. 
 Deceit they unanimously did consent. 
 
 Then the next question was, But how shall we do to 
 brino- this our project to pass ? and it was answered by the 
 same gentleman, — that this might be the best way to do it ; 
 " Even let," quoth he, " so many of our friends as are 
 willing to venture themselves, for the promoting of their 
 prince's cause, disguise themselves with apparel, change 
 their names, and go into the market like far countrymen, 
 and proffer to let themselves for servants to the famous town 
 of Mansoul, and let them pretend to do for their masters as 
 beneficially as may be ; for by so doing they may, if Man- 
 soul shall hire them, in little time so corrupt and defile the 
 corporation, that her now Prince shall be not only further 
 offended with them, but in conclusion shall spue them out 
 of his mouth. And when this is done, our prince Diabolus 
 shall prey upon them with ease ; yea, of themselves they 
 shall fall into the mouth of the eater." 
 
 This project was no sooner propounded, but was as 
 highly accepted, and forward were all Diabolonians now to 
 engage in so delicate an enterprise ; but it was not thought 
 fit that all should do thus ; wherefore they pitched upon 
 two or three, namely, the Lord Covetousness, the Lord 
 Lasciviousness, and the Lord Anger. The Lord Covetous- 
 ness called himself by the name of Prudent-Thrifty ; the
 
 204 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Lord Lasciviousness called himself by the name of Harm- 
 less-Mirth ; and the Lord Anger called himself by the name 
 of Good-Zeal. 
 
 So upon a market-day they came into the market-place, 
 three lusty fellows they were to look on, and they were 
 clothed in sheep's-russet, which was also now in a manner 
 as white as were the white robes of the men of Mansoul. 
 Now the men could speak the language of Mansoul well. 
 So when they were come into the market-place, and hud 
 offered to let themselves to the townsmen, they were pre- 
 sently taken up ; for they asked but little wages, and pro- 
 mised to do their masters great service. 
 
 Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear 
 hired Good-Zeal. True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth did 
 hang a little in hand, and could not so soon get him a mas- 
 ter as the others did, because the town of Mansoul was 
 now in Lent ; but after a while, because Lent was almost 
 out, the Lord Willbewill hired Harmless-Mirth to be both 
 his waiting man and his lacquey : and thus they got them 
 masters. 
 
 These villains now being got thus far into the houses of 
 the men of Mansoul, quickly began to do great mischief 
 therein ; for being filthy, arch, and sly, they quickly cor- 
 rupted the families where they were ; yea, they tainted their 
 masters much, especially this Prudent-Thrifty, and him they 
 call Harmless-Mirth. True, he that went under the visor 
 of Good-Zeal, was not so well liked of his master ; for he 
 quickly found that he was but a counterfeit rascal; the 
 which when the fellow perceived, with speed he made his 
 escape from the house, or I doubt not but his master had 
 hanged him. 
 
 Well, when these vagabonds had thus far carried on their 
 design, and had corrupted the town as much as they could,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 205 
 
 in the next place they considered with themselves at what 
 time their prince Diabolus without, and themselves within 
 the town, should make an attempt to seize upon Mansoul ; 
 and they all agreed upon this, that a market-day would be 
 best for that work ; for why ? then will the townsfolk be 
 busy in their ways : and always take this for a rule, When 
 people are most busy in the world, they least fear a sur- 
 prise. " We also then," said they, " shall be able with 
 less suspicion to gather ourselves together for the work of 
 our friends and lords ; yea, and in such a day, if we shall 
 attempt our work, and miss it, we may, when they shall 
 give us the rout, the better hide ourselves in the crowd, and 
 escape." 
 
 These things being thus far agreed upon by them, they 
 wrote another letter to Diabolus, and sent it by the hand of 
 Mr. Profane, the contents of which were these : — 
 
 " The Lords of Looseness send to the great and high 
 Diabolus from our dens, caves, holes, and strongholds, 
 in and about the wall of the town of Mansoul, greet- 
 ing: 
 " Our great lord, and the nourisher of our lives, Diabo- 
 lus, — how glad we were when we heard of your fatherhood's 
 readiness to comply with us, and help forward our design 
 in our attempts to ruin Mansoul, none can tell but those who, 
 as we do, set themselves against all appearance of good, 
 when and wheresoever we find it. 
 
 " Touching the encouragement that your greatness is 
 pleased to give us to continue to devise, contrive, and study 
 the utter desolation of Mansoul, that we are not solicitous 
 about: for we know right well that it cannot but be pleas- 
 ing and profitable to us to see our enemies, and them that 
 seek our lives, die at our feet, or fly before us. We there- 
 fore are still contriving, and that to the best of our cunning, 
 
 18
 
 9.0$ TIIF, KOLY WAR. 
 
 to make this work most facile and easy to your lordships, 
 and to us. 
 
 " First, we considered of that most hellishly cunning, 
 compacted, threefold project, that by you was propounded 
 to us in your last ; and have concluded, that though to blow 
 them up with the gunpowder of pride would do well, and 
 to do it by tempting them to be loose and vain will help on, 
 yet to contrive to bring them into the gulf of desperation, 
 we think will do best of all. Now we, who are at your 
 beck, have thought of two ways to do this ; first, we, for 
 our parts, will make them as vile as we can, and then you 
 with us, at a time appointed, shall be ready to fall upon them 
 with the utmost force. And of all the nations that are at 
 your whistle, we think that an army of doubters may be the 
 most likely to attack and overcome the town of Mansoul. 
 Thus shall we overcome these enemies, else the pit shall 
 open her mouth upon them, and desperation shall thrust 
 them down into it. We have also, to effect this so much 
 by us desired design, sent already three of our trusty Dia- 
 bolonians among them ; they are disguised in garb, they 
 have changed their names, and are now accepted of them ; 
 namely, Covetousness, Lasciviousness, and Anger. The 
 name of Covetousness is changed to Prudent-Thrifty, and 
 him Mr. Mind has hired, and is almost become as bad as 
 our friend. Lasciviousness has changed his name to Harm- 
 less-Mirth, and he is got to be the Lord Willbewill's lacquey; 
 but he has made his master very wanton. Anger changed 
 his name into Good-Zeal, and was entertained by Mr.'Godly- 
 Fear ; but the peevish old gentleman took pepper in the 
 nose, and turned our companion out of his house. Nay, he 
 has informed us since, that he ran away from him, or else 
 his old master had hanged him up for his labour. 
 
 " Now these have much helped forward our work and
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 207 
 
 design upon Mansoul ; for notwithstanding the spite and 
 quarrelsome temper of the old gentleman last mentioned, 
 the other two ply their business well, and are likely to ripen 
 their work apace. 
 
 " Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come 
 upon the town upon a market-day, and that when they are 
 upon the heat of their business ; for then, to be sure, they 
 will be most secure, and least think that an assault will be 
 made upon them. They will also at such a time be less 
 able to defend themselves, and to offend you in the prosecu- 
 tion of our design. And we your trusty (and we are sure 
 your beloved) ones shall, when you shall make your furious 
 assault without, be ready to second the business within. So 
 shall we, in all likelihood, be able to put Mansoul to utter 
 confusion, and to swallow them up before they can come to 
 themselves. If your serpentine heads, most subtile dragons, 
 and our highly esteemed lords, can find out a better way 
 than this, let us quickly know your minds. 
 
 " To the monsters of the infernal cave, from the house 
 of Mr. Mischief in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Pro- 
 fane." 
 
 Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish 
 Diabolonians were thus contriving the nun of the town of 
 Mansoul, they (namely, the poor town itself) were in a sad 
 and woful case ; partly because they had so grievously 
 offended Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that the 
 enemies thereby got strength within them afresh ; and also 
 because, though they had by many petitions made suit to 
 the Prince Emmanuel, and to his Father Shaddai by him, 
 for their pardon and favour, yet hitherto obtained they not 
 one smile ; but contrariwise, through the craft and subtilty 
 of the domestic Diabolonians, their cloud was made to grow 
 blacker and blacker, and their Emmanuel to stand vl further 
 distance.
 
 208 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The sickness also did still greatly rage in Mansoul, both 
 among the captains and the inhabitants of the town ; and 
 their enemies only were now lively and strong, and likely 
 to become the head, whilst Mansoul was made the tail. 
 
 By this time the letter last-mentioned, that was written 
 by the Diabolonians that yet lurked in the town of Man- 
 soul, was conveyed to Diabolus in the black den, by the 
 hand of Mr. Profane. He carried the letter by Hell-Gate 
 Hill as afore, and conveyed it by Cerberus to his lord. 
 
 But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane did meet, they were 
 presently as great as beggars, and thus they fell into dis- 
 course about Mansoul, and about the project against her. 
 
 " A.h ! old friend," quoth Cerberus, " art thou come to 
 Hell-Gate Hill again! By St. Mary, I am glad to see 
 thee !" 
 
 Prof. Yes, my lord, I am come again about the concerns 
 of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Cerb. Prithee, tell me what condition is that town of 
 Mansoul in at present ? 
 
 Prof. In a brave condition, my lord, for us, and for my 
 lords, the lords of this place, I trow ; for they are greatly 
 decayed as to godliness, and that is as well as our heart can 
 wish ; their Lord is greatly out with them, and that doth 
 also please us well. We have already also a foot in their 
 dish, for our Diabolonian friends are laid in their bosoms, 
 and what do we lack but to be masters of the place ! Be- 
 sides, our trusty friends in Mansoul are daily plotting to 
 betray it to the lords of this town ; also the sickness rages 
 bitterly among them ; and that which makes up all, we hope 
 at last to prevail." 
 
 Then said the dog of Hell-Gate, " No time like this to 
 assault them. I wish that the enterprise be followed close, 
 and that the success desired may be soon effected ; yea, I
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 209 
 
 wish it for the poor Diabolonians' sakes, that live in the 
 continual fear of their lives in that traitorous town of Man- 
 soul." 
 
 Prof. The contrivance is almost finished, the lords in 
 Mansoul, that are Diabolonians, are at it day and night, and 
 the other are like silly doves, they want heart to be con- 
 cerned with their state, and to consider that ruin is at hand. 
 Besides, you may, yea, must think, when you put all things 
 together, that there are many reasons that prevail with Dia- 
 bolus to make what haste he can. 
 
 Cerb. Thou hast said as it is ; I am glad things are at 
 this pass. Go in, my brave Profane, to my lords, they will 
 give thee for thy welcome as good a coranto* as the whole 
 of this kingdom will afford. I have sent thy letter in al- 
 ready. 
 
 Then Mr. Profane went into the den, and his lord Dia- 
 bolus met him, and saluted him with, " Welcome, my trusty 
 servant: I have been made glad with thy letter." The rest 
 of the lords of the pit gave him also their salutations. Then 
 Profane, after obeisance made to them all, said, " Let Man- 
 soul be given to my lord Diabolus, and let him be her king 
 for ever." And with that, the hollow belly and yawning 
 gorge of hell gave so loud and hideous a groan, (for that is 
 the music of that place,) that it made the mountains about 
 it totter, as if they would fall in pieces. 
 
 Now, after they had read and considered the letter, they 
 consulted what answer to return ; and the first that did speak 
 to it was Lucifer. 
 
 Then said he, " The first project of the Diabolonians in 
 M ansoul is likely to be lucky, and to take ; namely, that 
 they will, by all the ways and means they can, make Man- 
 soul yet more vile and filthy : no way to destroy a soul like 
 
 * A lively, sprightly dance. 
 18 s
 
 210 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 this. Our old friend Balaam went this way and prospered 
 many years ago ; let this therefore stand with us for a maxim, 
 and be to Diabolonians for a general ride in all ages ; for no- 
 thing can make this to fail but grace, in which I would hope 
 that this town has no share. But whether to fall upon them 
 on a market-day, because of their cumber in business, that I 
 would should be under debate. And there is more reason why 
 this head should be debated, than why some other should ; be- 
 cause upon this will turn the whole of what we shall attempt. 
 If we time not our business well, our whole project may fail. 
 Our friends, the Diabolonians, say that a market-day is best ; 
 for then will Mansoul be most busy, and have fewest thoughts 
 of a surprise. But what if also they should double their 
 guards on those days ? (and methinks nature and reason 
 should teach them to do it ;) and what if they should keep 
 such a Avatch on those days as the necessity of their present 
 case doth require ? yea, what if their men should be always 
 in arms on those days ? then you may, my lords, be dis- 
 appointed in your attempts, and may bring our friends in 
 the town to utter danger of unavoidable ruin." 
 
 Then said the great Beelzebub, " There is something in 
 what my lord hath said ; but his conjecture may, or may 
 not fall out. Nor hath my lord laid it down as that which 
 must not be receded from ; for I know that he said it only 
 to provoke to a warm debate thereabout. Therefore we must 
 understand, if we can, whether the town of Mansoul has 
 such sense and knowledge of her decayed state, and of the 
 design that we have on foot against her, as doth provoke 
 her to set watch and ward at her gates, and to double them 
 on market-days. But if, after inquiry made, it shall be found 
 that they are asleep, then any day will do, but a market-day 
 is best; and this is my judgment in this case." 
 
 Then quoth Diabolus, " How should we know this ?"
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 211 
 
 and it was answered, " Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr. 
 Profane." So Profane was called in, and asked the ques- 
 tion, and he made his answer as follows : — 
 
 Prof. My lords, so far as I can gather, this is at present 
 the condition of the town of Mansoul : they are decayed in 
 their faith and love ; Emmanuel, their Prince, has given 
 them the back ; they send often by petition to fetch him 
 again, but he maketh not haste to answer their request, nor 
 is there much reformation among them. 
 
 Diab. I am glad that they are backward in a reformation, 
 but yet I am afraid of their petitioning. However, their 
 looseness of life is a sign that there is not much heart in 
 what they do, and without the heart things are little worth. 
 But go on, my masters ; I will divert you, my lords, no 
 longer. 
 
 Bed. If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. Profane 
 has described it to be, it will be no great matter what day 
 we assault it ; not their prayers, nor their power will do 
 them much service. 
 
 When Beelzebub had ended his oration, then Apollyon 
 did begin. " My opinion," said he, " concerning this matter, 
 is, that we go on fair and softly, not doing things in a hurry. 
 Let our friends in Mansoul go on still to pollute and defile 
 it by seeking to draw it yet more into sin, (for there is 
 nothing like sin to devour Mansoul.) If this be done, and 
 it takes effect, Mansoul, of itself, will leave off to watch, to 
 petition, or anything else that should tend to her security 
 and safety ; for she will forget her Emmanuel, she will not 
 desire his company ; and can she be gotten thus to live, her 
 Prince will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend, 
 Mr. Carnal-Security, with one of his tricks did drive him 
 out of the town ; and why may not my Lord Covetousness, 
 ■ind my Lord Lasciviousness, by what they may do, keep
 
 212 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 him out of the town ! And this I will tell you, (not because 
 you know it not,) that two or three Diabolonians, if enter- 
 tained and countenanced by the town of Mansoul, will do 
 more to the keeping of Emmanuel from them, and towards 
 making the town of Mansoul your own, than can an army 
 of a legion that should be sent out from us to withstand him. 
 Let, therefore, this first project that our friends in Mansoul 
 have set on foot, be strongly and diligently carried on with 
 all cunning and craft imaginable ; and let them send con- 
 tinually, under one guise or another, more and other of their 
 men to play with the people of Mansoul ; and then perhaps, 
 we shall not need to be at die charge of making a war upon 
 them ; or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more 
 sinful they are, the more unable, to be sure, they will be to 
 resist us, and then the more easily we shall overcome them. 
 And besides, suppose (and that is the worst that can be sup- 
 posed) that Emmanuel should come to them again, why 
 may not the same means, or the like, drive him from them 
 once more ? Yea, why may he not, by their lapse into that 
 sin again, be driven from them for ever, for the sake of 
 which he was at the first driven from them for a season ? 
 And if this should happen, then away go with him his bat- 
 tering-rams, his slings, his captains, his soldiers, and he 
 leaveth Mansoul naked and bare. Yea, will not this town, 
 when she sees herself utterly forsaken of her Prince, of her 
 own accord open her gates again unto you, and make of you 
 as in the days of old 1 But this must be done by time, a 
 few days will not effect so great a work as this." 
 
 So soon as Apollyon had made an end of speaking, Dia- 
 bolus began to blow out his own malice, and to plead his 
 own cause; and he said, " My lords, and powers of the 
 cave, my true and trusty friends, I have with much impa- 
 tience, as becomes me, given ear to your long and tedious
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 213 
 
 orations. But my furious gorge, and empty paunch, so 
 lusteth after a re-possession of my famous town of Mansoul, 
 that whatever comes out, I can wait no longer to see the 
 events of lingering projects. I must, and that without further 
 delay, seek, by all means I can, to fill my insatiable gulf 
 with the soul and body of the town of Mansoul. Therefore 
 lend me your heads, your hearts, and your help, now I am 
 going to recover my town of Mansoul." 
 
 When the lords and princes of the pit saw the flaming 
 desire that was in Diabolus to devour the miserable town 
 of Mansoul, they left off" to raise any more objections, but 
 consented to lend him what strength they could : though 
 had Apollyon's advice been taken, they had far more fear- 
 fully distressed the town of Mansoul. But, I say, they were 
 willing to lend him what strength they could, not knowing 
 what need they might have of him, when they should engage 
 for themselves. Wherefore, they fell to advising about the 
 next thing propounded, namely, what soldiers they were, 
 and also how many, with whom Diabolus should go against 
 the town of Mansoul to take it ; and after some debate, it 
 was concluded, according as in the letter the Diabolonians 
 had suggested, that none were more fit for that expedition 
 than an army of terrible doubters. They therefore concluded 
 to send against Mansoul an army of sturdy doubters. The 
 number thought fit to be employed in that service was be- 
 tween twenty and thirty thousand. So then the result of 
 that great council of those high and mighty lords was — That 
 Diabolus should even now, out of hand, beat up his drum 
 for men in the land of doubting, which land lieth upon the 
 confines of the place called Hell-Gate Hill, for men that 
 might be employed by him against the miserable town of 
 Mansoul. It was also concluded, that these lords them- 
 selves should help him in the war, and that they would to
 
 214 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that end head and manage his men. So they drew up a 
 letter, and sent back to the Diabolonians that lurked in 
 Mansoul, and that waited for the backcoming of Mr. Pro- 
 fane, to signify to them into what method and forwardness 
 they at present had put their design. The contents whereof 
 now follow : — 
 
 " From the dark and horrible dungeon of hell, Diabolus, 
 with all the society of the princes of darkness, sends to 
 our trusty ones, in and about the walls of the town of 
 Mansoul, now impatiently waiting for our most devilish 
 answer to their venomous and most poisonous design 
 against the town of Mansoul. 
 " Our native ones, in whom from day to day we boast, 
 and in whose actions all the year long we do greatly delight 
 ourselves, — we received your welcome, because highly es- 
 teemed letter, at the hand of our trusty and greatly beloved, 
 the old gentlemen, Mr. Profane. And do give you to un- 
 derstand, that when we had broken it open, and had read 
 the contents thereof, to your amazing memory be it spokfen, 
 our yawning hollow-bellied place, where we are, made so 
 hideous and yelling a noise for joy, that the mountains that 
 stand round about Hell-Gate Hill, had like to have "been 
 shaken to pieces at the sound thereof. 
 
 " We could also do no less than admire jour faithfulness 
 to us, with the greatness of that subtilty that now hath 
 showed itself to be in your heads, to serve us against the 
 town of Mansoul. For you have invented for us so excel- 
 lent a method for our proceeding against that rebellious peo- 
 ple, a more effectual cannot be thought of by all the wits 
 of hell. The proposals, therefore, which now, at last, you 
 have sent us, since we saw them, we have done little else 
 but highly approve and admire them. 
 
 " Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the profundity of
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 215 
 
 your craft, let you know, that at a full assembly and con- 
 clave of our princes and principalities of this place, your 
 project was discoursed and tossed from one side of our cave 
 to the other by their mightinesses ; but a better, and as was 
 by themselves judged, a more fit and proper way by all 
 their wits, could not be invented to surprise, take, and make 
 our own, the rebellious town of Mansoul. 
 
 " Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from 
 what you had in your letter propounded, fell of itself to the 
 ground, and yours only was stuck to by Diabolus, the prince ; 
 yea, his gaping gorge and yawning paunch was on fire to 
 put your invention into execution. 
 
 " We therefore give you to understand that our stout, 
 furious, and unmerciful Diabolus, is raising, for your relief, 
 and the ruin of the rebellious town of Mansoul, more than 
 twenty thousand doubters to come against that people. They 
 are all stout and sturdy men, and men that of old have been 
 accustomed to war, and that can therefore well endure the 
 drum. I say, he is doing this work of his with all the 
 possible speed he can ; for his heart and spirit is engaged in 
 it. We desire, therefore, that, as you have hitherto stuck 
 to us, and given us both advice and encouragement thus far, 
 vou still will prosecute our design ; nor shall you lose, but 
 be (jainers thereby ; yea, we intend to make you the lords 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 " One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is, 
 those with us do desire that every one of you that are in 
 Mansoul would still use all your power, cunning, and skill, 
 with delusive persuasions, yet to draw the town of Mansoul 
 into more sin and wickedness, even that sin may be finished 
 and bring forth death. 
 
 " For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, sin- 
 ful, and debauched the town of Mansoul is, the more back-
 
 216 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ward will be their Emmanuel to come to their help, either 
 by presence, or other relief ; yea, the more sinful, the more 
 weak, and so the more unable will they be to make resist- 
 ance, when we shall make our assault upon them to swallow 
 them up. Yea, that may cause that their mighty Shaddai 
 himself may cast them out of his protection ; yea, and send 
 for his captains and soldiers home, with his slings and rams, 
 and leave them naked and bare ; and then the town of Man- 
 soul will, of itself, open to us, and fall as the fig into the 
 mouth of the eater. Yea, to be sure we then, with a great 
 deal of ease, shall come upon her and overcome her. 
 
 " As to the time of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet, 
 have not fully resolved upon that, though at present some 
 of us think as you, that a market-day, or a market-day at 
 night, will certainly be the best. However, do you be 
 ready, and when you shall hear our roaring drum without, 
 do you be as busy to make the most horrible confusion 
 within. So shall Mansoul certainly be distressed before 
 and behind, and shall not know which way to betake her- 
 self for help. My Lord Lucifer, my Lord Beelzebub, my 
 Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest salute you, 
 as does also my Lord Diabolus ; and we wish both you, 
 with all that you do, or shall possess, the very self-same 
 fruit and success for their doing, as we ourselves at present 
 enjoy for ours. 
 
 " From our dreadful confines in the most fearful pit, we 
 salute you, and so do those many legions here with us, 
 wishing you may be as hellishly prosperous as we de- 
 sire to be ourselves. By the letter carrier, Mr. Pro- 
 fane." 
 
 Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to 
 Mansoul, with his errand from the horrible pit to the Dia- 
 bolonians that dwelt in that town. So he came up the stairs
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 217 
 
 from the deep to tlie mouth of the cave where Cerberus was. 
 Now when Cerberus saw him, he asked how matters did 
 go below, about and against the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Prof. Things go as well as we can expect. The letter 
 that I carried thither was highly approved, and well liked 
 by all my lords, and I am returning to tell our Diabolonians " 
 so. I have an answer to it here in my bosom, that I am 
 sure will make our masters that sent me glad ; for the con- 
 tents thereof are to encourage them to pursue their design 
 to the utmost, and to be ready also to fall on within, when 
 they shall see my Lord Diabolus beleaguering the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Cerb. But does he intend to go against them himself? 
 
 Prof. Does he ! Ay ! and he will take along with him 
 more than twenty thousand, all sturdy doubters, and men 
 of war, picked men, from the land of Doubting, to serve 
 him in the expedition. 
 
 Then was Cerberus glad, and said, " And are there such 
 brave preparations making to go against the miserable town 
 of Mansoul ? And would I might be put at the head of a 
 thousand of them, that I might also show my valour against 
 the famous town of Mansoul." 
 
 Prof. Your wish may come to pass ; you look like one 
 that has mettle enough, and my lord will have with him 
 those that are valiant and stout. But my business requires 
 haste. 
 
 Cerb. Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the town of Man- 
 soul, with all the deepest mischiefs that this place can afford 
 thee. And when thou shalt come to the house of Mr. Mis- 
 chief, the place where the Diabolonians meet to plot, tell 
 them that Cerberus doth wish them his service, and that if 
 he may, he will with the army come up against the famous 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 19
 
 218 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Prof. That I will. And I know that my lords that are 
 there will be glad to hear it, and to see you also. 
 
 So after a few more such kind of compliments, Mr. Pro- 
 fane took his leave of his friend Cerberus ; and Cerberus 
 again, with a thousand of their pit-wishes, bid him haste, 
 with all speed, to his masters. The which when he had 
 heard, he made obeisance, and began to gather up his heels 
 to run. 
 
 Thus, therefore, he returned, and went and came to Man- 
 soul ; and going, as afore, to the house of Mr. Mischief, 
 there he found the Diabolonians assembled, and waiting for 
 his return. Now when he was come, and had presented 
 himself, he also delivered to them his letter, and adjoin I 
 this compliment to them therewith : " My lords, from the 
 confines of the pit, the high and mighty principalities and 
 powers of the den salute you here, the true Diabolonians 
 of the town of Mansoul. Wishing you always the most 
 proper of their benedictions, for the great service, high 
 attempts, and brave achievements that you have put your- 
 selves upon, for the restoring to our prince Diabolus the 
 famous town of Mansoul." 
 
 This was therefore the present state of the miserable town 
 of Mansoul : she had offended her Prince, and he was gone ; 
 she had encouraged the powers of hell, by her foolishness, 
 to come against her to seek her utter destruction. 
 
 True, the town of Mansoul was somewhat made sensible 
 of her sin, but the Diabolonians were gotten into her bow- 
 els ; she cried, but Emmanuel was gone, and her cries did 
 not fetch him as yet again. Besides, she kneAV not now 
 whether ever or never, he would return and come to his 
 Mansoul again ; nor did they know the power and industry 
 of the enemy, nor how forward they were to put in execu- 
 tion that plot of hell that they had devised against her.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 2 IS) 
 
 They did, indeed, still send petition after petition to the 
 Prince, but he answered all with silence. They did neglect 
 reformation, and that was as Diabolus would have it ; for 
 he knew, if they regarded iniquity in their heart, their King 
 would not hear their prayer ; they therefore did still grow 
 weaker and weaker, and were as a rolling thing before the 
 whirlwind. They cried to their King for help, and laid 
 Diabolonians in their bosoms : what therefore should a 
 Kino- do to them 1 Yea, there seemed now to be a mixture 
 in Mansoul : the Diabolonians and the Mansoulians would 
 walk the streets together. Yea, they began to seek their 
 peace ; for they thought that, since the sickness had been 
 so mortal in Mansoul, it was in vain to go to handygripes 
 with them. Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was the 
 strength of their enemies ; and the sins of Mansoul, the 
 advantage of the Diabolonians. The foes of Mansoul did 
 also now begin to promise themselves the town for a pos- 
 session : there was no exeat difference now betwixt Man- 
 soulians and Diabolonians : both seemed to be masters of 
 Mansoul. Yea, the Diabolonians increased and grew, but 
 the town of Mansoul diminished greatly. There were 
 more than eleven thousand men, women, and children, that 
 died by the sickness in Mansoul. 
 
 But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose 
 name was Mr. Pry well, a great lover of the people of Man- 
 soul. And he, as his manner was, did go listening up and 
 down in Mansoul to see, and to hear, if at any time he 
 might, whether there was any design against it or no. For 
 he was always a jealous man, and feared some mischief 
 sometime would befall it, either from the Diabolonians 
 within, or from some power without. Now upon a time it 
 so happened, as Mr. Prywell went listening here and there, 
 that he lighted upon a place called Vile-hill, in Mansoul
 
 220 THE IIOLV WAR. 
 
 where Diabolonians used to meet ; so hearing a muttering, 
 (you must know that it was in the night,) he softly drew 
 near to hear ; nor had he stood long under the house-end, 
 (for there stood a house there,) but he heard one confidently 
 affirm, that it was not, or would not be long before Diabolus 
 should possess himself again of Mansoul ; and that then the 
 Diabolonians did intend to put all Mansoulians to the sword, 
 and would kill and destroy the King's captains, and drive 
 all his soldiers out of the town. He said, moreover, that 
 he knew there were above twenty-thousand fighting men 
 prepared by Diabolus for the accomplishing of this design, 
 and that it would not be months before they all should see it. 
 
 When Mr. Pry well had heard this story, he did quickly 
 believe it was true ; wherefore he went forthwith to my 
 Lord Mayor's house, and acquainted him therewith; who, 
 sending for the subordinate preacher, brake the business to 
 him ; and he as soon gave the alarm to the town ; for he 
 was now the chief preacher in Mansoul, because, as yet, 
 my Lord Secretary was ill at ease. And this was the way 
 that the subordinate preacher did take to alarm the town 
 therewith. The same hour lie caused the lecture bell to be 
 rung ; so the people came together : he gave them then a 
 short exhortation to watchfulness, and made Mr. Prywell's 
 news the argument thereof. " For," said he, " an horrible 
 plot is contrived against Mansoul, even to massacre us all 
 in a day, nor is this story to be slighted; for Mr. Prywell 
 is the author thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of 
 Mansoul, a sober and judicious man, a man that is no tattler, 
 nor raiser of false reports, but one that loves to look into 
 the very bottom of matters, and talks nothing of news, 
 but by very solid arguments. I will call him, and you shall 
 hear him your own selves." 
 
 So be called him, and he came and told his tale so punc-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 221 
 
 tn ally, and affirmed its truth with such ample grounds, that 
 Mansoul fell presently under a conviction of the truth of 
 what he said. The preacher did also back him, saying, 
 " Sirs, it is not irrational for us to believe it, for we have 
 provoked Shaddai to anger, and have sinned Emmanuel out 
 of the town ; we have had too much correspondence with 
 Diabolonians, and have forsaken our former mercies ; no 
 marvel, then, if the enemy both within and without should 
 design and plot our ruin ; and what time like this to do it ? 
 The sickness is now in the town, and we have been made 
 weak thereby. Many a good meaning man is dead, and 
 the Diabolonians of late grow stronger and stronger. 
 
 " Besides," quoth the subordinate preacher, " I have re- 
 ceived from this good truth-teller this one inkling further, 
 that he understood by those that he overheard, that several 
 letters have lately passed between the furies and the Diabo- 
 lonians in order to destruction." When Mansoul heard all 
 this, and not being able to gainsay it, they lift up their voice 
 and wept. Mr. Prywell did also, in the presence of the 
 townsmen, confirm all that their subordinate preacher had 
 said. Wherefore they now set afresh to bewail their folly, 
 and to a doubling of petitions to Shaddai and his Son. 
 They also brake the business to the captains, high com- 
 manders, and men of war in the town of Mansoul, entreat- 
 ing them to use the means to be strong, and to take good 
 courage ; and that they would look after their harness, and 
 make themselves ready to give Diabolus battle by night and 
 by day, should he come, as they are informed he will, to 
 beleaguer the town of Mansoul. 
 
 When the captains heard this, they being always true 
 lovers of the town of Mansoul, what do they, but like so 
 many Samsons they shake themselves, and come together 
 to consult and contrive how to defeat those bold and hellish 
 
 19*
 
 222 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 contrivances that were upon the wheel by the means of 
 Diabolus and his friends, against the now sickly, weakly, 
 and much-impoverished town of Mansoul; and they agreed 
 upon these following particulars : — • 
 
 1. That the gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and 
 made fast with bars and locks, and that all persons that went 
 out, or came in, should be very strictly examined by the 
 captains of the guards, " to the end," said they, " that those 
 that are managers of the plot amongst us, may, either coming 
 or going, be taken ; and that we may also find out who are 
 the great contrivers, amongst us, of our ruin." 
 
 2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be 
 made for all kind of Diabolonians throughout the whole town 
 of Mansoul ; and that every man's house from top to bot- 
 tom should be looked into, and that, too, house by house, 
 that if possible a further discovery might be made of all 
 such among' them as had a hand in these designs. 
 
 3. It was further concluded upon, that wheresoever or 
 with whomsoever, any of the Diabolonians were found, that 
 even those of the town of Mansoul that had given them 
 house and harbour, should, to their sh ime, and the warning 
 of others, take penance in the public square. 
 
 4. It was, moreover, resolved, by the famous town of 
 Mansoul, that a public fast, and a day of humiliation should 
 be kept throughout the whole corporation, to the justifying 
 of their Prince, the abasing of themselves befere him for 
 their transgressions against him, and against Shaddai, his 
 Father. It was further resolved, that all such in Mansoul 
 as did not on that day endeavour to keep that fast, and to 
 humble themselves for their faults, but that should mind 
 their worldly employments, or be found wandering up and 
 down the streets, should be taken for Diabolonians, and 
 should suffer as Diabolonians, for such their wicked doings.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 223 
 
 5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed, 
 and with what warmth of mind they could, they would re- 
 new their humiliation for sin, and their petitions to Shaddai 
 for help ; they also resolved to send tidings to the court of 
 all that Mr. Pry well had told them. 
 
 6. It was also determined, that thanks should be given 
 by the town of Mansoul to Mr. Pry well, for his diligent 
 seeking of the welfare of their town : and further, that for- 
 asmuch as he was so naturally inclined to seek their good, 
 and also to undermine their foes, they gave him a commis- 
 sion of scoutmaster-general, for the good of the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 When the corporation, with their captains, had thus con- 
 cluded, they did as they had said ; they shut up their gates, 
 they made for Diabolonians strict search, they made those 
 with whom any were found to take penance in the public 
 square : they kept their fast, and renewed their petitions to 
 their Prince, and Mr. Prywell managed his charge and the 
 trust that Mansoul had put in his hands, with great con- 
 science and good fidelity ; for he gave himself wholly up to 
 his employ, and that not only within the town, but he went 
 out to pry, to see, and to hear. 
 
 And not many days after, he provided for his journey, 
 and went towards Ilell-Gate Kill, into the country where 
 the doubters were, where he heard of all that had been 
 talked of in Mansoul, and he perceived also that Diabolus 
 was almost ready for his march, etc. So he came back 
 with speed, and, calling the captains and elders of Mansoul 
 together, he told them where he had been, what he had 
 heard, and what he had seen. Particularly, he told them 
 that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, and that he 
 had made old Mr. Incredulity, that once brake prison in 
 Mansoul, the general of his army; that his army consisted
 
 224 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 all of doubters, and that their number was above twenty 
 thousand. He told, moreover, that Diabolus did intend to 
 bring with him the chief princes of the infernal pit, and that 
 he would make them chief captains over his doubters. He 
 told them, moreover, that it was certainly true that several 
 of the black den would, with Diabolus, ride reformades to 
 reduce the town of Mansoul to the obedience of Diabolus, 
 their prince. 
 
 He said, moreover, that he understood by the doubters, 
 among whom he had been, that the reason why old Incre- 
 dulity was made general of the whole army, was because 
 none truer than he to the tyrant ; and because he had an 
 implacable spite against the welfare of the town of Mansoul. 
 Besides, said he, he remembers the affronts that Mansoul 
 lias given him, and he is resolved to be revenged of them. 
 
 But the black princes shall be made high commanders, 
 only Incredulity shall be over them all, because, which I 
 had almost forgot, he can more easily, and more dexte- 
 rously, beleaguer the town of Mansoul, than can any of 
 the princes besides. 
 
 Now, when the captains of Mansoul, with the elders of 
 the town, had heard the tidings that Mr. Prywell did bring, 
 they thought it expedient, without further delay, to put into 
 execution the laws against the Diabolonians, which their 
 prince had made for them, and given them in commandment 
 to manage against them. Wherefore, forthwith a diligent 
 and impartial search was made in all houses in Mansoul, 
 for all and all manner of Diabolonians. Now, in the house 
 of Mr. Mind, and in the house of the great Lord Willbe- 
 will, were two Diabolonians found. In Mr. Mind's house 
 was one Lor J Covetousness found; but he had changed his 
 name to Prudent-Thrifty. In my Lord Willbewill's house 
 one Lasciviousness was found ; but he had changed his name
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 225 
 
 to Harmless-Mirth. These two the captains and elders of 
 the town of Mansoul took and committed them to custody 
 under the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler ; and this man 
 handled them so severely, and loaded them so well with 
 irons, that in time they both fell into a very deep consump- 
 tion, and died in the prison-house ; their masters also, ac- 
 cording to the agreement of the captains and elders, were 
 brought to take penance in the public square, to their shame, 
 and for a warning to the rest of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now this was the manner of penance in those days : the 
 persons offending being made sensible of the evil of their 
 doings, were enjoined open confession of their faults, and a 
 strict amendment of their lives. 
 
 After this, the captains and elders of Mansoul sought yet 
 to find out more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, Avhe- 
 ther in dens, caves, holes, vaults, or where else they could, 
 in or about the wall or town of Mansoul. But though they 
 could plainly see their footing, and so follow them by their 
 track and smell to their holds, even to the mouths of their 
 caves and dens, yet take them, hold them, and do justice 
 upon them, they could not ; their ways were so crooked, 
 their holds so strong, and they so quick to take sanctuary 
 there. 
 
 But Mansoul did now with so stiff an hand rule over the 
 Diabolonians that were left, that they were glad to shrink 
 into corners : time was when they durst w alk openly, and 
 in the day ; but now they were forced to embrace privacy 
 and the night; time was when a Mansoulian was their 
 companion ; but now they counted them deadly enemies. 
 This good change did Mr. Prywell's intelligence make in 
 the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 By this time Diabolus had finished his army, which he 
 intended to bring with him for the ruin of Mansoul; and
 
 226 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 had set over them captains and other field officers, such as 
 liked his furious stomach best ; himself was lord paramount, 
 Incredulity was general of his army, their highest captains 
 shall be named afterwards ; but now for their officers, colours, 
 and scutcheons. 
 
 1. Their first captain was Captain Rage. He was cap- 
 tain over the election doubters ;* his were the red colours ; 
 his standard-bearer was Mr. Destructive, and the great red 
 dragon he had for his scutcheon. 
 
 2. The second captain was Captain Fury : he was cap- 
 tain over the vocation doubters ; his standard-bearer was 
 Mr. Darkness, his colours were those that were pale, and he 
 had for his scutcheon the fiery flying serpent. 
 
 3. The third captain was captain Damnation : he was 
 captain over the grace doubters ; his were the red colours, 
 Mr. No-Life bare them, and he had for his scutcheon the 
 black den. 
 
 4. The fourth captain was the Captain Insatiable : he 
 was captain over the faith doubters ; his were the red 
 colours, Mr. Devourer bare them, and he had for a scutcheon 
 the yawning jaws. 
 
 5. The fifth captain was Captain Brimstone : he was 
 captain over the perseverance doubters ; his also were the 
 red colours, Mr. Burning bare them, and his scutcheon was 
 the blue and stinking flame. 
 
 0. The sixth captain was Captain Torment: he was 
 captain over the resurrection doubters ; his colours were 
 those that were pale, Mr. Gnaw was his standard-bearer, 
 and he had the black w r orm for his scutcheon. 
 
 7. The seventh captain was Captain No-Ease; he was 
 captain over the salvation doubters ; his were the red colours, 
 Mr. Restless bare them, and his scutcheon was the ghastly 
 picture of death. 
 
 • See note at page 291.
 
 the holy war. 227 
 
 8. The eighth captain was the Captain Sepulchre : he 
 was captain over the glory doubters ; his also were the pale 
 colours, Mr. Corruption was his standard-bearer, and he had 
 foi his scutcheon a skull, and dead men's bones. 
 
 9. The ninth captain was Captain Past-Hope: he was 
 captain of those that are called the felicity doubters, his 
 standard-bearer was Mr. Despair ; his also were the red 
 colours, and his scutcheon was a hot iron and the hard 
 heart. 
 
 These were his captains, and tbese were their forces, 
 these were their standards, these were their colours, and 
 these were their scutcheons. Now, over these did the 
 great Diabolus make superior captains, and they were in 
 number seven : as namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord 
 Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the Lord 
 Python, the Lord Cerebus, and the Lord Belial ; these seven 
 he set over the captains, and Incredulity was lord-general, 
 and Diabolus was king. The reformades also, such as were 
 like themselves, were made some of them captains of hun- 
 dreds, and some of them captains of more. And thus was 
 the army of Incredulity completed. 
 
 So they set out at Hell-Gate Hill, for there they had their 
 rendezvous, from whence they came with a strait course 
 upon their march toward the town of Mansoul. Now, as 
 was hinted before, the town had, as Shaddai woidd have it, 
 received from the mouth of Mr. Prywell, the alarm of their 
 coming before. "Wherefore, they set a strong watch at the 
 gates, and had also doubled their guards : they also mounted 
 their slings in good places, where they might conveniently 
 cast out their great stones, to the annoyance of the furious 
 
 enemy. 
 
 Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the town do 
 the hurt as was designed they should ; for Mansoul was
 
 228 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 now awake. But alas ! poor people, they were sorely 
 affrighted at the first appearance of their foes, and at their 
 sitting down before the town, especially when they heard 
 the roaring of their drum. This, to speak truth, was 
 amazingly hideous to hear ; it frighted all men seven miles 
 round, if they were but awake and heard it. The stream- 
 ing of their colours was also terrible and dejecting to behold. 
 
 When Diabolus was come up against the town, first he 
 made his approach to Ear-gate, and gave it a furious assault, 
 supposing, as it seems, that his friends in Mansoul had been 
 ready to do the work within ; but care was taken of that 
 before, by the vigilance of the captains. Wherefore missing 
 of the help that he expected from them, and finding his army 
 warmly attended with the stones that the slingers did sling, 
 (for that I will say for the captains, that considering the 
 weakness that was yet upon them, by reason of the long 
 sickness that had annoyed the town of Mansoul, they did 
 gallantly behave themselves,) he was forced to make some 
 retreat from Mansoul, and to entrench himself and his men 
 in the field without the reach of the slings of the town. 
 
 Now having entrenched himself, he did cast up four 
 mounts against the town : the first he called Mount Dia- 
 bolus, putting his own name thereon, the more to affright 
 the town of Mansoul ; the other three he called thus, Mount 
 Alecto, Mount Megara, and Mount Tisiphone ; for these are 
 the names of the dreadful furies of hell. Thus he began to 
 play his game with Mansoul, and to serve it as doth the 
 lion his prey, even to make it fall before his terror. But, 
 as I said, the captains and soldiers resisted so stoutly, and 
 did do such execution with their stones, that they made him, 
 though against stomach, to retreat ; wherefore Mansoul began 
 to take courage. 
 
 Now upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised on the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 229 
 
 north side of the town, there did the tyrant set up his 
 standard, and a fearful thing it was to behold ; for he had 
 wrought in it by devilish art, after the manner of a scutch- 
 eon, a flaming flame fearful to behold, and the picture of 
 Mansoul burning in it. 
 
 When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his 
 drummer should every night approach the walls of the town 
 of Mansoul, and so to beat a parley ; the command was to 
 do it at nights, for in the day time they annoyed him with 
 their slings ; for the tyrant said, that he had a mind to 
 parley with the now trembling town of Mansoul, and he 
 commanded that the drums should beat every night, that 
 through weariness they might at last, if possible, (at the first 
 they were unwilling,) be forced to do it. 
 
 So this the drummer did as commanded : he arose, and 
 did beat his drum. But when his drum did go, if one 
 looked toward the town of Mansoul, " Behold darkness and 
 sorrow, and the light was darkened in the heaven thereof." 
 No noise was ever heard upon earth more terrible, except 
 the voice of Shaddai when he speaketh. But how did 
 Mansoul tremble ! It now looked for notning but forthwith 
 to be swallowed up. 
 
 When this drummer had beaten for a parley, he made this 
 speech to Mansoul : " My master has bid me tell you, that 
 if you will willingly submit, you shall have the good of the 
 earth ; but if you shall be stubborn, he is resolved to take 
 you by force." But, by the time he had done beating his 
 drum, the people of Mansoul had betaken themselves to the 
 captains that were in the castle, so that there was none to 
 rd, nor to give this drummer an answer ; so he proceeded 
 no further that night, but returned again to his master to the 
 camp. 
 
 When Diabolus saw, that by drumming, he could not 
 
 20
 
 230 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 work out Mansoul to his will, the next night he sendeth his 
 drummer without his drum, still to let the townsmen know 
 that he had a mind to parley with them. But when all 
 came to all, his parley was turned into a summons to the 
 town to deliver up themselves : but they gave him neither 
 heed nor hearing ; for they remembered what at first it cost 
 them to hear him a few words. 
 
 The next night he sends again, and then who should be 
 his messenger to Mansoul but the terrible Captain Sepulchre; 
 so Captain Sepulchre came up to the walls of Mansoul, and 
 made this oration to the town :< — 
 
 " O ye inhabitants of the rebellious town of Mansoul ! I 
 summon you in the name of the Prince Diabolus, that, with- 
 out any more ado, you set open the gates of your town, and 
 admit the great lord to come in. But if you shall still rebel, 
 when we have taken to us the town by force, we will 
 swallow you up as the grave ; wherefore, if you will 
 hearken to my summons, say so ; if not, then let me know. 
 
 "The reason of this my summons," quoth he, "is, for 
 that my lord is your undoubted prince and lord, as you 
 yourselves have formerly owned. Nor shall that assault that 
 was given to my lord when Emmanuel dealt so dishonour- 
 ably by him, prevail with him to lose his right, and to for- 
 bear to attempt to recover his own. Consider, then, O 
 Mansoul, with thyself, wilt thou show thyself peaceable, or 
 no ? If thou shalt quietly yield up thyself, then our old 
 friendship shall be renewed ; but if thou shalt yet refuse 
 and rebel, then expect nothing but fire and sword." 
 
 When the languishing town of Mansoul had heard this 
 summoner and his summons, they were yet more put to 
 their dumps, but made to the captain no answer at all ; so 
 away he went as lie came. 
 
 But, after some consultation among themselves, as also
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 231 
 
 with some of their captains, the}- applied themselves afresh 
 to the Lord Secretary for counsel and advice from him ; for 
 this Lord Secretary was their chief preacher, (as also is 
 mentioned some pages before,) only now he was ill at ease ; 
 and of him they begged favour in these two or three things. 
 
 1. That he would look comfortably upon them, and not 
 keep himself so much retired from them as formerly. Also, 
 that he would be prevailed with to give them a hearing, 
 while they should make known their miserable condition to 
 him. But this he told them as before, " that as yet lie was 
 but ill at ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly 
 done." 
 
 2. The second thing that they desired was, that he would 
 be pleased to give them his advice about their now so im- 
 portant affairs, for that Diabolus was come and set down 
 before the town, with no less than twenty thousand doubters. 
 They said, moreover, that both he and his captains were 
 cruel men, and that they were afraid of diem. But to this 
 he said, " You must look to the law of the Prince, and there 
 see what is laid upon yen to do." 
 
 3. Then they desired that his Highness would help them 
 to frame a petition to Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel his Son, 
 and that he wouh! set his own hand thereto as a token that 
 he was one with them in it: "For," said they, "my Lord, 
 many a one have we sent, but can get no answer of peace ; 
 but now, surely, one with thy hand unto it may obtain good 
 for Mansoul." 
 
 But all the answer that he gave to this was, " that they 
 had offended their Emmanuel, and had also grieved himself, 
 and that therefore they must as yet partake of their own 
 devices." 
 
 This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a millstone 
 upon them ; yea, it crushed them so that they could not tell
 
 232 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 what to do ; yet they durst not comply with the demands 
 of Diabolus, nor with the demands of his captain. So then 
 here were the straits that the town of Mansoul was betwixt, 
 when the enemy came upon her : her foes were ready to 
 swallow her up, and her friends did forbear to help her. 
 
 Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my 
 Lord Understanding, and he began to pick and pick, until he 
 had picked comfort out of that seemingly bitter saying of 
 the Lord Secretary ; for thus he descanted upon it : " First," 
 said he, " this unavoidably follows upon the saying of my 
 Lord, ' that we must yet suffer for our sins.' " Secondly, 
 " But," quoth he, " the word 'yet' sounds as if at last we 
 should be saved from our enemies ; and that after a few 
 more sorrows, Emmanuel will come and be our help." 
 Now the Lord Mayor was the more critical in his dealing 
 with the Secretary's words, because my lord was more than 
 a prophet, and because none of his words were such, but 
 that at all times, they were most exactly significant ; and 
 the townsmen were allowed to pry into them, and to ex- 
 pound them to their best advantage. 
 
 So they took their leave of my lord, and returned, and 
 went, and came to the captains, to whom they did tell what 
 my Lord high Secretary had said ; who, when they had 
 heard it, were all of the same opinion as was my Lord 
 Mayor himself. The captains, therefore, began to take 
 some courage unto them, and to prepare to make some brave 
 attempt upon the camp of the enemy, and to destroy all that 
 were Diabolonians, with the roving doubters that the tyrant 
 had brought with him to destroy the town of Mansoul. 
 
 So all betook themselves forthwith to their places — the 
 Captains to theirs, the Lord Mayor to his, the subordinate 
 preacher to his, and my Lord Willbewill to his. The cap- 
 tiins longed to be at some work for their prince : for they
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 233 
 
 delighted in warlike achievements. The next day, there- 
 fore, they came together and consulted ; and after consulta- 
 tion had, they resolved to give an answer to the captain of 
 Diabolus with slings ; and so they did at the rising of the 
 sun on the morrow ; for Diabolus had adventured to come 
 nearer again, but the sling-stones were to him and his like 
 hornets. For as there is nothing to the town of Mansoul 
 so terrible as the roaring of Diabolus's drum, so there is 
 nothing to Diabolus so terrible as the well playing of Em- 
 manuel's slings. Wherefore Diabolus was forced to make 
 another retreat, yet further oft' from the famous town of 
 Mansoul. Then did the Lord Mayor of Mansoul cause the 
 bells to be rung, " and that thanks should be sent to the 
 Lord high Secretary by the mouth of the subordinate 
 preacher ; for that by his words the captains and elders of 
 Mansoul had been strengthened against Diabolus." 
 
 When Diabolus saw that his captains and soldiers, high 
 lords and renowned, were frightened, and beaten down by 
 the stones that came from the golden slings of the Prince of 
 the town of Mansoul, he bethought himself, and said, " 1 
 will try to catch them by fawning, I will try to flatter them 
 into my net." 
 
 Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the 
 wall, not now with his drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre ; 
 but having all besugared his lips, he seemed to be a very 
 sweet-mouthed, peaceable prince, designing nothing for hu- 
 mour's sake, nor to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries by 
 them done to him ; but the welfare, and good, and advantage 
 of the town and people therein, was now, as he said, his 
 only design. Wherefore, after he had called for audience, 
 and desired that the townsfolk would give it to him, he pro- 
 ceeded in his oration, and said : — 
 
 "Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous town of Man 
 
 '2() : -
 
 234- 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 soul ! how many nights have I watched, and how many 
 weary steps have I taken, if perhaps I might do thee good ! 
 Far be it, far be it from me to desire to make a war upon 
 you ; if ye will but willingly and quietly deliver up your- 
 selves unto me. You know that you were mine of old. 
 Remember also, that so long as you enjoyed me for your 
 lord, and I enjoyed you for my subjects, you wanted for 
 nothing of all the delights of the earth, that I, your lord and 
 prince, could get for you, or that I could invent to make you 
 bonny and blithe withal. Consider, you never had so many 
 hard, dark, troublesome, and heart-afflicting hours, while 
 you were mine, as you have had since you revolted from 
 me ; nor shall you ever have peace again, until you and I 
 become one as before. But, be but prevailed with to em- 
 brace me again, and I will grant, yea, enlarge your old char- 
 ter with abundance of privileges ; so that your license and 
 liberty shall be to take, hold, enjoy, and make your own, all 
 that is pleasant from the east to the west. Nor shall any 
 of those incivilities, wherewith you have offended me, be 
 ever charged upon you by me, so long as the sun and moon 
 endure. Nor shall any of those dear friends of mine that 
 now, for the fear of you, lie lurking in dens, and holes, and 
 caves in Mansoul, be hurtful to you any more ; yea, they 
 shall be your servants, and shall minister unto you of their 
 substance, and of whatever shall come to hand. I need 
 speak no more ; you know them, and have sometime since 
 been much delighted in their company. Why, then, should 
 we abide at such odds ? Let us renew our old acquaintance 
 and friendship again. 
 
 " Bear with your friend ; I take the liberty at this time 
 to speak thus freely unto you. The love that I have to you 
 presses me to do it, as also does the zeal of my heart for 
 my friends with you : put me not therefore to further trou-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 235 
 
 ble, nor yourselves to further fears and frights. Have yon 
 I will, in a way of peace or war ; nor do you flatter your- 
 selves with the power and force of your captains, or that 
 your Emmanuel will shortly come in to your help ; for such 
 strength will do you no pleasure. 
 
 " I am come against you with a stout and valiant army, 
 and all the chief princes of the den are even at the head of 
 u. Besides, my captains are swifter than eagles, stronger 
 than lions, and more greedy of prey than are the evening 
 wolves. AVhat is Og of Bashan ! what is Goliath of Gath ! 
 and what are an hundred more of them, to one of the least 
 of my captains ! How, then, shall Mansoul think to escape 
 my hand and force?" 
 
 Diabolus having thus ended his flattering, fawning, de- 
 ceitful, and lying speech, to the famous town of Mansoul, 
 the Lord Mayor replied to him as follows : — 
 
 " O Diabolus, prince of darkness, and master of all de- 
 ceit ; thy lying flatteries we have had and made sufficient 
 probation of, and have tasted too deeply of that destructive 
 cup already. Should we therefore again hearken unto thee, 
 and so break the commandments of our great Shaddai, to 
 join in affinity with thee, would not our Prince reject us, 
 and cast us off forever? And, being cast off by him, can 
 the place that he has prepared for thee, he a place of rest 
 for us ? Besides, O thou that art empty and void of all 
 truth, we are rather ready to die by thy hand, than to fall in 
 with thy flattering and lying deceits." 
 
 When the tyrant saw that there was little to be got by 
 parleying with my Lord Mayor, he fell into an hellish rage, 
 and resolved that again, with his army of doubters, lie would 
 another time assault the town of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called for his drummer, who beat up for his men 
 ''and while he did beat, Mansoul did shake) to be in a readi-
 
 23G THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ness to give battle to the corporation : then Diabolus drew 
 near with his army, and thus disposed of his men. Captain 
 Cruel and Captain Torment, these he drew up and placed 
 against Feel-gate, and commanded them to sit down there 
 far the war. And he also appointed that, if need were, 
 Captain No-Ease should come in to their relief. ■ At Nose- 
 gate he placed the Captain Brimstone and Captain Sepul- 
 chre, and bid them look well to their ward, on that side of 
 the town of Mansoul. But at Eye-gate he placed that 
 grimfaced one, the Captain Past-Hope, and there also now 
 lie did set up his terrible standard. 
 
 Now Captain Insatiable, he was to look to the carriages 
 of Diabolus, and was also appointed to take into custody 
 those persons and things that should at any time as prey be 
 taken from the enemy. 
 
 Now, Mouth-gate, the inhabitants of Mansoul kept for a 
 sally-port; wherefore that they kept strong; for that was it, 
 by and out at which, the townsfolk did send their petitions 
 to Emmanuel their Prince. That also was the gate from 
 the top of which the captains did play their slings at the 
 enemies ; for that gate stood somewhat ascending, so that 
 the placing of them there, and the letting of them fly from 
 that place did much execution against the tyrant's army. 
 Wherefore, for these causes, with others, Diabolus sought, 
 if possible, to land up Mouth-gate with dirt. 
 
 Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing 
 to make his assault upon the town of Mansoul without, so 
 the captains and soldiers in the corporation were as busy in 
 preparing within ; they mounted their slings, they set up 
 their banners, they sounded their trumpets, and put them- 
 selves in sujh order, as was judged most for the annoyance 
 of the enemy, and for the advantage of Mansoul, and gave 
 to their soldiers orders to be ready at the sound of the trum-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 237 
 
 pet for war. The Lord Willbewill also, lie took the charge 
 of watching against the rebels within, and to do what he 
 could to take them while without, or to stifle them within 
 their caves, dens, and holes in the town-wall of Mansoul. 
 And, to speak the truth of him, ever since he took penance 
 for his fault, he has showed as much honesty and bravery 
 of spirit, as any in Mansoul ; for he took one Jolly, and his 
 brother Griggish, the two sons of his servant Harmless- 
 Mirth, (for to that day, though the father was committed to 
 ward, the sons had a dwelling in the house of my lord,) ■ — I 
 say, he took them, and with his own hands put them to 
 death. And this was the reason why he hanged them up : 
 after their father was put into the hands of Mr. True-man 
 the goaler, they, his sons, began to play his pranks, and to 
 be ticking and toying with the daughters of their lord ; nay, 
 it was jealoused that they were too familiar with them, the 
 which was brought to his lordship's ear. Now his lordship 
 being unwilling unadvisedly to put any man to death, did not 
 suddenly fall upon them, but set watch and spies to see if 
 the thing was true ; of the which he was soon informed, 
 for his two servants, whose names were Find-out and Tell- 
 All, caught them together in uncivil manner more than once 
 or twice, and went and told their lord. So when my Lord 
 Willbewill had sufficient ground to believe the thing was 
 true, he takes the two young Diabolonians, (for such they 
 were, for their father was a Diabolonian born,) and has them 
 to Eye-gate, where he raised a very high cross, just in the 
 face of Diabolus, and of his army, and there he hanged the 
 young villains, in defiance to Captain Past-Hope, and of the 
 horrible standard of the tyrant. 
 
 Now this Christian act of the brave Lord Willbewill did 
 greatly abash Captain I'ast-Hope, discouraged the army of 
 Diabolus, put fear into the Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul,
 
 238 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and put strength and courage into the captains that belonged 
 to Emmanuel, the Prince ; for they without did gather, and 
 that by this very act of my Lord, that Mansoul was resolved 
 to fight, and that the Diabolonians within the town could 
 not do such things as Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor 
 was this the only proof of the brave Lord Willbewill's hon- 
 to the town, nor of his loyalty to his Prince, as will 
 afterwards appear. 
 
 Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt 
 with Mr. Mind, (for Thrift left children with Mr. Mind, 
 when he was also committed to prison, and their names 
 were Gripe and Rake-All; — I say, when his children per- 
 ceived how the Lord Willbewill had served them that dwelt 
 v, ith him, what do they, but, lest they should drink of the 
 same cup, endeavour to make their escape. But Mr. Mind, 
 being wary of it, took them and put them in hold in his 
 house till morning, (for this was done over night ;) and re- 
 membering that by the law of Mansoul, all Diabolonians 
 were to die, (and to be sure they were at least by father's 
 side such, and some say by mother's side too,) what does 
 he, but takes them and puts them in chains, and carries them 
 to the self-same place where my lord hanged his two before, 
 and there he hanged them. 
 
 The townsmen also took great encouragement at this act 
 of Mr. Mind, and did what they could to have taken some 
 more of these Diabolonian trou biers of Mansoul ; but at that 
 time, the rest lay so squat and close, that they could not be 
 apprehended ; so they set against them a diligent watch, and 
 went every man to his place. 
 
 I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his army were 
 somewhat abashed and discouraged at the sight of what my 
 Lord Willbewill did, when he hanged up those two young 
 Diabolonians ; but his discouragement quickly turned itself
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 239 
 
 into furious madness and rage against the town of Mansoul, 
 and fight it he would. Also the townsmen and captains 
 within, they had their hopes and their expectations height- 
 ened, believing at last, the day would be theirs ; so they 
 feared them the less. Their subordinate preacher, too, made 
 a sermon about it ; and he took that theme for his text, 
 " Gad, a troop shall overcome him : but he shall overcome 
 at the last." Whence he showed, that though Mansoul 
 should be sorely put to it at the first, yet the victory should 
 most certainly be Mansoul's at the last. 
 
 So Diabolus commanded that his drummer should beat a 
 charge against the town ; and the captains also that were in 
 the town sounded a charge against them, but they had no 
 drum : they were trumpets of silver with which they sounded 
 against them. Then they which were of the camp of Dia- 
 bolus came down to the town to take it, and the captains in 
 the castle, with the slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them 
 amain. And now there was nothing heard in the camp of 
 Diabolus but horrible rage and blasphemy ; but in the town 
 good words, prayer, and singing of psalms. The enemy 
 replied with horrible objections, and the terribleness of their 
 drum ; but the town made answer with the slapping of their 
 slings, and the melodious noise of their trumpets. And thus 
 the fight lasted for several days together, only now and then 
 they had some small intermission, in the which the towns- 
 men refreshed themselves, and the captains made ready for 
 another assault. 
 
 The captains of Emmanuel were clad in silver armour, 
 and the soldiers in that which was of proof; the soldiers of 
 Diabolus were clad in iron, which was made to give pi ice 
 to Emmanuel's engine-shot. In the town, some were hurl, 
 and some were greatly wounded. Now, the worst of it was, 
 a surgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for thai Emmanuel at
 
 240 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 present was absent. Howbeit, witb the leaves of a tree, 
 the wounded were kept from dying ; yet their wounds did 
 greatly putrefy, and some did grievously stink. Of the 
 townsmen, these were wounded, namely, my Lord Reason ; 
 he was wounded in the head. Another that was wounded, 
 was the brave Lord Mayor ; he was wounded in the eye. 
 Another that was wounded was Mr. Mind ; he received 
 his wound about the stomach. The honest subordinate 
 preacher also, he received a shot not far off the heart; but 
 none of these were mortal. 
 
 Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded, 
 but slain outright. 
 
 Now, in the camp of Diabolus, were wounded and slain 
 a considerable number ; for instance, Captain Rage, he was 
 wounded, and so was Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation 
 was made to retreat, and to intrench himself further off of 
 Mansoul. The standard also of Diabolus was beaten down, 
 and his standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains 
 beat out with a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame 
 of his prince Diabolus. 
 
 Many also of the doubters were slain outright, though 
 enousrh of them were left alive to make Mansoul shake and 
 totter. Now the victory that day being turned to Mansoul, 
 did put great valour into the townsmen and captains, and 
 did cover Diabolus's camp with a cloud, but withal it made 
 them far more furious. So the next day Mansoul rested, 
 and commanded that the bells should be rung; the trumpets 
 also joyfully sounded, and the captains shouted round the 
 town. 
 
 My Lord Willbewill also was not idle, but did notable 
 service within against the domestics, or the Diabolonians 
 that were in the town, not only by keeping them in awe, 
 for he lighted on one at last wltose name was Mr. Anything,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 241 
 
 a fellow of whom mention was made before ; for it was lie, 
 if you remember, that brought the three fellows to Diabolus, 
 whom the Diabolonians took out of Captain Boanerges' 
 companies, and that persuaded them to list themselves under 
 the tyrant, to fight against the army of Shaddai. My Lord 
 Willbewill did also take a notable Diabolonian, whose name 
 was Loose-Foot : this Loose-Foot was a scout to the vaga- 
 bonds in Mansoul, and that did use to carry tidings out of 
 Mansoul to the camp, and out of the camp to those of the 
 enemies in Mansoul. Both these my lord sent away safe 
 to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, with a commandment to keep 
 them in irons ; for he intended then to have them out to be 
 crucified, when it would be for the best to the corporation, 
 and most for the discouragement of the camp of the enemies. 
 
 My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so 
 much as formerly, because of the wound that he had lately 
 received, yet gave he out orders to all that were the natives 
 of Mansoul, to look to their watch, and stand upon their 
 guard, and, as occasion should offer, to prove themselves 
 men. 
 
 Mr. Conscience, the preacher, he also did his utmost to 
 keep all his good documents alive upon the hearts of the 
 people of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, awhile after, the captains and stout ones of the 
 town of Mansoul agreed and resolved upon a time to make 
 a sally out upon the camp of Diabolus, ' and this must be 
 done in the night ; and there was the folly of Mansoul, (for 
 the night is always the best for the enemy, but the worst 
 for Mansoul to fight in,) but yet they would do it, their 
 courage was so high ; their last victory also still stuck in 
 their memories. 
 
 So the night appointed being come, the Prince's brave 
 captains cast lots, who should lead the van in this new and 
 
 21
 
 242 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 desperate expedition against Diabolus, and against his D.a- 
 bolonian army ; and the lot fell to Captain Credence, to 
 Captain Experience, and to Captain Good-Hope to lead the 
 forlorn hope. (This Captain Experience, the Prince created 
 such, when himself did reside in the town of Mansoul.) 
 So, as I said, they made their sally out upon the army that 
 lay in the siege against them ; and their hap was to fall in 
 with the main body of their enemies. Now Diabolus and 
 his men being expertly accustomed to night-work, took the 
 alarm presently, and were as ready to give them battle, as 
 if they had sent them word of their coming. Wherefore 
 to it they went amain, and blows were hard on every side ; 
 the hell drum also was beat most furiously, while the trum- 
 pets of the Prince most sweetly sounded. And thus the 
 battle was joined ; and Captain Insatiable looked to the 
 enemy's carriages, and waited when he should receive some 
 prey. 
 
 The Prince's captains fought it stoutly, beyond what in- 
 deed could be expected they should ; they wounded many ; 
 they made the whole army of Diabolus to make a retreat. 
 But I cannot tell how, but the brave Captain Credence, 
 Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, as they were 
 upon the pursuit, cutting down, and following hard after the 
 enemy in the rear, Captain Credence stumbled and fell, by 
 which fall he caught so great a hurt, that he could not rise 
 till Captain Experience did help him up, at which their 
 men were put in disorder. The captain also was so full of 
 pain, that he could not forbear but to cry out aloud : at this, 
 the other two captains fainted, supposing that Captain Cre- 
 dence had received his mortal wound ; their men also were 
 more disordered, and had no list to fight. Now Diabolus 
 being very observing, though at this time as yet he was put 
 to the worst, perceiving that a halt was made among the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 243 
 
 men that were the pursuers, what does he, but, takh.g it for 
 granted that the captains were either wounded or dead, he 
 therefore makes at first a stand, then faces about, and so 
 comes up upon the Prince's army with as much of his fury 
 as hell could help him to ; and his hap was to fall in just 
 among the three captains, Captain Credence, Captain Good- 
 Hope, and Captain Experience, and did cut, wound, and 
 pierce them so dreadfully, that what through discouragement, 
 what through disorder, and what through the wounds that 
 now they had received, and also the loss of much blood, 
 they scarce were able, though they had for their power the 
 three best hands in Mansoul, to get safe into the hold again. 
 
 Now, when the body of the Prince's army saw how 
 these three captains were put to the worst, they thought it 
 their wisdom to make as safe and good a retreat as they 
 could, and so returned by the sally-port again ; and so there 
 was an end of this present action. But Diabolus was so 
 flushed Avith this night's work, that he promised himself, in 
 few days, an easy and complete conquest over the town of 
 Mansoul ; wherefore, on the day following, he comes up to 
 the sides thereof with great boldness, and demands entrance, 
 and that forthwith they deliver themselves up to his govern- 
 ment. The Diabolonians, too, that were within, they began 
 to be somewhat brisk, as we shall show afterward. 
 
 But the valiant Lord Mayor replied, that what he got he 
 must get by force ; for as long as Emmanuel their Prince 
 was alive, (though he at present was not so with them as 
 they wished,) they should never consent to yield Mansoul 
 up to another. 
 
 And with that, the Lord Willbewill stood up and said, 
 " Diabolus, thou master of the den, and enemy to all that is 
 good, we poor inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, are too 
 well acquainted with thy rule and government, and with the
 
 244 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 end of those things that for certain will follow submitting to 
 thee, to do it. Wherefore, though while we were without 
 knowledge, we suffered thee to take us, (as the bird that 
 saw not the snare, fell into the hands of the fowler,) yet 
 since we have been turned from darkness to light, we have 
 also been turned from the power of Satan unto God. And 
 though through thy subtlety, and also the subtlety of the 
 Diabolonians within, we have sustained much loss, and also 
 plunged ourselves into much perplexity, yet give up our- 
 selves, lay down our arms, and yield to so horrid a tyrant 
 as thou, we shall not; die upon the place we choose rather 
 to do. Besides, we have hopes that in time, deliverance 
 will come from court unto us, and therefore we yet will 
 maintain a war against thee." 
 
 This brave speech of the Lord Willbewill, with that also 
 of the Lord Mayor, did somewhat abate the boldness of 
 Diabolus, though it kindled the fury of his rage. It also 
 succoured the townsmen and captains ; yea, it was as a 
 plaster to the brave Captain Credence's wound ; for you 
 must know that a brave speech now (when the captains of 
 the town with their men of war came home routed, and 
 when the enemy took courage and boldness at the success 
 that he had obtained to draw up to the walls, and demand 
 entrance, as he did) was in season, and also advantageous. 
 
 The Lord Willbewill also did play the man within ; for 
 while the captains and soldiers were in the field, he was in 
 arms in the town, and wherever by him there was a Diabo- 
 lonian found, they were forced to feel the weight of his 
 heavy hand, and also the edge of his penetrating sword : 
 Many, therefore, of the Diabolonians he wounded, as the 
 Lord Cavil, the Lord Brisk, the Lord Pragmatic, and the 
 Lord Murmur ; several also of the meaner sort he did sorely 
 maim ; though there cannot at this time an account be given
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 245 
 
 you of any that he slew outright. The cause, or rather the 
 advantage that my Lord Willbewill had at this time to do 
 thus, was for that the captains were gone out to fight the 
 enemy in the field. " For noAv," thought the Diabolonians 
 within, " is our time to stir and make an uproar in the 
 town." What do they, therefore, but quickly get them- 
 selves into a body, and fall forthwith to hurricaning in Man- 
 soul, as if now, nothing but whirlwind and tempest should 
 be there. Wherefore, as I said, he takes this opportunity 
 to fall in among them with his men, cutting and slashing 
 with courage that was undaunted ; at which the Diaboloni- 
 ans with all haste dispersed themselves to their holds, and 
 my lord to his place as before. 
 
 This brave act of my lord did somewhat revenge the 
 wrong done by Diabolus to the captains, and also did let 
 them know that Mansoul was not to be parted with, for the 
 loss of a victory or two ; wherefore the wing of the tyrant 
 was clipped again, as to boasting, — I mean in comparison 
 of what he would have done, if the Diabolonians had put 
 the town to the same plight to which he had put the cap- 
 tains. 
 
 Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with 
 Mansoul ; " For," thought he, " since I beat them once, I 
 may beat them twice." Wherefore he commanded his men 
 to be ready at such an hour of the night, to make a fresh 
 assault upon the town ; and he gave it out in special, that 
 they should bend all their force against Feel-gate, and at- 
 tempt to break into the town through that. The word that 
 then he did give to his officers and soldiers was Hell-fire. 
 " And," said he, " if we break in upon them, as I wish we 
 do, either with some, or with all our force, let them that 
 break in look to it, that they forget not the word. And let 
 nothing be heard in the town of Mansoul but, ' Hell-fire ! 
 
 21*
 
 216 THE HOI.Y WAR. 
 
 Hell-fire ! Hell-fire !' " The drummer was also to beat 
 without ceasing, and the standard-bearers were to display 
 their colours ; the soldiers, too, were to put on what cou- 
 rage they could, and to see that they played manfully their 
 parts against the town. 
 
 So when night was come, and all things by the tyrant 
 made ready for the work, he suddenly makes his assault 
 upon Feel-gate, and after he had awhile struggled there, he 
 throws the gate wide open : for the truth is, those gates 
 were but Aveak, and so most easily made to yield. When 
 Diabolus had thus far made his attempt, he placed his cap- 
 tains (namely, Torment and No-Ease) there ; so he at- 
 tempted to press forward, but the Prince's captains came 
 down upon him, and made his entrance more difficult than 
 he desired. And, to speak truth, they made what resist- 
 ance they could : but the three of their best and most valiant 
 captains being wounded, and by their wounds made much 
 incapable of doing the town that service they would, (and 
 all the rest having more than their hands full of the doubters, 
 and their captains that did follow Diabolus,) they were over- 
 powered with force, nor could they keep them out of the 
 town. Wherefore the Prince's men and their captains be- 
 took themselves to the castle, as to the stronghold of the 
 town : and this they did partly for their own security, partly 
 for the security of the town, and partly, or rather chiefly, 
 to preserve to Emmanuel the prerogative-royal of Mansoul : 
 for so was the castle of Mansoul. 
 
 The captains therefore being fled into the castle, the enemy 
 without much resistance possess themselves of the rest of 
 the town, and spreading themselves as they went into every 
 corner, they cried out as they marched, according to the 
 command of the tyrant, " Hell-fire ! Hell-fire ! Hell-fire !" 
 so that nothing for a while throughout the town of Mansoul
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 247 
 
 could be heard but the direful noise of " Hell-fire !" together 
 with the roaring of Diabolus's drum. And now did the 
 clouds hang black over Mansoul, nor to reason, did any- 
 thing but ruin seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered 
 his soldiers in the houses of the inhabitants of the town of 
 Mansoul. Yea, the subordinate preacher's house was as 
 full of these outlandish doubters, as ever it could hold, and 
 so was my Lord Mayor's and my Lord Willbe will's also. 
 Yea, where was there a corner, a cottage, a barn or a hog- 
 stye, that now was not full of these vermin ? Yea, they 
 turned the men of the town out of their houses, and would 
 lie in their beds and sit at their tables themselves. Ah, poor 
 Mansoul ! now thou feelest the fruits of sin, and what venom 
 was in the flattering words of Mr. Carnal-Security ! They 
 made great havoc of whatever they laid their hands on ; yea, 
 they fired the town in several places ; many young children 
 also were by them dashed in pieces ; for you must needs 
 think that it could not now be otherwise ; for what con- 
 science, what pity, what bowels of compassion can any 
 expect at the hands of outlandish doubters ? Many in Man- 
 soul that were women, both young and old, they abused, so 
 that they swooned, and many of them died, and so lay at 
 the top of every street, and in all by-places of the town. 
 
 And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a den of 
 dragons, an emblem of hell, and a place of total darkness. 
 Now did Mansoul lie almost like the barren wilderness ; 
 nothing but nettles, briars, thorns, weeds, and stinking things 
 seemed now to cover the face of Mansoul. I told you be- 
 fore, how that these Diabolonian doubters turned the men 
 of Mansoul out of their beds, and now I will add, they 
 wounded them, they mauled them, yea, and almost brained 
 many of them. Many, did I say, yea most, if not all of 
 '.hem. Mr. Conscience they so wounded, yea, and his
 
 218 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Mounds so festered, that he could have no ease day nor 
 night, but lay as if continually upon a rack ; but that Shad- 
 dai rules all, certainly they had slain him outright. Mr. 
 Lord Mayor they so abused, that they almost put out his 
 eyes ; and had not my Lord Willbewill got into the castle, 
 they intended to have chopped him all to pieces ; for they 
 did look upon him, as his heart now stood, to be one of the 
 very worst that was in Mansoul against Diabolus and his 
 crew. And indeed he hath showed himself a man, and 
 more of his exploits you will hear of afterwards. 
 
 Now, a man might have walked for days together in 
 Mansoul, and scarcely have seen one in the town that'looked 
 like a religious man. Oh, the fearful state of Mansoul now ! 
 Now every corner swarmed with outlandish doubters; red- 
 coats and black-coats walked the town by clusters, and filled 
 up all the houses with hideous noises, vain songs, lying 
 stories, and blasphemous language against Shaddai and his 
 Son. Now also those Diabolonians that lurked in the walls 
 and dens and holes that were in the town of Mansoul, came 
 forth and showed themselves ; yea, walked with open face 
 in company with the doubters that were in Mansoul. Yea, 
 they had more boldness now to walk the streets, to haunt 
 the houses, and to show themselves abroad, than had any of 
 the honest inhabitants of the now Avoful town of Mansoul. 
 
 But Diabolus and his outlandish men were not at peace 
 in Mansoul ; for they were not there entertained as were 
 the captains and forces of Emmanuel : the townsmen did 
 browbeat them what they could ; nor did they partake of 
 any of the necessaries of Mansoul, but that which they 
 seized on against the townsmen's will : what they could, 
 they hid from them, and what they could not, they had with 
 an ill-will. They, poor hearts ! had rather have had their 
 room than their company ; but they were at present their
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 249 
 
 captives, and their captives, for the present, tht.y were forced 
 to be. But, I say, they discountenanced them as much as 
 they were able, and showed them all the dislike that they 
 could. 
 
 The captains also from the castle did hold them in con- 
 tinual play with their slings, to the chafing and fretting of 
 the minds of the enemies. True, Diabolus made a great 
 many attempts to have broken open the gates of the castle, 
 but Mr. Godly-Fear was made the keeper of that ; and he 
 was a man of that courage, conduct, and valour, that it was 
 in vain, as long as life lasted within him, to think to do that 
 work, though mostly desired ; wherefore all the attempts 
 that Diabolus made against him were fruitless. I have 
 wished sometimes that that man had had the whole rule of 
 the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, this was the condition of the town of Mansoul for 
 about two years and a half: the body of the town was the 
 seat of war, the people of the town were driven into holes, 
 and the glory of Mansoul was laid in the dust. What rest, 
 then, could be to the inhabitants, what peace could Mansoul 
 have, and what sun could shine upon it? Had the enemy 
 lain so long without in the plain against the town, it had 
 been enough to have famished them : bat now, when they 
 shall be within, when the town shall be their tent, their 
 trench and fort against the castle that was in the town ; 
 when the town shall be against the town, and shall serve to 
 be a defence to the enemies of her strength and life : I say, 
 when they shall make use of the forts, and town-holds, to 
 secure themselves in, even till they shall take, spoil, and 
 demolish the castle, — this was terrible ! and yet this was 
 now the state of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 After the town of Mansoul had been in this sad and 
 lamentable condition, for so long a time as I have told you,
 
 250 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and no petitions that they presented their Prince, all this 
 ■while, could prevail, the inhabitants of the town, namely, 
 the elders and chief of Mansoul gathered together, and, 
 after some time spent in condoling their miserable state and 
 this miserable judgment coming upon them, they agreed 
 together to draw up yet another petition, and to send it 
 away to Emmanuel for relief. But Mr. Godly-Fear stood 
 up and answered, that he knew that his Lord the Prince 
 never did, nor ever would receive a petition for these mat- 
 ters, from the hand of any one, unless the Lord Secretary's 
 hand was to it; " and this," quoth he, " is the reason that 
 you prevailed not all this while." Then they said they 
 would draw up one, and get the Lord Secretary's hand unto 
 it. But Mr. Godly-Fear answered again, that he knew also 
 that the Lord Secretary would not set his hand to any peti- 
 tion that himself had not an hand in composing and drawing 
 up. "And besides," said he, " the Prince doth know my 
 Lord Secretary's hand from all the hands in the world ; 
 wherefore he cannot be deceived by any pretence whatever. 
 Wherefore my advice is, that you go to my Lord, and im- 
 plore him to lend ) r ou his aid." (Now he did yet abide in 
 the castle, where all the captains and men at arms were.) 
 
 So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his coun- 
 sel, and did as he had bidden them. So they went and came 
 to my Lord, and made known the cause of their coming to 
 him : namely, that since Mansoul was in so deplorable a 
 condition, his Highness would be pleased to undertake to 
 draw up a petition for them to Emmanuel, the Son of the 
 mighty Shaddai, and to their King and his Father. 
 
 Then said the Secretary to them, " What petition is it 
 that you would have me draw up for you ?" But they said, 
 " Our Lord knows best the state and condition of the town 
 of Mansoul; and how we are backslidden and degenerated
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 251 
 
 from the Prince : thou also knowest who is come up to 
 war against us, and how Mansoul is now the seat of war. 
 My Lord knows, moreover, what barbarous usages our men, 
 women, and children, have suffered at their hands ; and how 
 our homebred Diabolonians do walk now with more bold- 
 ness than dare the townsmen in the streets of Mansoul. Let 
 our Lord therefore, according to the wisdom of God that is 
 in him, draw up a petition for his poor servants to our Prince 
 Emmanuel." " Well," said the Lord Secretary, " I will 
 draw up a petition for you, and will also set my hand there- 
 to." Then said they, " But when shall we call for it, at 
 the hands of our Lord ?" But he answered, " Yourselves 
 must be present at the doing of it; yea, you must put your 
 desires to it. True, the hand and pen shall be mine, but 
 the ink and paper must be yours ; else how can you say it 
 is your petition ? Nor have I need to petition for myself, 
 because I have not offended." 
 
 He also added as followeth : " No petition goes from me 
 in my name to the Prince, and so to his Father by him, but 
 when the people that are chiefly concerned therein do join 
 in heart and soul in the matter, for that must be inserted 
 therein." 
 
 So they did hearuTy agree with the sentence of the Lord, 
 and a petition was forthwith drawn up for them. But now, 
 who should carry it ? that was next. But the Secretary ad- 
 vised that Captain Credence should carry it ; for he was a 
 well-spoken man. They therefore called for him, and pro- 
 pounded to him the business. " Well," said the captain, " I 
 gladly accept of the motion ; and though I am lame, I will 
 do this business, with as much speed, and as well as I can." 
 
 The contents of the petition were to this purpose : — 
 
 " O our Lord, and Sovereign Prince Emmanuel, the po- 
 tent, the long-suffering Prince ! Grace is poured into thy
 
 252 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 lips, and to thee belong mercy and forgiveness, though we 
 have rebelled against thee. We, who are no more worthy 
 to be called thy Mansoul, nor yet fit to partake of common 
 benefits, do beseech thee, and thy Father by thee, to do 
 away our transgressions. We confess that thou mightest 
 cast us away for them ; but do it not for thy name's sake : 
 let the Lord rather take an opportunity, at our miserable 
 condition, to let out his bowels and compassions to us. We 
 are compassed on every side, Lord ; our own backsb'dings 
 reprove us ; our Diabolonians within our town fright us ; 
 and the army of the angel of the bottomless pit distresses 
 us. Thy grace can be our salvation, and whither to go but 
 to thee we know not. 
 
 " Furthermore, O gracious Prince, we have weakened our 
 captains, and they are discouraged, sick, and, of late, some 
 of them grievously worsted and beaten out of the field by 
 the power and force of the tyrant. Yea, even those of our 
 captains, in vidiose valour we did formerly use to put most 
 of our confidence, they are as wounded men. Besides, 
 Lord, our enemies are lively, and they are strong ; they 
 vaunt and boast themselves, and do threaten to part us 
 among themselves for a booty. They are fallen also upon 
 us, Lord, with many thousand doubters, such as with whom 
 we cannot tell what to do ; they are all grim-looked and 
 unmerciful ones, and they bid defiance to us and thee. 
 
 " Our wisdom is gone, our power is gone, because thou 
 art departed from us ; nor have we what we may call ours 
 but sin, shame, and confusion of face for sin. Take pity 
 upon us, O Lord, take pity upon us, thy miserable town 
 of Mansoul, and save us out of the hands of our enemies. 
 Amen." 
 
 This petition, as was said afore, was handed by the Lord 
 Secretary, and carried to the court by the brave and most
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 253 
 
 stout Captain Credence. Now he carried it out at Mouth- 
 gate, (for that, as I said, was the sally-port of the town,) 
 and he went and came to Emmanuel with it. Now how it 
 came out, I do not know ; but for certain it did, and that so 
 far as to reach the ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude, 
 because that the tyrant had it presently by the end, and 
 charged the town of Mansoul with it, saying, " Thou rebel- 
 lious and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, I will make thee to 
 leave off petitioning. Art thou yet for petitioning ? I will 
 make thee to leave." Yea, he also knew who the mes- 
 senger was that carried the petition to the Prince, and it 
 made him both to fear and rage. 
 
 Wherefore he commanded that his drum should be beat 
 aarain, a thino; that Mansoul could not abide to hear : but 
 when Diabolus will have his drum beat, Mansoul must 
 abide the noise. Well, the drum was beat, and the Diabo- 
 lonians were gathered together. 
 
 Then said Diabolus, " O ye stout Diabolonians, be it 
 known unto you, that there is treachery hatched against us 
 in the rebellious town of Mansoul ; for albeit the town is 
 in our possession, as you see, yet these miserable Mansoul- 
 ians have attempted to dare, and have been so hardy as yet to 
 send to the court to Emmanuel for.help. This I give you to 
 understand, that ye may yet know how to carry it to the 
 wretched town of Mansoul. Wherefore, O my trusty Dia- 
 bolonians, I command that yet more and more ye distress 
 this town of Mansoul, and vex it with your wiles, slay 
 their children, brain their ancients, fire their town, and what 
 other mischief you can ; and let this be the reward of the 
 Mansoulians from me, for their desperate rebellions against 
 
 me." 
 
 This, you see, was the charge ; but something stepped 
 
 22
 
 254 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 in betwixt that and execution, for as yet there was but little 
 more done than to rage. 
 
 Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the 
 next way up to the castle gates, and demanded that, upon 
 pain of death, the gates should be opened to him, and that 
 entrance should be given him and his men that followed 
 after. To whom Mr. Godly-Fear replied, (for he it was 
 that had the charge of that gate,) that the gate should not 
 be opened unto him, nor to the men that followed after hi in. 
 He said, moreover, that Mansoul, when she had suffered 
 awhile, should be made perfect, strengthened, settled. 
 
 Then said Diabolus, " Deliver me, then, the men that 
 have petitioned against me, especially Captain Credence, 
 that carried it to your Prince ; deliver that varlet into my 
 hands, and I will depart from the town." 
 
 Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fool- 
 ing, and said, " My Lord offereth you fair : it is better for 
 you that one man perish, than that your whole Mansoul 
 should be undone." 
 
 But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, " How 
 long will Mansoul be kept out of the dungeon, when she 
 hath given up her faith to Diabolus ? As good lose the town 
 as lose Captain Credence ; for if one be gone, the other 
 must follow." But to that Mr. Fooling said nothing. 
 
 Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, " O thou de- 
 vouring tyrant, be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to 
 none of thy words ; we are resolved to resist thee as long 
 as a captain, a man, a sling, and a stone to throw at thee, 
 shall be found in the town of Mansoul." 
 
 But Diabolus answered, " Do you hope, do you wait, do 
 you look for help and deliverance? You have sent to Em- 
 manuel, but your wickedness sticks too close in your skirts, 
 to let innocent prayers come out of your lips. Think you,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 255 
 
 that you shall be prevailers and prosper in this design ? 
 You will fail in your wish, you will fail in your attempts ; 
 for it is not only I, but your Emmanuel is against you : yea, 
 it is he that hath sent me against you to subdue you. For 
 what, then, do you hope? or by what means will you 
 escape ?" 
 
 Then said the Lord Mayor, " We have sinned indeed ; 
 but that shall be no help to thee, for our Emmanuel hath 
 said it, and that in great faithfulness,- ' And him that cometh 
 to me I will in no wise cast out.' He hath also told us, O 
 our enemy, that ' all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be 
 foroiven' to the sons of men. Therefore we dare not de- 
 spair, but will look for, wait for, and hope for deliverance 
 still." 
 
 Now, by this time, Captain Credence was returned and 
 come from the court from Emmanuel to the castle of Man- 
 soul, and he returned to them with a packet. So my Lord 
 Mayor, hearing that Captain Credence was come, withdrew 
 himself from the noise of the roaring of the tyrant, and left 
 him to yell at the wall of the town, or against the gates of 
 the castle. So he came up to the captain's lodgings, and, 
 saluting him, he asked him of his welfare, and what was 
 the best news at court. But when he asked Captain Cre- 
 dence that, the water stood in his eyes. Then said the 
 captain, " Cheer up, my lord, for all will be well in time." 
 And with that he first produced his packet, and laid it by ; 
 but that the Lord Mayor, and the rest of the captains, took 
 for sign of good tidings. Now a season of grace being 
 come, he sent for all the captains and elders of the town, 
 that were here and there in their lodgings in the castle and 
 upon their guard, to let them know that Captain Credence 
 was returned from the court, and that he had something in 
 general, and something in special, to communicate to them.
 
 256 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 So they all came up to him, and saluted him, and asked him 
 concerning his iournev, and what was the best news at the 
 court. And he answered them as he had done the Lord 
 Mayor before, that all would be well at last. Now, when 
 the captain had thus saluted them, he opened his packet, 
 and thence did draw out his several notes for those that he 
 had sent for. 
 
 And the first note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was 
 signified : — That the Prince Emmanuel had taken it well 
 that my Lord Mayor had been so true and trusty in his 
 office, and the great concerns that lay upon him for the town 
 and people of Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know, that he 
 took it well that he had been so bold for his Prince Em- 
 manuel, and had engaged so faithfully in his cause against 
 Diabolus. He also signified, at the close of his letter, that 
 he should shortly receive his reward. 
 
 The second note that came out, was for the noble Lord 
 Willbewill, wherein there was signified : — That his Prince 
 Emmanuel did well understand how valiant and courageous 
 lie had been for the honour of his Lord, now in his absence, 
 and when his name was under contempt by Diabolus. There 
 was signified also, that his Prince had taken it well that he 
 had been so faithful to the town of Mansoul, in his keeping 
 of so strict a hand and eye over and so strict a rein upon 
 the neck of the Diabolonians, that did still lie lurking hi 
 their several holes in the famous town of Mansoul. He sig- 
 nified, moreover, how that he understood that my Lord had, 
 with his own hand, done great execution upon some of the 
 chief of the rebels there, to the great discouragement of the 
 adverse party, and to the good example of the whole town 
 of Mansoul ; and that shortly his lordship should have his 
 reward. 
 
 The third note came out for the subordinate preacher,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 257 
 
 wherein was signified : — .That his Prince took it well from 
 «iim, that he had so honestly and so faithfully performed 
 his office, and executed the trust committed to him by his 
 Lord, while he exhorted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul 
 according to the laws of the town. He signified, moreover, 
 that he took it well at his hand that he called to fastingr, to 
 sackcloth, and ashes, when Mansoul was under her revolt. 
 Also, that he called for the aid of the Captain Boanerges to 
 help in so weighty a work : and that shortly he also should 
 receive his reward. 
 
 The fourth note came out for Mr. Godly-Fear, wherein 
 his Lord thus signified : — That his Lordship observed, that 
 he was the first of all the men in Mansoul that detected Mr. 
 Carnal-Security as the only one that, through 'his subtlety 
 and cunning, had obtained for Diabolus a defection and de- 
 cay of goodness in the blessed town of Mansoul. More- 
 over, his Lord gave him to understand, that he still remem- 
 bered his tears and mourning for the state of Mansoul. It 
 was also observed, by the same note, that his Lord took 
 notice of his detecting of this Mr. Carnal-Security, at his 
 own table among his guests, in his own house, and that in 
 the midst of his jolliness, even while he was seeking to per- 
 fect his villanies against the town of Mansoul. Emmanuel 
 also took notice, that this reverend person, Mr. Godly-Fear, 
 stood stoutly to it, at the gates of the castle, against all the 
 threats and attempts of the tyrant ; and that he had put the 
 townsmen in a way to make their petition to their Prince, 
 so as that he might accept thereof, and as they might ob- 
 tain an answer of peace ; and that therefore shortly he 
 should receive his reward. 
 
 After all this, there was yet produced a note which was 
 written to the Avhole town of Mansoul, whereby they per- 
 ceived — That their Lord took notice of their so often re 
 
 22*
 
 258 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 peating of petitions to him ; and that they should see more 
 of the fruits of such their doings in time to come. Their 
 Prince did also therein tell them, that he took it well, that 
 their heart and mind, now at last, abode fixed upon him and 
 his ways, though Diabolus had made such inroads upon 
 them ; and that neither flatteries on the one hand, nor hardships 
 on the other, could make them yield to serve his cruel de- 
 signs. There was also inserted at the bottom of this note — 
 That his Lordship had left the town of Mansoul in the 
 hands of the Lord Secretary, and under the conduct of 
 Captain Credence, saying, " Beware that you yet yield 
 yourselves unto their governance ; and in due time you 
 shall receive your reward." 
 
 So, after the brave Captain Credence had delivered his 
 notes to those to whom they belonged, he retired himself to 
 my Lord Secretary's lodgings, and there spends time in con- 
 versing with him ; for they two were very great one with 
 another, and did indeed know more how things would go 
 with Mansoul than did all the townsmen besides. The 
 Lord Secretary also loved the Captain Credence dearly; 
 yea, many a good bit was sent him from my Lord's table ; 
 also, he might have a show of countenance, when the rest 
 of Mansoul lay under the clouds : so, after some time for 
 converse was spent, the captain betook himself to his 
 chambers to rest. But it was not long after, when my lord 
 did send for the captain again ; so the captain came to him, 
 and they greeted one another with usual salutations. Then 
 said the captain to the Lord Secretary, " What hath my 
 Lord to say to his servant ?" So the Lord Secretary took him 
 and had him aside, and, after a sign or two of more favour, 
 he said, " I have made thee the Lord's lieutenant over all 
 the forces in Mansoul ; so that, from this day forward, all 
 men in Mansoul shall be at thy word ; and thou shalt be he
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 259 
 
 that shall lead in, and that shalt lead out Mansoul. Thou 
 shalt therefore manage, according to thy place, the war for 
 thy Prince, and for the town of Mansoul, against the force 
 and power of Diabolus : and at thy command shall the rest 
 of the captains be." 
 
 Now the townsmen began to perceive what interest the 
 captain had, both with the court, and also witli the Lord 
 Secretary in Mansoul ; for no man before could speed 
 when sent, nor bring such good news from Emmanuel 
 as he. Wherefore what do they, after some lamentation 
 that they made no more use of him in their distresses, but 
 send by their subordinate preacher to the Lord Secretary, 
 to desire him that all that ever they were and had, might be 
 put under the government, care, custody, and conduct of 
 Captain Credence. 
 
 So their preacher went and did his errand, and received 
 this answer from the mouth of his Lord: that Captain 
 Credence should be the great doer in all the King's army, 
 against the King's enemies, and also for the welfare of 
 Mansoul. So he bowed to the ground, and thanked his 
 Lordship, and returned and told his news to the townsfolk. 
 But all this was done with all imaginable secrecy, because 
 the foes had yet great strength in the town. But to return 
 to our story again. 
 
 When Diabolus saw himself thus boldly confronted by 
 the Lord Mayor, and perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, he fell into a rage, and forthwith called a council (if 
 war, that he might be revenged on Mansoul. So all the 
 princes of the pit came together, and old Incredulity at the 
 head of them, with all the captains of his army. So they 
 consult what to do. Now the effect and conclusion of the 
 council that day was, how they might take the castle, be- 
 cause they could not conclude themselves masters of the
 
 200 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 town so long as that was in the possession of their ene- 
 mies. 
 
 So one advised this way, and another advised that; but 
 when they could not agree in their verdict, Apollyon, the 
 president of the council, stood up, and thus he began: — 
 " My brotherhood," quoth he, " I have two things to pro- 
 pound unto you ; and my first is this. Let us withdraw 
 ourselves from the town into the plain again, for our pre- 
 sence here will do us no good, because the castle is yet in 
 our enemies' hands ; nor is it possible that we should take 
 that, so long as so many brave captains are in it, and that 
 this bold fellow, Godly-Fear, is made the keeper of the 
 gates of it. Now, when we have withdrawn ourselves into 
 the plain, they, of their own accord, will be glad of some 
 little ease ; and it may be, of their own accord, they again 
 may begin to be remiss, and even their so being will give 
 them a bigger blow than we can possibly give them our- 
 selves. But if that should fail, our going forth of the town 
 may draw the captains out after us ; and you know what it 
 cost them when we fought them in the field before. Be- 
 sides, can we but draw them out into the field, we may lay 
 an ambush behind the town, which shall, when they are 
 come forth abroad, rush in and take possession of the castle." 
 
 But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying, " It is impos- 
 sible to draw them all off from the castle ; some, you may be 
 sure, will lie there to keep that ; wherefore it will be vain thus 
 to attempt, unless we were sure that they will all come out." 
 He therefore concluded that what was done must be done by 
 some other means. And the most likely means that the great- 
 est of their heads could invent, was that which Apollyon had 
 advised to before, namely, to get the townsmen again to sin. 
 " For," said he, " it is not our being in the town, nor in the 
 field, nor our fighting, nor our killing of their men, that can
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 261 
 
 make us the masters of Mansoul ; for so long as one in the 
 town is able to lift up his finger against us, Emmanuel will 
 take their parts ; and if he shall take their parts, we know 
 what time of day it will be with us. Wherefore, for my 
 part," quoth he, " there is, in my judgment, no way to bring 
 them into bondage to us, like inventing a way to make them 
 sin. Had we," said he, "left all our doubters at home, we 
 had done as Avell as we have done now, unless we could 
 have made them the masters and governors of the castle ; 
 for doubters at a distance are but like objections refelled 
 with arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the 
 hold, and make them possessors of that, the day will be 
 our own. Let us, therefore, withdraw ourselves into the 
 plain, (not expecting that the captains in Mansoul should 
 follow us,) but yet, I say, let us do this, and before we so 
 do, let us advise again with our trusty Diabolonians that are 
 yet in their holds in Mansoul, and set them to work to betray 
 the town to us ; for they indeed must do it, or it will be left 
 undone for ever." By these sayings of Beelzebub, (for I 
 think it was he that gave this counsel,) the whole conclave 
 was forced to be of his opinion, namely, that the way to get 
 the castle was to get the town to sin. Then they fell to 
 inventing, by what means they might do this thing. 
 
 Then Lucifer stood up, and said, " The counsel of Beel- 
 zebub is pertinent. Now the way to bring this to pass, in 
 mine opinion, is this : let us withdraw our force from the 
 town of Mansoul ; let us do this, and let us terrify them no 
 more, either with summons, or threats, or with the noise of 
 our drum, or any other awakening means. Only let us lie 
 in the field at a distance, and be as if we regarded them not ; 
 for frights, I see, do but awaken them, and make them more 
 stand to their arms. I have also another stratagem in my 
 head : you know Mansoul is a market-town, and a town
 
 262 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that delights in commerce ; what therefore if some of our 
 Diabolonians shall feign themselves far-country men, and 
 shall go out and bring to the market of Mansoul some of 
 our wares to sell ; and what matter at what rates they sell 
 their wares, though it be but for half the worth ? Now let 
 those that thus shall trade in their market, be those that are 
 witty and true to us, and I will lay my crown to pawn, it 
 will do. There are two that are come to my thoughts al- 
 ready, that I think will be arch at this work, and they are 
 Mr. Penny-wise-pound-foolish, and Mr. Get-i'the-hundred- 
 and-lose-i'the-shire ; nor is this man with the long name at 
 all inferior to the other. What also if you join with them 
 Mr. Sweet-world and Mr. Present-Good ; they are men 
 that are civil and cunning, but our true friends and helpers. 
 Let these, with as many more, engage in this business for 
 us, and let Mansoul be taken up in much business, and let 
 them grow full and rich, and this is the way to get ground 
 of them. Remember ye not that thus we prevailed upon 
 Laodieea, and how many at present do we hold in this 
 snare ? Now, when they begin to grow full, they will 
 forget their misery ; and if we shall not affright them, they 
 may happen to fall asleep, and so be got to neglect their 
 town watch, their castle watch, as well as their watch at 
 the gates. 
 
 " Yea, may we not, by this means, so cumber Mansoul 
 with abundance, that they shall be forced to make of their 
 castle a warehouse, instead of a garrison fortified against us, 
 and a receptable for men of war. Thus, if we get our goods 
 and commodities thither, I reckon that the castle is more than 
 half ours. Besides, could we so order it that it shall be filled 
 with such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden assault 
 upon them, it would be hard for the captains to take shelter 
 there. Do you not know that of the parable, ' The deceit-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 263 
 
 fulness of riches choke the word V and again, ' When the 
 heart is* over-charged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and 
 the cares of this life,' all mischief comes upon them at un- 
 awares ? 
 
 " Furthermore, my lords," quoth he, " you very well 
 know that it is not easy for a people to be filled with our 
 things, and not to have some of our Diabolonians as retainers 
 to their houses and services. Where is a Mansoulian that 
 is full of this world, that has not for his servants and waiting 
 men, Mr. Profuse, or Mr. Prodigality, or some other of our 
 Diabolonian gang, as Mr. Voluptuous, Mr. Pragmatical, 
 Mr. Ostentation, or the like ? Now these can take the 
 castle of Mansoul, or blow it up, or make it unfit for a 
 garrison for Emmanuel, and any of these will do. Yea, 
 these, for aught I know, may do it for us sooner than an 
 army of twenty thousand men. Wherefore, to end as I 
 began, my advice is, that we quietly withdraw ourselves, 
 not offering any further force, or forcible attempts, upon the 
 castle, at least at this time ; and let us set on foot our new 
 project, and let us see if that will not make them destroy 
 themselves." 
 
 This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was 
 accounted the very masterpiece of hell, namely, to choke 
 Mansoul with a fulness of this world, and to surfeit her 
 heart with the good things thereof. But see how things 
 meet together ! Just as this Diabolonian council was broken 
 up, Captain Credence received a letter from Emmanuel, the 
 contents of which were these : That upon the third day lie 
 would meet him in the field in the plains about Mansoul. 
 " Meet me in the field!" quoth the captain; " what mean- 
 eth my lord by this ? I know not what he meaneth by 
 meeting me in the field." So he took the note in his hand 
 and did carry it to my Lord Secretary, to ask bis thoughts
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 thereupon ; for my Lord was a seer in all matters concern- 
 ing the King, and also for the good and comfort of the town 
 of Mansoul. So he showed my Lord the note and desired 
 his opinion thereof. " For my part," quoth Captain Cre- 
 dence, " I know not the meaning thereof." So my Lord 
 did take and read it j and, after a little pause, he said, " The 
 Diabolonians have had against Mansoul a great consultation 
 to-day ; they have, I say, this day been contriving the utter 
 ruin of the town : and the result of their counsel is, to set 
 Mansoul into such a way which, if taken, will surely make 
 her destroy herself. And, to this end, they are making 
 ready for their own departure out of the town, intending to 
 betake themselves to the field again, and there to lie till 
 they shall see whether this their project will take or no. 
 But be thou ready with the men of thy Lord, (for on the 
 third day they will be in the plain,) there to fall upon the 
 Diabolonians ; for the Prince will by that time be in the 
 field ; yea, by that it is break of day, sun-rising, or before, 
 and that with a mighty force against them. So he shall be 
 before them, and thou shalt be behind them, and betwixt 
 you both their army shall be destroyed." 
 
 When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the 
 rest of the captains, and tells them what a note he had a 
 while since received from the hand of Emmanuel. " And," 
 said he, " that which was dark therein has my Lord the 
 Lord Secretary expounded unto me." He told them, more- 
 over, what by himself and by them must be done to answer 
 the mind of their Lord. Then were the captains glad ; and 
 Captain Credence commanded that all the King's trumpeters 
 should ascend to the battlements of the castle, and there, in 
 the audience of Diabolus and of the whole town of Man- 
 soul, make the best music that heart could invent. The 
 trumpeters then did as they were commanded. They got
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 2G5 
 
 themselves up to the top of the castle, and thus they began 
 to sound. Then did Diabolus start, and said, " What can 
 be the meaning of this ? they neither sound Boot-and-sad- 
 dle, nor Horse-and-away, nor a charge. What do these 
 mad-men mean, that yet they should be so merry and glad ?" 
 Then answered him one of themselves and said, " This is 
 for joy that their Prince Emmanuel is coming to relieve the 
 town of Mansoul ; that to this end he is at the head of an 
 army, and that this relief is near." 
 
 The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this 
 melodious charm of the trumpeters : they said, yea, they 
 answered one another, saying, " This can be no harm to us ; 
 surely, this can be no harm to us." Then said the Diabo- 
 lonians, " What had we best to do ?" and it was answered, 
 " It was best to quit the town ;" and " that," said one, " ye 
 may do in pursuance of your last counsel, and by so doing 
 also be better able to give the enemy battle, should an army 
 from without come upon us." So, on the second day, they 
 withdrew themselves from Mansoul, and abode in the plains 
 without ; but they encamped themselves before Eye-gate, in 
 what terrene and terrible manner they could. The reason 
 why they would not abide in the town (besides the reasons 
 that were debated in their late conclave) was, for that they 
 were not possessed of the stronghold, and " because," said 
 they, " we shall have more convenience to fight, and also to 
 fly, if need be, when we are encamped in the open plains." 
 Besides, the town would have been a pit for them rather 
 than a place of defence, had the Prince come up and inclosed 
 them fast therein. Therefore they betook themselves to the 
 field, that they might also be out of the reach of the slings, 
 by which they were much annoyed all the while that they 
 were in the town. 
 
 Well, the time that the captains were to fall upon the 
 
 23
 
 266 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Diabolonians being come, they eagerly prepared themselves 
 for action ; for Captain Credence had told the captains over 
 night, that they should meet their Prince in the field to-mor- 
 row. This, therefore, made them yet far more desirous to 
 be engaging the enemy ; for, " You shall see the Prince in 
 the field to-morrow," was like oil to a flaming fire ; for of 
 a long time they had been at a distance : they therefore 
 were for this the more earnest and desirous of the work. 
 So, as I said, the hour being come, Captain Credence, with 
 the rest of the men of war, drew out their forces before it 
 was day by the sally-port of the town. And, being all 
 ready, Captain Credence went up to the head of the army, 
 and gave to the rest of the captains the word, and so they 
 to their under-officers and soldiers : the word was, " The 
 sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain 
 Credence ;" which is, in the Mansoulian tongue, " The 
 word of God and faith." Then the captains fell on, and 
 began roundly to front, and flank, and rear Diabolus's camp. 
 Now, they left Captain Experience in the town, because 
 he was yet ill of his wounds, which the Diabolonians had 
 given him in the last fight. But when he perceived that 
 the captains were at it, what does he but, calling for his 
 crutches with haste, gets us, and away he goes to the battle, 
 saying, " Shall I lie here, when my brethren are in the fight, 
 and when Emmanuel, the Prince, will show himself in the 
 field to his servants ?" But when the enemy saw the man 
 come with his crutches, they were daunted yet the more ; 
 " for," thought they, " what spirit has possessed these Man- 
 soulians, that they fight us upon their crutches." Well, 
 the captains, as I said, fell on, and did bravely handle their 
 weapons, still crying out and shouting, as they laid on 
 blows, " The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the 
 shield of Captain Credence !"
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 267 
 
 Now, when Diabohis saw that the captains were come 
 out, and that so valiantly they surrounded his men, he con- 
 cluded that, for the present, nothing from them was to be 
 looked for but blows, and the dints of their " two-edged 
 sword." 
 
 Wherefore he also falls on upon the Prince's army with 
 all his deadly force : so the battle was joined. Now who 
 was it that at first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Cap- 
 tain Credence on the one hand, and the Lord Willbewiil on 
 the other : now Willbewiil' s blows were like the blows of 
 a giant, for that man had a strong arm, and he fell in upon 
 the doubters, for they were the life<-guard of Diabolus, and 
 he kept them in play a good while, cutting and battering 
 shrewdly. Now when Captain Credence saw my lord 
 engaged, he did stoutly fall on, on the other hand, upon the 
 same company also ; so they put them to great disorder. 
 Now Captain Good-Hope had engaged with the vocation 
 doubters, and they were sturdy men ; but the captain was a 
 valiant man : Captain Experience did also send him some 
 aid ; so he made the vocation doubters to retreat. The rest 
 of the armies were hotly engaged, and that on every side, 
 and the Diabolonians did fight stoutly. Then did my Lord 
 Secretary command that the slings from the castle should 
 be played; and his men could throw stones at an hair's 
 breadth. But, after a while, those that were made to fly 
 before the captains of the Prince, did begin to rally again, 
 and they came up stoutly upon the rear of the Prince's 
 army: wherefore the Prince's army began to faint; but, 
 remembering that they should see the face of their Prince 
 by and by, they took courage, and a very fierce battle was 
 fought. Then shouted the captains, saying, " The sword 
 of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain Cre- 
 dence !" and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that
 
 2G8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 more aid had been come. But no Emmanuel as yet ap- 
 peared. Moreover, the battle did hang in doubt ; and they 
 made a little retreat on both sides. Now, in the time of 
 respite, Captain Credence bravely encouraged his men to 
 stand to it ; and Diabolus did the like, as well as he could. 
 But Captain Credence made a brave speech to his soldiers, 
 the contents whereof here follow : — 
 
 " Gentlemen soldiers, and my brethren in this design, it 
 rejoiceth me much to see in the field for our Prince, this 
 day, so stout and so valiant an army, and such faithful lovers 
 of Mansoul. You have hitherto, as hath become you, shown 
 yourselves men of truth and courage against the Diabolonian 
 forces ; so that, for all their boast, they have not yet much 
 cause to boast of their gettings. Now take to yourselves 
 your wonted courage, and show yourselves men even this 
 once only ; for in a few minutes after the next engagement, 
 this time, you shall see your Prince show himself in the 
 field ; for we must make this second assault upon this tyrant 
 Diabolus, and then Emmanuel comes." 
 
 No sooner had the captain made this speech to his sol- 
 diers, but one Mr. Speedy came post to the captain from 
 the Prince, to tell him that Emmanuel was at hand. This 
 news when the captain had received, he communicated to 
 the other field-officers,, and they again to their soldiers and 
 men of war. Wherefore, like men raised from the dead, 
 so the captains and their men arose, made up to the enemy, 
 and cried as before, " The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, 
 and the shield of Captain Credence !" 
 
 The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made 
 resistance as well as they could ; but in this last engage- 
 ment the Diabolonians lost their courage, and many of the 
 doubters fell down dead to the ground. Now, when they 
 had been in heat of battle about an hour or more, Captain
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 269 
 
 Credence lift up his eyes and saw, and, behold, Emmanuel 
 came ; and he came with colours flying, trumpets sounding, 
 and the feet of his men scarce touched the ground, they 
 hasted with that celerity towards the captains that were en- 
 gaged. Then did Credence wind with his men to the town- 
 ward, and gave to Diabolus the field: so Emmanuel came 
 upon him on the one side, and the enemies' place was be- 
 twixt them both. Then again they fell to it afresh ; and 
 now it was but a little while more but Emmanuel and Cap- 
 tain Credence met, still trampling down the slain as they 
 came. 
 
 But when the captains saw that the Prince was come, 
 and that he fell upon the Diabolonians on the other side, 
 and that Captain Credence and his Highness had got them 
 up betwixt them, they shouted, (they so shouted that the 
 ground rent again,) saying, " The sword of Emmanuel, and 
 the shield of Captain Credence !" Now, when Diabolus 
 saw that he and his forces were so hard beset by the Prince 
 and his princely army, what does he, and the lords of the 
 pit that were with him, but make their escape, and forsake 
 their army, and leave them to fall by the hand of Emmanuel, 
 and of his noble Captain Credence : so they fell all down slain 
 before them, before the Prince, and before his royal army ; 
 there was not left so much as one doubter alive ; they lay 
 spread upon the ground dead men, as one would spread 
 dung upon the land. 
 
 When the battle was over, all things came into order in 
 the camp. Then the captains and elders of Mansoul came 
 together to salute Emmanuel, while without the corporation : 
 so they saluted him, and welcomed him, and that with a 
 thousand welcomes, for that he was come to the borders of 
 Mansoul again. So he smiled upon them, and said, " Peace 
 be to you.' Then they addressed themselves to go to the 
 
 23*
 
 270 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 town : they went then to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince, 
 with all the new forces that now he had brought with him 
 to the war. Also all the gates of the town were set open 
 for his reception, so glad were they of his blessed return. 
 And this was the manner and order of this going of his 
 into Mansoul :— - 
 
 First. As I said, all the gates of the town were set open, 
 yea, the gates of the castle also ; the elders, too, of the town 
 of Mansoul placed themselves at the gates of the town, to 
 salute him at his entrance thither ; and so they did ; for, as 
 he drew near, and approached towards the gates, they said, 
 " Lift up your heads, O ye gates ; and be ye lift up, ye 
 everlasting doors ; and the King of glory shall come in." 
 And they answered again, " Who is the King of glory?" 
 and they made return to themselves, " The Lord, strong 
 and mighty ; the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, 
 O ye gates ; even lift them up, ye everlasting doors," &c. 
 
 Secondly. It was ordered also, by those of Mansoul, that 
 all the way from the town gates to those of the castle, his 
 blessed Majesty should be entertained with the song, by 
 them that had the best skill in music in all the town of Man- 
 soul : then did the elders, and the rest of the men of Man- 
 soul, answer one another as Emmanuel entered the town, 
 till he came at the castle gates, with songs and sound of 
 trumpets, saying, " They have seen thy goings, O God ; 
 even the goings of my God, my King, in the sanctuary. So 
 the singers went before, the players on instruments followed 
 after, and among them were the damsels playing on tim- 
 brels." 
 
 Thirdly. Then the captains, (for I would speak a word 
 of them,) they in their order waited on the Prince, as he 
 entered into the gates of Mansoul. Captain Credence went 
 before, and Captain Good-Hope with him ; Captain Charity

 
 *fes 
 
 tt£ 
 
 *r 
 
 
 
 
 THE PRINCE ENTERING MANSQUL.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 271 
 
 came behind with other of his companions, and Captain 
 Patience followed after all; and the rest of the captains, 
 some on the right hand, and some on the left, accompanied 
 Emmanuel into Mansoul. And all the while the colours 
 were displayed, the trumpets sounded, and continual shout- 
 ings were among the soldiers. The Prince himself rode 
 into the town in his armour, which was all of beaten gold, 
 and in his chariot — the pillars of it were of silver, the bot- 
 tom thereof of gold, the covering of it was of purple, the 
 midst thereof being paved with love for the people of the 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 Fourthly. When the Prince was come to the entrance 
 of Mansoul, he found all the streets strewed with lilies and 
 flowers, curiously decked with boughs and branches from 
 the green trees that stood round about the town. Every 
 door also was filled with persons, who had adorned every 
 one the fore-part of their house with something of variety 
 and singular excellency, to entertain him withal, as he passed 
 in the streets : they also themselves, as Emmanuel passed 
 by, did welcome him with shouts and acclamations of joy, 
 saying, " Blessed be the Prince that cometh in the name of 
 his Father Shaddai." 
 
 Fifthly. At the castle gates the elders of Mansoul, 
 namely, the Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, the subordi- 
 nate preacher, Mr. Knowledge, and Mr. Mind, with other 
 of the gentry of the place, saluted Emmanuel again. They 
 bowed before him, they kissed the dust of his feet, they 
 thanked, they blessed, and praised his Highness, for not 
 taking advantage against them for their sins, but rather had 
 pity upon them in their misery, and returned to them with 
 mercies, and to build up their Mansoul for ever. Thus was 
 he had up straightway to the castle ; for that was the royal 
 pahce, and the place where his honour was to dwell ; the
 
 272 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 which was ready prepared for his Highness hy the pre- 
 sence of the Lord Secretary, and the work of Captain Cre- 
 dence. So he entered in. 
 
 Sixthly. The people and commonalty of the town of 
 Mansoul came to him into the castle to mourn, and weep, 
 and to lament for their wickedness, by which they had 
 forced him out of the town. So they, when they were 
 come, bowed themselves to the ground seven times ; they 
 also wept, they wept aloud, and asked forgiveness of the 
 Prince, and prayed that he would again, as of old, confirm 
 his love to Mansoul. 
 
 To the which the great Prince replied, " Weep not, but 
 go your way, eat the fat, and drink the sweet, and send por- 
 tions to them for whom nothing is prepared ; for the joy of 
 your Lord is yoUr strength. I am returned to Mansoul 
 with mercies, and my name shall be set up, exalted, and 
 magnified by it." He also took these inhabitants, and kissed 
 them, and laid them in his bosom. 
 
 Moreover, he gave to the elders of Mansoul, and to each 
 town officer, a chain of gold and a signet. He also sent to 
 their Avives ear-rings and jewels, and bracelets, and other 
 tilings. He also bestowed upon the true-born children of 
 Mansoul many precious things. 
 
 When Emmanuel, the Prince, had done all these things 
 for the famous town of Mansoul, then he said unto them, 
 first, " Wash your garments, then put on your ornaments, 
 and then come to me into the castle of Mansoul." So they 
 went to the fountain that was set open for Judah and Jeru- 
 salem to wash in ; and there they washed, and there they 
 made their " garments white," and came again to the Prince 
 into the castle, and thus they stood before him. 
 
 And now there was music and rejoicing throughout the 
 whole town of Mansoul, and that because their Prince had
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 273 
 
 again granted to them his presence and the light of his 
 countenance; the bells also did ring, and the sun shone 
 comfortably upon them for a great while together. 
 
 The town of Mansoul did also now more thoroughly seek 
 the destruction and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians that 
 abode in the walls, and the dens that they had in the town 
 of Mansoul ; for there was of them that had, to this day, 
 escaped with life and limb from the hand of their suppress- 
 ors in the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 But my Lord Willbewill was a greater terror to them 
 now than ever he had been before ; forasmuch as his heart 
 was yet more fully bent to seek, contrive, and pursue them 
 to the death ; he pursued them night and day, and did put 
 them now to sore distress*, as will afterwards appear. 
 
 After things were thus far put into order in the famous 
 town of Mansoul, care was taken, and order given by the 
 blessed Prince Emmanuel, that the townsmen should, with- 
 out delay, appoint some to go forth into the plain to bury 
 the dead that were there, — the dead that fell by the sword 
 of Emmanuel, and by the shield of the Captain Credence, — 
 lest the fumes and ill savours that would arise from them 
 might infect the air, and so annoy the famous town of 
 Mansoul. This also was a reason of this order, namely, 
 that, as much as in Mansoul lay, they might cut off the 
 name, and being, and remembrance of those enemies from 
 the thought of the famous town of Mansoul and its inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and 
 trusty friend of the town of Mansoul, that persons should be 
 employed about this necessary business ; and Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, and one Mr. Upright, were to be overseers about this 
 matter : so persons were put under them to work in the 
 fields, and to bury the slain that lay dead in the plains. And
 
 274 J THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 these were their places of employment : some were to make 
 the graves, some to bury the dead, and some were to go to 
 and fro in the plains, and also round about the borders of 
 Mansoul, to see if a skull, or a bone, or a piece of a bone of 
 a doubter, was yet to be found above ground anywhere near 
 the corporation ; and if any were found, it was ordered, that 
 the searchers that searched should set up a mark thereby, 
 and a sign, that those that were appointed to bury them 
 might find it, and bury it out of sight, that the name and 
 remembrance of a Diabolonian doubter might be blotted out 
 from under heaven ; and that the children, and they that 
 were to be born in Mansoul, might not know, if possible, 
 what a skull, what a bone, or a piece of a bone of a doubter 
 was. So the buriers, and those that were appointed for that 
 purpose, did as they were commanded : they buried the 
 doubters, and all the skulls and bones, and pieces of bones 
 of doubters, wherever they found them ; and so they cleansed 
 the plains. Now also Mr. God's-Peace took up his com- 
 mission, and acted again as in former days. 
 
 Thus they buried in the plains about Mansoul the election 
 doubters, the vocation doubters, the grace doubters, the per- 
 severance doubters, the resurrection doubters, the salvation 
 doubters, and the glory doubters ; whose captains were Cap- 
 tain Rage, Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, Captain In- 
 satiable, Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No- 
 Ease, Captain Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope ; and old 
 Incredulity was, under Diabolus, their general. There were 
 also the seven heads of their army ; and they were the Lord 
 Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the Lord 
 Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, and the 
 Lord Belial. But the princes and the captains, wLh old 
 Incredulity, their general, did all of them make their escape : 
 so tlieir men fell down slain by the power of the Prince's
 
 THE HOLY .VAR. 275 
 
 forces, and by the hands of the men of the town of Mansoul. 
 They also were buried as afore related, to the exceeding great 
 joy of the now famous town of Mansoul. They that buried 
 them, buried also with them, their arms, which were cruel 
 instruments of death : (their weapons were arrows, darts, 
 mauls, firebrands, and the like.) They buried also their 
 armour, their colours, banners, with the standard of Dia- 
 bolus, and what else soever they could find that did but 
 smell of a Diabolonian doubter. 
 
 Now when the tyrant had arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with 
 his old friend Incredulity, they immediately descended the 
 den, and having there, with their fellows, for a while condoled 
 their misfortune and great loss that they sustained against the 
 town of Mansoul, they fell at length into a passion, and re- 
 venged they would be, for the loss that they sustained before 
 the town of Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call a coun- 
 cil to contrive yet further what was to be done against the 
 famous town of Mansoul ; for their yawning paunches could 
 not wait to see the result of their Lord Lucifer's and their 
 Lord Apollyon's counsel that they had given before ; for their 
 raging gorge thought every day, even as long as a short for 
 ever, until they were filled with the body and soul, with the 
 flesh and bones, and with all the delicates of Mansoul. 
 They therefore resolved to make another attempt upon the 
 town of Mansoul, and that by an army mixed and made up 
 partly of doubters, and partly of blood-men. A more par- 
 ticular account now take of both. 
 
 The doubters are such as have their name from their 
 nature, as well as from the land and kingdom where they 
 are born : their nature is to put a queition upon every one 
 of the truths of Emmanuel; and their country is called the 
 land of Doubting, and that land lieth off, and furthest remote 
 to the north, between the land of Darkness and that called the
 
 27G THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 "valley of the shadow of death." For though the land of Dark- 
 ness, and that called " the valley of the shadow of death," be 
 sometimes called as if they were one and the self-same place, 
 yet indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, and 
 the land of Doubting points in, and lieth between them. This 
 is the land of Doubting; and these that came with Diabolus 
 to ruin the town of Mansoul are the natives of that country. 
 
 The blood-men area people that have their name derived 
 from the malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is 
 in them to execute it upon the town of Mansoul : their land 
 lieth under the dog-star, and by that they are governed as to 
 their intellectuals. The name of their country is the province 
 of Loath-good ; the remote parts of it are far distant from 
 the land of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon 
 the hill called Hell-Gate Hill. These people are always in 
 league with the doubters, for they jointly do make question 
 of the faith and fidelity of the men of the town of Mansoul, 
 and so are both alike qualified for the service of their prince. 
 
 Now of these two countries did Diabolus, by the beating 
 of his drum, raise another army against the town of Mansoul, 
 of five-and-twenty thousand strong. There were ten thou- 
 sand doubters, and fifteen thousand blood-men, and they 
 were put under several captains for the Avar ; and old In- 
 credulity was again made general of the army. 
 
 As for the doubters, their captains were five of the seven 
 that were heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are 
 their names : Captain Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain 
 Apollyon, Captain Legion, and Captain Cerberus ; and the 
 captains that they had before were some of them made lieu- 
 tenants, and some ensigns of the army. 
 
 But Diabolus did not count, that in this expedition of his, 
 these doubters would prove his principal men, for their man- 
 hood had been tried before ; also the Mansoulians had put
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 27? 
 
 them to the worst : only he did bring them to multiply a 
 number, and to help, if need was, at a pinch. But his trust 
 he put in his blood-men, for that they were all rugged 
 villains, and he knew that they had done feats heretofore. 
 
 As for the blood-men, they also were under command ; 
 and the names of their captains were, Captain Cain, Captain 
 Nimrod, Captain Ishmael, Captain Esau, Captain Saul, 
 Captain Absalom, Captain Judas, and Captain Pope. 
 
 1 . Captain Cain was over two bands, namely, the zealous 
 and the angry blood-men : his standard-bearer bare the red 
 colours, and his scutcheon was the murdering club. 
 
 2. Captain Nimrod was captain over two bands, namely, 
 the tyrannical and encroaching blood-men : his standard- 
 bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was the great 
 blood-hound. 
 
 3. Captain Ishmael was captain over two bands, namely, 
 the mocking and scorning blood-men ; his standard-bearer 
 bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was one mocking at 
 Abraham's Isaac. 
 
 4. Captain Esau was captain over two bands, namely, the 
 blood-men, that grudged that another should have the blessing; 
 also over the blood-men that are for executing their private re- 
 venge upon others : his standard-bt arer bare the red colours, 
 and his scutcheon was one privately lurking to murder Jacob. 
 
 5. Captain Saul was captain over two bands, namely, the 
 groundlcssly jealous and the devilishly furious blood-men : 
 his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon 
 was three bloody darts cast at harmless David. 
 
 6. Captain Absalom was captain over two bands, namely, 
 over the blood-men that will kill a father or a friend for the 
 glory of this world ; also over those blood-men that will 
 hold one fair in hand with words, till they shall have pierced 
 him with their swords: his standard-bearer did bear the red 
 
 24
 
 278 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 colours, and his scutcheon was the son pursuing the father's 
 blood. 
 
 7. Captain Judas was over two bands, namely, the blood- 
 men that will sell a man's life for money, and those also that 
 will betray their friend with a kiss : his standard-bearer 
 bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was thirty pieces of 
 silver and the halter. 
 
 8. Captain Pope was captain over one band, for all these 
 spirits are joined in one under him : his standard-bearer 
 bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was the stake, the 
 flame, and the good man in it. 
 
 Now, the reason why Diabolus did so soon rally another 
 force, after he had been beaten out of the field, was, for that 
 he put mighty confidence in this army of blood-men ; for he 
 put a great deal of more trust in them than he did before in 
 his army of doubters ; though they had also often done great 
 service for him in the strengthening of him in his kingdom. 
 But these blood-men, he had proved them often, and their 
 sword did seldom return empty. Besides, he knew that 
 these, like mastiffs, would fasten upon any ; upon father, 
 mother, brother, sister, prince, or governor, yea, upon the 
 Prince of princes. And that which encouraged him the 
 more was, for that they once did force Emmanuel out of 
 the kingdom of Universe ; " And why," thought he, " may 
 they not also drive him from the town of Mansoul !" 
 
 So this army of five-and-twenty thousand strong was, by 
 their general the great Lord Incredulity, led up against the 
 town of Mansoul. Now Mr. Prywell, the scoutmaster- 
 general, did himself go out to spy, and he did bring Man- 
 soul tidings of their coming. Wherefore they shut up their 
 gates, and put themselves in a posture of defence against 
 these new Diabolonians that came up against the town. 
 
 So Diabolus brought up his army, and beleaguered the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 279 
 
 town of Mansoul ; the doubters were placed about Feel- 
 gate, and the blood-men set down before Eye-gate and Ear- 
 gate. 
 
 Now when this army had thus encamped themselves, 
 Incredulity did, in the name of Diabolus, his own name, 
 and in the name of the blood-men and the rest that were 
 with him, send a summons as hot as a red-hot iron to Man- 
 soul, to yield to their demands ; threatening, that if they 
 still stood it out against them, they would presently burn 
 down Mansoul with fire. For you must know that, as for 
 the blood-men, they were not so much that Mansoul should 
 be surrendered, as that Mansoul should be destroyed, and 
 cut out off of the land of the living. True, they send to them 
 to surrender ; but should they so do, that would not stench 
 or quench the thirst of these men. They must have blood, 
 the blood of Mansoul, else they die ; and it is from hence 
 they have their name. Wherefore these blood-men he 
 reserved while now that they might, when all his engines 
 proved ineffectual, as his last and sure card to be played 
 against the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when the townsmen had received this red-hot sum- 
 mons, it begat in them at present some changing and inter- 
 changing thoughts ; but they jointly agreed, in less than 
 half an hour, to carry the summons to the Prince, the 
 which they did when they had writ at the bottom of it, 
 " Lord, save Mansoul from bloody men !" 
 
 So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and 
 took notice also of that short petition that the men of Man- 
 soul had written at the bottom of it, and called to him the 
 noble Captain Credence, and bid him go and take Captain 
 Patience with him, and go and take care of that side of 
 Mansoul that was beleaguered by the blood-men. So they 
 went and did as they were commanded : the Captain Cre
 
 280 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 dence went and took Captain Patience, and they both secured 
 that side of Mansoul that was besieged by the blood-men. 
 
 Then he commanded that Captain Good-Hope and Cap- 
 tain Charity, and my Lord Willbewill, should take charge 
 of the other side of the town. " And I," said the Prince, 
 "will set my standard upon the battlements of your castle, 
 and do you three watch against the doubters." This done, 
 he again commanded that the brave captain, the Captain 
 Experience, should draw up his men in the market-place, 
 and that there he should exercise them, day by day, before 
 the people of the town of Mansoul. Now this siege was 
 long, and many a fierce attempt did the enemy, especially 
 those called the blood-men, make upon the town of Man- 
 soul ; and many a shrewd brush did some of the townsmen 
 meet with from them, especially Captain Self-Denial, who, 
 I should have told you before, was commanded to take the 
 care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against the blood-men. 
 This Captain Self-Denial was a young man, but stout, and 
 a townsman" in Mansoul, as Captain Experience also was. 
 And Emmanuel, at his second return to Mansoul, made him 
 a captain over a thousand of the Mansoulians, for the good 
 of the corporation. This captain, therefore, being an hardy 
 man, and a man of great courage, and willing to venture 
 himself for the good of the town of Mansoul, would now 
 and then sally out upon the blood-men, and give them many 
 notable alarms, and entered several brisk skirmishes with 
 them, and also did some execution upon them ; but you 
 must think that this could not easily be done, but he must 
 meet with brushes himself, for he carried several of their 
 marks in his face ; yea, and some in some other parts of 
 his body. 
 
 So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, and 
 hope, and love of the town of Mansoul, the Prince Em-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 281 
 
 mannel upon a day calls his captains and men of war 
 together, and divides them into two companies ; this done, 
 he commands them at a time appointed, and that in the 
 morning very early, to sally out upon the enemy, saying, 
 " Let half of you fall upon the doubters, and half of you 
 fall upon the blood-men. Those of you that go out against 
 the doubters, kill and slay, and cause to perish so many of 
 them as by any means you can lay hands on ; but for you 
 that go out against the blood-men, slay them not, but take 
 them alive." 
 
 So, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the 
 captains went out as they were commanded against the 
 enemies. Captain Good-Hope, Captain Charity, and those 
 that were joined with them, as Captain Innocent and Cap- 
 tain Experience, went out against the douhters ; and Cap- 
 tain Credence, and Captain Patience, with Captain Self- 
 Denial and the rest that were to join with them, went out 
 against the blood-men. 
 
 Now, those that went out against the doubters, drew up 
 into a body before the plain, and marched on to bid them 
 battle. But the doubters, remembering their last success, 
 made a retreat, not daring to stand the shock, but fled from 
 tlie Prince's men ; wherefore they pursued them, and in 
 their pursuit slew many, but they could not catch them all. 
 Now those that escaped went some of them home ; and die 
 rest by fives, nines, and seventeens, like wanderers, went 
 straggling up and down the country, where they, upon the 
 barbarous people, showed and exercised many of their 
 Diabolonian actions : nor did these people rise up in arms 
 against them, but suffered themselves to be enslaved by 
 them. They would also after this show themselves in 
 companies before the town of Mansoul, but never to abide 
 
 24*
 
 282 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 in it; for if Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, or 
 Captain Experience did but show themselves, they fled. 
 
 Those that went out against the blood-men did as they 
 were commanded : they forbore to slay any, but sought to 
 compass them about. But the blood-men, when they saw 
 that no Emmanuel was in the field, concluded also that no 
 Emmanuel was in Mansoul; wherefore they, looking upon 
 what the captains did, to be, as they called it, a fruit of the 
 extravagancy of their wild and foolish fancies, rather de- 
 spised them than feared them. But the captains, minding 
 their business, at last did compass" them round ; they also 
 that had routed the doubters came in amain to their aid : so, 
 in fine, after some little struggling, (for the blood-men also 
 would have run for it, only now it was too late ; for though 
 they are mischievous and cruel, where they can overcome, 
 yet all blood-men are cbickenhearted men, when they once 
 come to see themselves matched and equalled,) so the cap- 
 tains took them, and brought them to the Prince. 
 
 Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and 
 examined, he found them to be of three several counties, 
 though they all came out of one land. 
 
 1. One sort of them came out of Blind-man-shire, and 
 they were such as did ignorantly what they did. 
 
 2. Another sort of them came out of Blind-zeal-shire, 
 and They did superstitiously what they did. 
 
 3. The third sort of them came out of the town of 
 Malice, in the county of Envy, and they did what they did, 
 out of spite and implacableness. 
 
 For the first of these, namely, they that came out of 
 Blind-man-shire, when they saw. where they were, and 
 against whom they had fought, they trembled and cried, as 
 they stood before him ; and as many of these as asked him 
 mercy, he touched their lips with his golden sceptre.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 283 
 
 They that came out of Blind-zeal-shire, they did not aa 
 their fellows did ; for they pleaded that they had a right to 
 do what they did, because Mansoul was a town whose laws 
 and customs were diverse from all that dwelt thereabouts. 
 Very few of these could be brought to see their evil; but 
 those that did, and asked mercy, they also obtained favour. 
 
 Now, they that came out of the town of Malice, that is 
 in the county of Envy, they neither wept, nor disputed, nor 
 repented, but stood gnawing their tongues before him for 
 anguish and madness, because they could not have their 
 will upon Mansoul. Now these last, with all those of the 
 other two sorts that did not unfeignedly ask pardon for their 
 faults, — those he made to enter into sufficient bond to answer 
 for what they had done against Mansoul, and against her 
 King, at the great and general assizes to be holden for our 
 Lord the King, where he himself should appoint for the 
 country and kingdom of Universe. So they became bound 
 each man for himself, to come in, when called upon, to 
 answer before our Lord the King for what they had done 
 as before. 
 
 And thus much concerning this second army that was 
 sent by Diabolus to overthrow Mansoul. 
 
 But there were three of those that came from the land of 
 Doubting, who, after they had wandered and ranged tlie 
 country awhile, and perceived that they had escaped, were 
 so hardy as to thrust themselves, knowing that yet there 
 were in the town Diabolonians, — I say, they were so hardy 
 as to thrust themselves into Mansoul among them. (Three, 
 did I say ? I think there were four.) Now, to whose house 
 should these Diabolonian doubters go, but to the house of 
 an old Diabolonian in Mansoul, whose name was Evil- 
 Questioning, a very great enemy he was to Mansoul, and a 
 great doer among the Diabolonians there. Well, to this
 
 284 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Evil-Questioning's house, as was said, did these Diabdo- 
 nians come ; (you may be sure that they had directions 
 how to find the way thither ;) so he made them welcome, 
 pitied their misfortune, and succoured them with the best 
 that he had in his house. Now, after a little acquaintance, 
 (and it was not long before they had that,) this old Evil- 
 Questioning asked the doubters if they were all of a town ; 
 (lie knew that they were all of one kingdom ;) and they 
 answered, " No, nor of one shire either ; for I," said one, 
 " am an election doubter ;" " I," said another, " am a voca- ■ 
 tion doubter ;" then said the third, " I am a salvation 
 doubter ;" and the fourth said he was a grace doubter. 
 " Well," quoth the old gentleman, " be of what shire you 
 will, I am persuaded that you are down boys : you have 
 the very length of my foot, are one with my heart, and 
 shall be welcome to me." So they thanked him, and were 
 glad that they had found themselves an harbour in Mansoul. 
 Then said Evil-Questioning to them, " How many of. 
 your company might there be that came with you to the 
 siege of Mansoul?" And they answered, "There were 
 but ten thousand doubters in all, for the rest of the army 
 consisted of fifteen thousand blood-men. These blood-men," 
 quoth they, " border upon our country ; but, poor men ! as 
 we hear, they were every one taken by Emmanuel's forces." 
 " Ten thousand !" quoth the old gentleman : " I will pro- 
 mise you, that is a round company. But how came it to 
 pass, since you were so mighty a number, that you fainted, 
 and durst not fight your foes ?" " Our general," said they, 
 " was the first man that did run for it." " Pray," quoth 
 their landlord, " who was that, your cowardly general ?" 
 " He was once the Lord Mayor of Mansoul," said they : 
 " but pray call him not a cowardly general ; for whether any 
 from the east to the west has done more service for our
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 285 
 
 prince Diabolus, than has my Lord Incredulity, will be a 
 hard question for you to answer. But had they catched 
 him they would for certain have hanged him ; and we pro- 
 mise you, hanging is but a bad business." Then said the 
 old gentleman, " I would that all the ten thousand doubters 
 were now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head 
 of them ; I would see what I could do." " Ay," said they, 
 " that would be well if we could see that ; but wishes, alas ! 
 what are they ?" and these words were spoken aloud. 
 " Well," said old Evil-Questioning," take heed that you 
 talk not too loud ; you must be squat and close, and must 
 take care of yourselves while you are here, or, I will assure 
 you, you will be snapped." " Why ?" quoth the doubters. 
 '• Why !" quoth the old gentleman ; " why ! because both 
 the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their captains and sol- 
 diers, are all at present in town ; yea, the town is as full of 
 them as ever it can hold. And besides, there is one whose 
 name is Willbewill, a most cruel enemy of ours, and him 
 the Prince has made keeper of the gates, and has com- 
 manded him, that with all the diligence he can, he should 
 look for, search out, and destroy all, and ail manner of Dia- 
 bolonians. And if he lighteth upon you, down you go, 
 though your heads were made of gold." 
 
 And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord Will- 
 bewill's faithful soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence, 
 stood all this while listening under old Evil-Questioning's 
 eaves, and heard all the talk that had been betwixt him and 
 the doubters that he entertained under his roof. 
 
 The soldier was a man that my lord had much confidence 
 in, and that he loved dearly ; and that both because he was 
 a man of courage, and also a man that was unwearied in 
 seeking after Diabolonians to apprehend them. 
 
 ISow this man, as I told vou, heard all tlu talk that was
 
 286 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 between old Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians ; 
 wherefore what does he, but goes to his lord, and tells him 
 what he had heard. " And sayest thou so, ray trusty ?" 
 quoth my lord. " Ay," quoth Diligence, " that I do ; and 
 if your lordship will be pleased to go with me, you shall 
 find it as I have said." "And are they there ?" quoth my 
 lord. " I know Evil-Questioning well, for he and I were 
 great in the time of our apostasy : but I know not now 
 where he dwells." " But I do," said his man, " and if your 
 lordship will go, I will lead you the way to his den." " Go!" 
 quoth my lord, " that I will. Come, my Diligence, let us 
 go find them out." 
 
 So my lord and his man went together the direct way to 
 nis house. Now his man went before to show him his 
 way, and they went till they came even under old Mr. Evil- 
 Questioning's wall. Then said Diligence, " Hark ! my 
 lord, do you know the old gentleman's tongue when you 
 hear it ?" " Yes," said my lord, " I know it well, but I 
 have not seen him many a day. This I know, he is cun- 
 ning ; I wish he doth not give us the slip." " Let me alone 
 for that," said his servant Diligence. " But how shall we 
 find the door?" quoth my lord. "Let me alone for that, 
 too," said his man. So he had my Lord Willbewill about, 
 and showed him the way to the door. Then my lord, with- 
 out more ado, broke open the door, rushed into the house, 
 and caught them all live together, even as Diligence his man 
 had told them. So my lord apprehended them, and led 
 them away, and committed them to the hand of Mr. True- 
 man, the gaoler, and commanded, and he did put them in 
 ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was acquainted in the 
 morning with what my Lord Willbewill had done over 
 night, and his lordship rejoiced much at the news, not only 
 because there were doubters apprehended, but because that
 
 TIIE HOLY WAR. 2L»7 
 
 old Evil-Questioning was taken ; for he had been a very- 
 great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord 
 Mayor himself. He had also been sought for often, but no 
 hand could ever be laid upon him till now. 
 
 Well, the next thing was to make preparation to try 
 these five, that by my lord had been apprehended, and that 
 were in the hands of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler. So the 
 day was set, and the court called and come together, and 
 the prisoners brought to the bar. My Lord WillbewUl had 
 power to have slain them, when at first he took them, and 
 that without any more ado ; but he thought it at this time 
 more for the honour of the Prince, the comfort of Mansoul, 
 and the discouragement of the enemy, to bring them forth 
 to public judgment. 
 
 But, I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the 
 bar, to the town-hall, for that was the place of judgment. 
 So, to be short/ the jury was impanelled, the witnesses 
 sworn, and the prisoners tried for their lives : the jury was 
 the same that tried Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, and 
 the rest of their companions. 
 
 And, first, old Questioning himself was set to the bar; 
 for he was the receiver, the entertainer, and comforter of 
 these doubters, that by nation were outlandish men : then 
 he was bid to hearken to bis charge, and was told that he 
 had liberty to object, if he had ought to say for himself. So 
 his indictment was read: the manner and form here fol- 
 lows : — 
 
 " Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name 
 of Evil-Questioning, an intruder upon the town of Mansoul, 
 for that thou art a Diabolonian by nature, and also a hater 
 of the Prince Emmanuel, and one that hast studied the ruin 
 of the town of Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for 
 countenancing the King's enemies, after wholesome lawa
 
 288 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 made to the contrary: for, 1. Thou hast questioned the 
 truth of her doctrine and state : 2. In wishing- that ten thou- 
 sand doubters were in her ; 3. In receiving, in entertaining, 
 and encouraging of her enemies, that came from their army 
 unto thee. What sayest thou to this indictment 1 art thou 
 guilty or not guilty ?" 
 
 "My lord," quoth he, " I know not the meaning of this 
 indictment, forasmuch as I am not the man concerned in it ; 
 the man that standeth by this charge accused before this 
 bench, is called by the name of Evil-Questioning, which 
 name I deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquiry. The 
 one indeed sounds like the other ; but, I trow, your lord- 
 ships know that between these two there is a wide differ- 
 ence ; for I hope that a man even in the worst of times, and 
 that, too, amongst the worst of men, may make an honest 
 inquiry after things, without running the danger of death." 
 
 Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for lie was one of the 
 witnesses : " My lord, and you the honourable bench and 
 magistrates of the town of Mansoul, you all have heard 
 with your ears that the prisoner at the bar has denied his 
 name, and so thinks to shift from the charge of the indict- 
 ment. But I know him to be the man concerned, and that 
 his proper name is Evil-Questioning. I have known him, 
 my lord, above these thirty years, for he and I (a shame it 
 is for me to speak it) were great acquaintance, when Diabo- 
 lus, that tyrant, had the government of Mansoul ; and I 
 testify, that he is a Diabolonian by nature, an enemy to our 
 Prince, and a hater of the blessed town of Mansoul. He 
 has, in times of rebellion, been at and lain in my house, my 
 lord, not so little as twenty nights together,. and we did use 
 to talk then, for the substance of talk, as he and his doubters 
 have talked of late : true, I have not seen him many a day. 
 I supposed that the coming of Emmanuel to Mansoul, has
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 289 
 
 made him change his lodgings, as this indictment has driven 
 him to change his name ; hut this is the man, my lord." 
 
 Then said the court unto him, " Hast thou any more to 
 say ?" 
 
 " Yes," quoth the old gentleman, " that I have ; for all 
 that as yet has been said against me, is but by the mouth of 
 one witness ; and it is not lawful for the famous town of 
 Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any man to 
 death." 
 
 Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, " My lord, as 
 I was upon my watch such a night at the head of Bad 
 Street, in this town, I chanced to hear a muttering within 
 this gentleman's house. Then, thought I, what is to do 
 here ? So I went up close, but very softly, to the side of the 
 house to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I 
 might light upon some Diabolonian conventicle. So, as I • 
 said, I drew nearer and nearer ; and when I was got up 
 close to the wall, it was but a while before I perceived that 
 there were outlandish men in the house ; but I did well un- 
 derstand their speech, for I have been a traveller myself. 
 Now, hearing such language in such a tottering cottage as 
 this old gentleman dwelt in, I clapped mine ear to a hole in 
 the window, and there heard them talk as followeth : — This 
 old Mr. Questioning asked these doubters what they were, 
 whence they came, and what was their business in these 
 parts ; and they told him to all these questions, yet he did 
 entertain them. He also asked what numbers there were 
 of them ; and they told him ten thousand men. He then 
 asked them why they made no more manly assault upon 
 Mansoul ; and they told him : so he called their general 
 coward, for marching off when he should have fought for 
 his prince. Further, this old Evil-Questioning wished, and 
 I heard him wish, would all the ten thousand doubters were 
 
 25
 
 290 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 now in Mansoul, and himself at the head of them. He bid 
 them also to take heed and lie squat ; for if they were 
 taken, they must die, although they had heads of gold." 
 
 Then said the court : " Mr. Evil-Questioning, here is 
 now another witness against you, and his testimony is full : 
 
 1. He swears that you did receive these men into your 
 house, and that you did nourish them there, though you 
 knew that they were Diabolonians, and the King's enemies. 
 
 2. He swears that you did wish ten thousand of them in 
 Mansoul. 3. He swears that you did give them advice to 
 be squat and close, lest they were taken by the King's ser- 
 vants. All which manifested! that thou art a Diabolonian ; 
 for hadst thou been a friend to the King, thou wouldst have 
 apprehended them." 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning : " To the first of these T 
 answer, The men that came into mine house were strangers, 
 and I took them in ; and is it now become a crime in Man- 
 soul for a man to entertain strangers ? That I did also nou- 
 rish them is true : and why should my charity be blamed ? 
 As for the reason why I wished ten thousand of them in 
 Mansoul, I never told it to the witnesses, nor to themselves. 
 I might wish them to be taken, and so my wish might mean 
 well to Mansoul, for aught that any yet knows. I did also 
 bid them take heed that they fell not into the captains' 
 hands ; but that might be, because I am umVilling that any 
 man should be slain, and not because I would have the 
 King's enemies, as such, escape." 
 
 My Lord Mayor then replied : " That though it was a 
 virtue to entertain strangers, yet it was treason to entertain 
 the King's enemies. And for what else thou hast said, thou 
 dost by words but labour to evade and defer the execution 
 of judgment. But could there be no more proved against 
 thee, but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that dio
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 291 
 
 the death by the law ; but to be a receiver, a nourisher, a 
 countenancer, and a harbourer of others of them, yea of 
 outlandish Diabolonians, yea, of them that came from far 
 on purpose to cut off and destroy our Mansoul — this must 
 not be borne." 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning : " I see how the game will 
 go : I must die for my name, and for my charity." And so 
 he held his peace. 
 
 Then they called the outlandish doubters to the bar, and 
 the first of them that was arraigned was the election doubter. 
 So his indictment was read ; and because he was an out 
 landish man, the substance of it was told him by an inter- 
 preter ; namely, " That he was there charged with being 
 an enemy of Emmanuel the Prince, a hater of the town of 
 Mansoul, and an opposer of her most wholesome doc- 
 trine." 
 
 Then the judge asked him if he would plead? but he 
 said only this — That he confessed that he was an election 
 doubter, and that that was the religion that he had ever been 
 brought up in. And said, moreover, " If I must die for my 
 religion, I trow, I shall die a martyr, and so I care the 
 less." 
 
 Judge. Then it was replied : " To question election* is to 
 overthrow a great doctrine of the gospel, namely, the omnis- 
 ciency, and power, and will of God : to take away the liberty 
 of God with his creature, to stumble the faith of the town 
 
 * Election, in this passage, may be understood to be that act of 
 divine grace by which the sinner, being in a condition in which 
 he cannot by his own strength turn and prepare himself to faith, 
 and calling upon God, is enlightened, regenerated, and saved; 
 Christ giving him a good will, and working with him when he 
 has that good will, so that he is saved by grace and not of works 
 — a doctrine in which Protestant Christians of all denominations 
 agree. - [Commiitcc of Publication.]
 
 292 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 of Mansoul, and to make salvation to depend upon works, 
 and not upon grace. It also belied the word, and disquieted 
 the minds of the men of Mansoul ; therefore by the best of 
 laws he must die." 
 
 Then was the vocation doubter called, and set to the bar ; 
 and his indictment for substance was the same with the 
 other, only he was particularly charged with denying the 
 calling of Mansoul. 
 
 The judge asked him also what he had to say for himself? 
 
 So he replied : " That he never believed that there was 
 any such thing as a distinct and powerful call of God to 
 Mansoul, otherwise than by the general voice of the word ; 
 nor by that neither, otherwise than as it exhorted them to 
 forbear evil, and to do that which is good, and in so doing a 
 promise of happiness is annexed." 
 
 Then said the judge : " Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast 
 denied a great part of one of the most experimental truths 
 of the Prince of the town of Mansoul ; for he has called, 
 and she has heard a most distinct and powerful call of her 
 Emmanuel, by which she has been quickened, awakened, 
 and possessed with heavenly grace to desire to have com- 
 munion with her Prince, to serve him, and do his will, and 
 to look for her happiness merely of his good pleasure. And 
 for thine abhorrence of this good doctrine, thou must die the 
 death." 
 
 Then the grace-doubter was called, and his indictment 
 was read, and he replied thereto : " That though he was of 
 the land of doubting, his father was the offspring of a Phari- 
 see, and lived in a good fashion among his neighbours, and 
 that he taught him to believe, and believe it I do, and will, 
 that Mansoul shall never be saved freely by grace." 
 
 Then said the judge: " Why, the law of the Prince is 
 plain: 1, Negatively, 'not of works;' 2. Positively, 'by
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 293 
 
 grace you are saved.' And thy religion sellletli in and upon 
 the works of the flesh : for the works of the law are the 
 works of the flesh. Besides, in saying as thou hast done, 
 thou hast robbed God of his glory, and given it to a sinful 
 man ; thou hast robbed Christ of the necessity of his under- 
 taking, and the sufficiency thereof, and hast given both these 
 to the works of the flesh. Thou hast despised the work of 
 the Holy Ghost, and hast magnified the will of the flesh, 
 and of the legal mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son of 
 a Diabolonian ; and for thy Diabolonian principles thou must 
 die." 
 
 The court then, having proceeded thus far with them, sent 
 out the jury, who forthwith brought them in guilty of death. 
 Then stood up the Recorder, and addressed himself to the 
 prisoners : " You, the prisoners at the bar, you have been 
 here indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes against Em- 
 manuel our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous 
 town of Mansoul, crimes for which you must be put to 
 death, and die ye accordingly." 
 
 So they were sentenced to the death of the cross. The 
 place assigned them for execution, was that where Diabolus 
 drew up his last army against Mansoul : save only that old 
 Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of Bad Street, just 
 over against his own door. 
 
 When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves 
 of their enemies, and of the troublers of their peace, in the 
 next place a strict commandment was given out, that yet 
 my Lord Willbewill should, with Diligence his man, search 
 for, and do his best to apprehend what town Diabolonians 
 were yet left alive in Mansoul. The names of several of 
 them were, Mr. Fooling, Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish- 
 Fear, Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, Mr. Flesh, and Mr. Sloth. 
 Tt was also commanded, that he should apprehend Mr. Evil- 
 
 25*
 
 294 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Questioning's children, that he left behind him, and that they 
 should demolish his house. The children that he left be- 
 hind him were these : Mr. Doubt, and he was his eldest 
 son ; the next to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, Wrong- 
 Though ts-of-Christ r Clip-Promise, Carnal-Sense, Live-by- 
 feeling, Self-Love. All these he had by one wife, and her 
 name was No-Hope ; she was the kinswoman of old In- 
 credulity, for he was her uncle ; and when her father, old 
 Dark, was dead, he took her and brought her up, and when 
 she was marriageable, he gave her to this old Evil-Question- 
 ing to wife. 
 
 Now the Lord Willbewill did put into execution his com- 
 mission, with great Diligence, his man. He took Fooling in 
 the streets, and hanged him up in Want-wit-Alley, over 
 against his own house. This Fooling was he that would 
 have had the town of Mansoul deliver up Captain Credence 
 into the hands of Diabolus, provided that then he would 
 have withdrawn his force out of the town. He also took 
 Mr. Let-Good-Slip one day as he was busy in the market, 
 and executed him according to law. Now there was an 
 honest poor man in Mansoul, and his name was Mr. Medi- 
 tation, one of no great account in the days of apostasy, but 
 now of repute with the best of the town. This man, there- 
 fore, they were willing to prefer. Now Mr. Let-Good-Slip 
 had a great deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, and, at 
 Emmanuel's coming, it was sequestered to the use of the 
 Prince : this, therefore, was now given to Mr. Meditation, 
 to improve for the common good, and after him to his son, 
 Mr. Think-Well : this Think-Well he had by Mrs. Piety 
 his wife, and she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder. 
 
 After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise ; now be- 
 cause he was a notorious villain, for by his doings much of 
 the King's coin was abused, therefore he was made a public
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 295 
 
 example. He was arraigned and judged to be first set in 
 the pillory, then to be whipped by all the children and ser- 
 vants in Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead. 
 Some may wonder at the severity of this man's punishment ; 
 but those that are honest traders in Mansoul, are sensible of 
 the great abuse that one clipper of promises, in little time, 
 may do to the town of Mansoul. And truly my judgment 
 is, that all those of his name and life should be served even 
 as he. 
 
 He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in hold ; 
 but how it came about, I cannot tell, but he brake prison, and 
 made his escape : yea, and the bold villain will not yet quit 
 the town, but lurks in the Diabolonian dens a days, and 
 haunts like a ghost, honest men's houses at nights. Where- 
 fore, there was a proclamation set up in the market-place 
 in Mansoul, signifying that whosoever could discover Carnal- 
 Sense, and apprehend him and slay him, should be admitted 
 daily to the Prince's table, and should be made keeper of the 
 treasure of Mansoul. Many, therefore, did bend themselves 
 to do this thing, but take him and slay him they could not, 
 though often he was discovered. 
 
 But my lord toos Mr. Wrong-Thonghts-of-Christ, and 
 put him in prison, and he died there ; though it was long 
 first, for he died of a lingering consumption. 
 
 Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody ; but 
 there were many that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his 
 judgment was deferred. But at last Mr. Self-Denial stood 
 up, and said : " If such villains as these may be winked at 
 in Mansoul, I will lay down my commission. He also took 
 him from the crowd, and had him among his soldiers, and 
 there he was brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it, 
 though none durst speak plainly, because Emmanuel was in 
 town. Bu* this brave act of Captain Self Denial came to
 
 296 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the Prince's ears , so he sent for him, and made him a lord 
 in Mansoul. My Lord Willbewill also obtained great com- 
 mendations of Emmanuel, for what he had done for the 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the 
 pursuing of the Diabolonians, with my Lord Willbewill ; 
 and they took Live-by-Feeling, and they took Legal-Life, 
 and put them in hold till they died. But Mr. Unbelief was 
 a nimble Jack : him they could never lay hold of, though 
 they attempted to do it often. He therefore, and some few 
 more of the subtlest of the Diabolonian tribe, did yet remain 
 in Mansoul, to the time that Mansoul left off to dwell any 
 longer in the kingdom of Universe. But they kept them to 
 their dens and holes : if one of them did appear, or happen 
 to be seen in any of the streets of the town of Mansoul, the 
 whole town would be up in arms after them ; yea, the very 
 children in Mansoul would cry out after them as after a 
 thief, and would wish that they might stone them to death 
 with stones. And now did Mansoul arrive to some good 
 degree of peace and quiet ; her Prince also did abide within 
 her borders ; her captains, also, and her soldiers did their 
 duties ; and Mansoul minded her trade that she had with 
 the country that was afar off; also she was busy in her 
 manufacture. 
 
 When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves 
 of so many of their enemies, and the troublers of their peace, 
 the Prince sent to them, and appointed a day wherein he 
 would, at the market-place, meet the whole people, and 
 there give them in charge concerning some further matters, 
 that, if observed, would tend to their further safety and 
 comfort, and to the condemnation and destruction of their 
 home-bred Diabolonians. So the day appointed was come, 
 and the tow; nsmen met together ; Emmanuel also came down
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 297 
 
 in his chariot, and all his captains in their state attending 
 him, on the right hand and on the left. Then was silence 
 made, and, after some mutual expressions of love, the Prince 
 began, and thus proceeded : — 
 
 " You my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many 
 and great are the privileges that I have bestowed upon you ; 
 I have singled you out from others, and have chosen you to 
 myself, not for your worthiness, but for mine own sake. I 
 have also redeemed you, not only from the dread of my 
 Father's law, but from the hand of Diabolus. This I have 
 done because I loved you, and because I have set my heart 
 upon you to do you good. I have also, that all things that 
 might hinder thy way to the pleasures of paradise might be 
 taken out of the way, laid down for thee for thy soul a 
 plenary satisfaction, and have bought thee to myself; a 
 price not of" corruptible things, as of silver and gold, but a 
 price of blood, mine own blood, which I have freely spilled 
 upon the ground to make thee mine. So I have reconciled 
 thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and entrusted thee in 
 the mansion-houses that are with my Father in the royal 
 city, where things are, O my Mansoul, that eye hath not 
 seen, nor hath entered into the heart of man to conceive. 
 
 " Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and 
 how I have taken thee out of the hands of thine enemies ; 
 unto whom thou hadst deeply revolted from thy Father, and 
 by whom thou wast content to be possessed, and also to be 
 destroyed. I came to thee first by my law, then by my 
 gospel, to awaken thee and show thee my glory. And thou 
 knowest what thou wast, what thou saidst, what thou didst, 
 and how many times thou rebelledst against my Father and 
 me ; yet I left thee not, as thou seest this day, but came to 
 thee, have borne thy manners, have waited upon thee, and, 
 after all, accepted of thee, even of my mere grace and
 
 298 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 favour ; and would not suffer thee to be lost, as thou most 
 •willingly wouldst have been. I also compassed thee about, 
 and afflicted thee on every side, that I might make thee 
 weary of thy ways, and bring down thy hcaU with molesta- 
 tion to a willingness to close with thy p;ood a;id happiness. 
 And when I had gotten a complete crnqreat over thee, I 
 turned it to thy advantage. 
 
 "Thou seest, also, what a company of my Father's host 
 I have lodged within thy borders ; cay-tains and ruie.i&, sol- 
 diers and men of war, engines and ex -.client devices to sub- 
 due and bring down thy foes : thou 'cnowest my meaning, 
 O Mansoul. And they are my seivants, and thine, too, 
 Mansoul. Yea, my design of posses; ing of thee with them, 
 and the natural tendency of each of them is to defend, 
 purge, strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, O Mansoul, 
 and to make thee meet for my Father's presence, blessing, 
 and glory ; for thou, my Mansoul, art created to be prepared 
 unto these. 
 
 " Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed 
 by thy backslidings, and have healed thee. Indeed I was 
 angry with thee, but I have turned mine anger away from 
 thee, because I loved thee still, and mine anger and my in- 
 dignation is ceased in the destruction of thine enemies, O 
 Mansoul. Nor did thy goodness fetch me again unto thee, 
 after that I, for thy trangressions, have hid my face, and 
 withdrawn my presence from thee. The way of backsliding 
 was thine, but the way and means of thy recovery was 
 mine. I invented the means of thy return ; it was I that 
 made an hedge and a wall, when thou wast beginning to turn 
 to things in which I delighted not. It was I that made thy 
 sweet bitter, thy day night, thy smooth way thorny, and 
 that also confounded all that sought thy destruction. It was 
 I that set Mr. Godly-Fear lo work in Mansoul. It was I
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 299 
 
 that stirred up thy conscience and understanding, thy will 
 and thy affections, after thy great and woful decay. It was 
 I that put life into thee, O Mansoul, to seek me, that thou 
 mightest find me, and in thy finding find thine own health, 
 happiness, and salvation. It was I that fetched the second 
 time the Diabolonians out of Mansoul ; and it was I that 
 overcame them, and that destroyed them before thy face. 
 
 " And now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace, 
 and thy transgressions against me are as if they had not been. 
 Nor shall it be with thee as in former days, but I will do 
 better for thee than at thy beginning. For yet a little while, 
 O my Mansoul, even after a few more times are gone over 
 thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at what I say) take 
 down this famous town of Mansoul, stick and stone, to the 
 ground. And I will carry the stones thereof, and the timber 
 thereof, and the walls thereof, and the dust thereof, and the 
 inhabitants thereof, into mine own country, even into a king- 
 dom of my Father ; and will there set it up in such strength 
 and glory, as it never did see in the kingdom where now it 
 is placed. I will even there set it up for my Father's habita- 
 tion ; for for that purpose it was at first erected in the king- 
 dom of Universe ; and there will I make it a spectacle of 
 wonder, a monument of mercy, and the admirer of its own 
 mercy. There shall the natives of Mansoul see all that, of 
 which they have seen nothing here : there shall they be 
 equal to those unto whom they have been inferior here. 
 And there shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have such commu- 
 nion with me, with my Father, and with your Lord Secre- 
 tary, as is not possible here to be enjoyed, nor ever could 
 be, shouldest thou live in Universe the space of a thousand 
 years. 
 
 " And there, my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of mur- 
 lerers no more ; of Diabolonians and their threats no more.
 
 300 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 There, there shall be no more plots, nor contrivances, nor 
 designs against thee, O my Mansoul. There thou shalt no 
 more hear the evil-tidings, or the noise of the Diabolonian 
 drum. There thou shalt not see the Diabolonian standard- 
 bearers, nor yet behold Diabolus's standard. No Diabolo- 
 nian mount shall be cast up against thee there ; nor shall 
 there the Diabolonian standard be set up to make thee 
 afraid. There thou shalt not need captains, engines, sol- 
 diers, and men of war. There thou shalt meet with no 
 sorrow, nor grief ; nor shall it be possible that any Diabo- 
 lonian should again, for ever, be able to creep into thy skirts, 
 burrow in thy walls, or be seen again within thy borders all 
 the days of eternity. Life shall there last longer than here 
 you are able to desire it should ; and yet it shall always be 
 sweet and new, nor shall any impediment attend it for ever. 
 
 "There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those 
 that have been like thee, and that have been partakers of thy 
 sorrows ; even such as I have chosen, and redeemed, and 
 set apart, as thou, for my Father's court and city-royal. All 
 they will be glad in thee, and thou, when thou seest them, 
 shalt be glad in thine heart. 
 
 " There are things, Mansoul, even things of my Father's 
 providing, and mine, that never were seen since the begin- 
 ning of the world ; and they are laid up with my Father, 
 and sealed up among his treasures for thee, till thou shalt 
 come thither to enjoy them. I told you before, that I would 
 remove my Mansoul, and set it up elsewhere ; and Avhere I 
 will set it, there are those that love thee, and those that 
 rejoice in thee now : but how much more, when they shall 
 see thee exalted to honour ! My Father will then send 
 them for you to fetch you ; and their bosoms are chariots 
 to put you in. And you, O my Mansoul, shall ride upon 
 (he wings of the wind. They will come to convey, con-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 301 
 
 duct, and bring you to that, when your eyes see more, that 
 will be your desired haven. 
 
 " And thus, O my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee 
 what shall be done to thee hereafter, if thou canst hear, if 
 thou canst understand ; and now I will tell thee what at 
 present must be thy duty and practice, until I come and 
 fetch thee to myself, according as is related in the Scriptures 
 of truth. 
 
 " First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more 
 white and clean the liveries which I gave thee before my 
 last withdrawing from thee. Do it, I say, for this will be 
 thy wisdom. They are in themselves fine linen, but thou 
 must keep them white and clean. This will be your wis- 
 dom, your honour, and will be greatly for my glory. When 
 your garments are white, the world will count you mine. 
 Also, when your garments are white, then I am delighted in 
 your ways ; for then your goings to and fro will be like a 
 flash of lightning, that those that are present must take 
 notice of; also their eyes will be made to dazzle thereat. 
 Deck thyself, therefore, according to my bidding, and make 
 thyself by my law straight steps for thy feet ; so shall thy 
 King greatly desire thy beauty, for he is thy Lord, and wor- 
 ship thou him. 
 
 " Now, that thou mayest keep them as I bid thee, I have, 
 as I before did tell thee, provided for thee an open fountain 
 to wash thy garments in. Look, therefore, that thou wash 
 often in my fountain, and go not in defiled garments ; for as 
 it is to my dishonour and my disgrace, so it will be to thy 
 discomfort, when you shall walk in filthy garments. Let 
 not, therefore, my garments, your garments, the garments 
 that I gave thee, be defiled or spotted by the flesh. Keep 
 thy garments always white, and let thy head lack no ointment. 
 
 " My Mansoul, I have oftentimes delivered thee from the 
 
 26
 
 302 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 designs, plots, attempts, and conspiracies of Diabolus ; and 
 for all this I ask thee nothing, but that thou render not to 
 me evil for my good ; but that thou bear in mind my love, 
 and the continuation of my kindness to my beloved Man- 
 soul, so as to provoke thee to walk in thy measure according 
 to the benefit bestowed on thee. Of old, the sacrifices were 
 bound with cords to the horns of the altar. Consider what 
 is said to thee, O my blessed Mansoul. 
 
 " O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died. I live, and 
 will die no more for thee. I live that thou mayest not die. 
 Because I live, thou shalt live also. I reconciled thee to my 
 Father by the blood of my cross ; and being reconciled, 
 thou shalt live through me. I will pray for thee ; I will fight 
 for thee ; I will yet do thee good. 
 
 "Nothing can hurt thee but sin; nothing can grieve me 
 but sin ; nothing can make thee base before thy foes but sin ; 
 take heed of sin, my Mansoul. 
 
 " And dost thou know why I at first, and do still suffer 
 Diabolonians to dwell in thy walls, O Mansoul ? It is to 
 keep thee wakening, to try thy love, to make thee watchful, 
 and to cause thee yet to prize my noble captains, their sol- 
 diers, and my mercy. 
 
 " It is also, that yet thou mayest be made to remember 
 what a deplorable condition thou once wast in. I mean 
 when, not some, but all did dwell, not in thy walls, but in 
 thy castle, and in thy stronghold, Mansoul. 
 
 " O my Mansoul, should I slay all them within, many 
 there be without, that would bring thee into bondage ; for, 
 were all those within cut off", those without would find thee 
 sleeping ; and then, as in a moment, they would swallow up 
 my Mansoul. I therefore left them in thee, not to do thee 
 hurt, (the which they yet will, if thou hearken to them, and 
 serve them,) but to do thee good, the which they must, if
 
 THfc HOLV WAR. 303 
 
 thou watch and fight against them. Know, therefore, that 
 whatever they shall tempt thee to, my design is, that they 
 should drive thee, not further off, but nearer to my Father, 
 to teach thee war, to make petitioning desirable to thee, and 
 to make thee little in thine own eyes. Hearken diligently 
 to this, my Mansoul. 
 
 " Show me, then, thy love, my Mansoul, and let not those 
 that are within thy walls take thy affections off from him 
 that hath redeemed thy soul. Yea, let the sight of a Dia- 
 bolonian heighten thy love to me. I came once, and twice, 
 and thrice, to save thee from the poison of those arrows 
 that would have wrought thy death ; stand for me, thy 
 Friend, my Mansoul, against the Diabolonians, and I will 
 stand for thee before my Father, and all his court. Love 
 me against temptation, and I will love thee notwithstanding 
 thine infirmities. 
 
 " O my Mansoul, remember what my captains, my sol- 
 diers, and mine engines have done for thee. They have 
 fought for thee, they have suffered by thee, they have borne 
 much at thy hands to do thee good, Mansoul. Hadst 
 thou not had them to help thee, Diabolus had certainly 
 made a hand of thee. Nourish them, therefore, my Man- 
 soul. When thou dost well, they will be well ; when thou 
 dost ill, they will be ill, and sick, and weak. Make not my 
 captains sick, O Mansoul ; for if they be sick, thou canst 
 not be well ; if they be weak, thou canst not be strong ; if 
 they be faint, thou canst nof be stout and valiant for thy 
 King, Mansoul. Nor must thou think always to live by 
 sense : thou must live upon my word. Thou must believe, 
 O my Mansoul, when I am from thee, that yet I love thee, 
 and bear thee upon mine heart for ever. 
 
 " Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art 
 beloved of me : as I have, therefore, taught thee to watch
 
 304 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to fight, to pray, and to make war against my foes ; so now 
 I command thee to believe that my love is constant to thee. 
 O my Mansoul, how have I set my heart, my love upon 
 thee ! Watch. Behold I lay none other burden upon thee, 
 than what thou hast already. Hold fast, till I come."
 
 PUBLISHED BY THE 
 
 American Baptist Publication Society, 
 
 118 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 During the year ending May 1st, 1852, forty-three new publications 
 weie issued, (all of which, except eight, have been sterrotyped.) em- 1 
 tracing 7,514 pages. Of the pages issued, 528 were octavo; 3,040, 
 duodecimo; 3,754, 18mo., and 192 in 64mo; being equal to 11,028 
 pages, 18mo. Deducting the pages contained in four adopted books 
 and in three ornamental editions, the publications issued by the • 
 Society the past year, are equal to 10,334 pages 18mo. 
 
 Among the new publications issued the past year, are,— 
 HEYWOOD'S HEART TREASURE, or the Furniture of a Holy Soul. 
 Edited by Rev. G. B. Ide, D. D. 18mo. 420 pages. 55 cents. 
 HALL'S HELP TO ZION'S TRAVELLERS. Edited by Rev. How- ^ 
 
 ard Malcom, D. D. 18mo. 252 pages. 35 cents. 
 THE WAY TO CHRIST AND THE WALK IN CHRIST. By G. 
 W. Anderson, Professor in the University at Lewisburg, Pa. 
 18mo. 156 pages. 30 cents. 
 
 MINUTES OF TnE PHILADELPHIA ASSOCIATION, from 1707 | 
 to 1807 ; being the first hundred years of its existence. Edited i 
 by Rev. A. D. Gillette. 8vo. 480 pages. Price, $1.50. 
 
 INFANT BAPTISM A PART AND PILLAR OF POPERY. By \ 
 John Gill, D. D. Edited by George B. Ide, D. D. 25 cents. 
 
 LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG. By Maria Jane Jewsbury. 35 cents. 
 
 SCENES IN CHINA. By Mrs. H. Shuck. 16 engravings. 40 cts. 
 
 THE FORGET-ME-NOT. Gift for Sabbath School Children. 25 cts. 
 
 THE SINNER'S PROGRESS. By John Buntan. 65 cents. 
 
 THE HEAVENLY FOOTMAN. By John Bunyan. 15 cents. 
 
 THE BARREN FIG-TREE. By John Bunyan. 25 cents. 
 
 " Bunyan's DIRECTING Works," " Bunyan's SEARCHING Works," 
 "Bunyan's CONSOLING Works," "Bunyan's DOCTRINAL' 
 Works," "Bunyan's EXPERIMENTAL Works." Each volume 
 is complete in itself and sold separately. 75 cents. 
 
 Also, numerous SUNDAY SCHOOL BOOKS, besides TRACTS, Ac.
 
 SUNDAY SCHOOL BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BI THE 
 
 American Baptist Publication Society, 
 
 Within the year ending May 1st, 28 5 2. 
 
 HIE FOKGET-ME-NOT. A Gift for Sabbath School Children. With 
 five engravings. 18mo. 108 pages. 25 cents. 
 
 THE FORGET-ME-NOT. With an illuminated title-page in six 
 colors, fine paper, and gilt edges. 90 cents. 
 
 SCENES IN CHINA. By Mrs. Henrietta Shuck. The first Amer- 
 ican Female Missionary to China. 16 engravings. 40 cents. 
 
 SCENES IN CHINA. With illuminated title page in six colors, , 
 fine paper, and gilt edges. $1.25. Plain edges. $1.00. 
 
 LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG, in a Series of Letters. By Maria Jane i 
 Jewshury. 18mo. 222 pages. 35 cents. 
 
 LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG. With a mezzotint frontispiece, fine 
 ■ paper and gilt edges. $1,00. 
 
 MANUAL FOR SUNDAY SCHOOL CELEBRATIONS. 30 cents. 
 
 THE HEAVENLY FOOTMAN. By John Bunyan. 15 cents. 
 
 BUDS OF PARADISE; or Sketches of Pious Children. 20 cents. 
 
 THE BUD OF TEXAS; or Little Jennie. 10 cents. 
 
 THE BUD OF THE MERRIMACK ; or Little Mackie. 10 cents. 
 
 THE BUD OF THE DELAWARE ; or Little Mamie. 10 cents. 
 
 HENRY CURRAN ; or a Reminiscence of my School. 12 cents. 
 
 THE BEREAVED MOTHERS; or the Contrast. 16 cents. 
 
 MEMOIR OF JOSEPH WISTAR. By A. D. Gillette. 15 cents. 
 
 THE FRAZIER FAMILY; or nome Politeness. 15 cents. 
 
 THE VOYAGE OF THE SHIP CHRISTIAN. An Allegory. 16 cts. I 
 
 LOST OPPORTUNITIES; or the History of Clarissa Newton. 12 cts. 
 
 JESSIE CAREY. A Story of Early Piety. 14 cents. 
 
 THE BAPTIST CATECHISM, commonly called Reach's Catechism. 
 Large type. 3 cts. single. 36 cents per dozen. $3 per hundred. 
 
 THE BAPTIST CATECHISM, with References. 36 cents per dozen. 
 
 INDEPENDENCE DAY; or Two Modes of Spending it. 20 cents. 
 
 THE SUNDAY SCHOOL TEACHER. 18mo. 104 pages. 20 cents. I
 
 €UB^Gira 
 
 mi wp) 
 
 VALUABLE BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY THB 
 
 COMPLETE WORKS OP ANDREW FELLER. In three large J; 
 octavo volumes, embracing 2,448 pages. Price, $5,00. 
 
 BUNYAN'S AWAKENING WORKS. 12mo. 420 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 BUNYAN'S INVITING WORKS. 
 BUNTAN'S DEVOTIONAL WORKS 
 BUNYAN'S DIRECTING WORKS. 
 BUNYAN'S SEARCHING WORKS. 
 BUNYAN'S CONSOLING WORKS. 
 BUNYAN'S DOCTRINAL WORKS. 12mo 
 BUNYAN'S EXPERIMENTAL WORKS. 
 
 12mo. 408 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 12mo. 432 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 12mo. 418 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 12mo. 422 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 12mo. 428 pages. 75 cents. 
 
 432 pages. 
 
 432 pages 
 
 75 cents. | 
 75 cents. 
 60 cents. 
 65 cents. 
 
 BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS. 12mo. 360 pages 
 
 BUNYAN'S SINNER'S PROGRESS. 12mo. 324 pages. 
 
 BUNYAN'S HOLY WAR. 12mo. 304 pages. 60 cents. 
 
 CRUDEN'S CONDENSED CONCORDANCE. 568 pages. $1.50. 
 
 INFANT BAPTISM A PART AND PILLAR OF POPERY. By 
 John Gill, D. D. Edited by George B. Ide, D. D. 25 cents. 
 
 PENGILLY'S SCRIPTURE GUIDE TO BAPTISM. &4 cents. 
 
 REMINGTON'S REASONS FOR BECOMING A BAPTIST. 6 cts. 
 
 HALL'S HELP TO ZION'S TRAVELLERS. 18mo. 252 pages. 35 cts. 
 
 SCENES IN CHINA. By the late Mrs. Henrietta Shuck. The 
 first American Female Missionary to China. With 16 en- 
 gravings. 40 cents. 
 
 LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG, in a Series of Letters. By Maria Jane 
 Jewsbury. 18mo. 222 pages. 35 cents. 
 
 BUDS OF PARADISE ; or Sketches of Pious Children. 20 cents. 
 
 THB BAPTIST FAMILY ALMANAC. Price, 6 cents single; 
 50 cents per dozen; $4 per hundred; $30 per thousand. 
 
 S3r2J13- 
 
 -EJl^EJI^ 
 
 £JlSJ3 3
 
 VALUABLE BOOKS, 
 
 PUBLISHED BV THE W 
 
 American Baptist publication SocUtg, 
 
 No. 118 ARCH STREET, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 EFFIE MAURICE. 
 Effie Maurice, or What is my God? By Emily C. Judson. 
 An Illustration of the First Commandment. It has a hand- 
 some lithograph frontispiece. 100 pages, 18mo. 16 cents. 
 
 ANNA BAILEY. 
 Anna Bailey, and Image Worship. By Emily C. Judson. 
 It illustrates the Second Commandment. 78 pages, 18mo. 
 Price 15 cents. 
 
 JOHN FRINK. 
 John Frink, or the Third Commandment. By Emily C. 
 Judson. 92 pages, 18mo., Price 16 cents. 
 
 CLOSING SCENES. 
 Closing Scenes ; or Death Beds of Young Persons. A 
 book abounding in narratives of thrilling interest. 194 
 pages, 18mo. Price 25 cts., in half-binding; 30 cts., in cloth. 
 
 M. E. WAY. 
 A brief Memoir of Micajah E. Way, a youthful Christian, 
 who was baptized at twelve years of age and died at six- 
 teen. Price 9 cents. In paper covers, 4 cents. 
 
 CATECHISM. 
 Helps for Children, or plain and easy Catechisms. 25 
 cents per dozen. 
 
 CHILDREN'S TRACTS 
 
 1. The Cripple of Rarotonga. 5. What is the Fashion? 
 
 2. Did you ever see a book ? 6. A piece of Wood. 
 
 3. I wish I was a Soldier I 7. The Prize! 
 
 4. lam glad I am not Poor I 8. The Sailor and the S. School. 
 
 9. I feel different inside. 
 
 Packages of Children's Tracts, containing ten copies of 
 each Tract, ( 376 pages,) for 25 cents. 
 
 Tracts in English, French and German are sold at the 
 (u rate of 1500 pages for a dollar ; 376 pages for 25 cents ; or <J) 
 ^ 15 pages for a cent. />
 
 RftRVFAClUjV 
 
 A* 
 
 000 264 049 8 
 
 CENTRAL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 University of California, San Diego 
 
 | DATE DUE 
 
 JAM 3 WW 
 
 
 JAN H IQflO 
 
 
 \j r* 1 1 \j u lyOU 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CI 39 
 
 UCSD Libr.